UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)

þ	  	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	  	 	
 	  	For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015	  	 	
 	  	or	  	 	
¨	  	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	  	 	
For the transition period from          to         
Commission file number: 1-35229
Xylem Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Indiana	 	45-2080495	
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
 	 	
1 International Drive, Rye Brook, NY 10573	
(address of principal executive offices and zip code)	
(914) 323-5700	
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)	
 	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:	
 	 	
Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None	
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ   No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.      Yes   ¨   No   þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   þ   No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   þ   No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer  þ        Accelerated Filer  ¨        Non-Accelerated Filer  ¨        Smaller reporting company  ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  ¨  No  þ
The aggregate market value of the common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2015 was approximately $6.7 billion. As of January 29, 2016, there were 178,485,808 outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareowners, to be held in May 2016, are incorporated by reference into Part II and Part III of this Report.

Xylem Inc.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 
Table of Contents

 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM	PAGE	
PART I	 	
 	 	 	
1	Business	3	
1A.	Risk Factors	13	
1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	20	
2	Properties	21	
3	Legal Proceedings	21	
4	Mine Safety Disclosures	21	
*	Executive Officers of the Registrant	22	
 	Board of Directors	23	
 	 	
PART II	 	
 	 	 	
5	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	24	
6	Selected Financial Data	27	
7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	28	
7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	48	
8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	49	
9	Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	95	
9A.	Controls and Procedures	95	
9B.	Other Information	95	
 	 	
PART III	 	
 	 	 	
10	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	97	
11	Executive Compensation	97	
12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	97	
13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	97	
14	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	97	
 	 	
PART IV	 	
 	 	 	
15	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	98	
Signatures	99	
Exhibit Index	100	

 	 	
*	Included pursuant to Instruction 3 of Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.	

2

PART I
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Report"). Xylem Inc. was incorporated in Indiana on May 4, 2011. Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, “Xylem,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Xylem Inc. and its subsidiaries. References in the consolidated financial statements to "ITT" or the "former parent" refer to ITT Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than Xylem Inc.).
Forward-Looking Statements
This Report contains information that may constitute “forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements by their nature address matters that are, to different degrees, uncertain. Generally, the words “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “forecast,” “believe,” “target,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. However, the absence of these words or similar expressions does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements include any statements that are not historical in nature, including any such statements about the capitalization of the Company, the Company’s restructuring and realignment, future strategic plans and other statements that describe the Company’s business strategy, outlook, objectives, plans, intentions or goals. All statements that address operating or financial performance, events or developments that we expect or anticipate will occur in the future including statements relating to orders, revenue, operating margins and earnings per share growth, and statements expressing general views about future operating results are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in, or reasonably inferred from, such forward-looking statements.

Factors that could cause results to differ materially from those anticipated include: overall economic and business conditions, political and other risks associated with our international operations, including military actions, economic sanctions or trade embargoes that could affect customer markets, and non-compliance with laws, including foreign corrupt practice laws, export and import laws and competition laws; potential for unexpected cancellations or delays of customer orders in our reported backlog; our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;  competition and pricing pressures in the markets we serve; the strength of housing and related markets; weather conditions; ability to retain and attract key members of management; our relationship with and the performance of our channel partners; our ability to successfully identify, complete and integrate acquisitions; our ability to borrow or to refinance our existing indebtedness and availability of liquidity sufficient to meet our needs; changes in the value of goodwill or intangible assets; risks relating to product defects, product liability and recalls; governmental investigations; security breaches or other disruptions of our information technology systems; litigation and contingent liabilities; and other factors set forth below under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and those described from time to time in subsequent reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

All forward-looking statements made herein are based on information available to the Company as of the date of this Report.  The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

ITEM 1.        BUSINESS
Business Overview
Xylem, with 2015 revenue of $3.7 billion and approximately 12,700 employees, is a world leader in the design, manufacturing, and application of highly engineered technologies for the water industry. We are a leading equipment and service provider for water and wastewater applications with a broad portfolio of products and services addressing the full cycle of water, from collection, distribution and use to the return of water to the environment. We have leading market positions among equipment and service providers in the core application areas of the water equipment industry: transport, treatment, test, building services, industrial processing and irrigation. Our Company’s brands, such as Bell & Gossett and Flygt, are well known throughout the industry and have served the water market for many years.
We serve a global customer base across diverse end markets while offering localized expertise. We sell our products in approximately 150 countries through a balanced distribution network consisting of our direct sales force and independent channel partners. In 2015, 59% of our revenue was generated outside the United States, with 21% of revenue generated in emerging markets.

3

Our Industry
Our planet faces a serious water challenge. Less than 1% of the total water available on earth is fresh water, and this percentage is declining due to factors such as the draining of aquifers, increased pollution and climate change. In addition, demand for fresh water is rising rapidly due to population growth, industrial expansion, and increased agricultural development, with consumption estimated to double every 20 years. By 2025, more than 30% of the world’s population is expected to live in areas without adequate water supply. Even in developed countries with sufficient clean water supply, existing infrastructure for water supply is aging and inadequately funded. In the United States, degrading pipe systems leak one out of every six gallons of water, on average, on its way from a treatment plant to the customer. These challenges are driving opportunities for growth in the global water industry, which we estimate to have a total market size of approximately $550 billion. We estimate our total served market size to be approximately $37 billion.
We view these challenges through the lens of water productivity, water quality and resilience. Water productivity refers to the more efficient delivery and use of clean water. Water quality refers to the efficient and effective management of wastewater. Resilience refers to the management of water-related risks and the resilience of water infrastructure. The Company’s customers often face all three of these challenges, ranging from inefficient aging water distribution networks (which require increases in “water productivity”); energy-intensive or unreliable wastewater management systems (which require increases in “water quality”); or exposure to natural disasters such as floods or droughts (which require increases in “resilience”). Delivering value in these areas creates significant opportunity for the Company.
The water industry supply chain is comprised of Equipment and Services companies, Design and Build service providers, and Utilities. Equipment and Service providers serve distinct customer types. The Utilities supply water through an infrastructure network. Supply chain companies provide single, or sometimes combined, functions from equipment manufacturing and services to facility design (engineering, procurement and construction, or “EPC” firms) to plant operations (Utilities), as depicted below in Figure 1. The Utilities and EPC customers are looking for technology and application expertise from their Equipment and Services providers to address trends such as rising pollution, stricter regulations, and the increased outsourcing of process knowledge. The end users of water consist of a wide array of entities, including farms, mines, power plants, industrial facilities and residential homes. These customers are predominately served through specialized distributors and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”).
Figure 1: Water Industry Supply Chain

Our business focuses on the beginning of the supply chain by providing technology-intensive equipment and services. We sell our equipment and services via direct and indirect channels that serve the needs of each customer type. On the utility side, we provide the majority of our sales direct to customers with strong application expertise, with the remaining amount going through distribution partners. To end users of water, we provide the majority of our sales through long-standing relationships with the world’s leading distributors, with the remainder going direct to customers.

4

The Equipment and Services market addresses the key processes of the water industry, which are best illustrated through the cycle of water, as depicted in Figure 2, below. We believe this industry has two distinct sectors within the cycle of water: Water Infrastructure and Usage Applications. The key processes of this cycle begin when raw water is extracted by pumps, which provide the necessary pressure and flow, to move or transport, this water from natural sources, such as oceans, groundwater, lakes and rivers, through pipes to treatment facilities. Treatment facilities can provide many forms of treatment, such as filtration, disinfection and desalination, to remove solids, bacteria, and salt, respectively. Throughout each of these stages, analytical instruments test the water to ensure regulatory requirements are met so that it can be utilized by end-use customers. A network of pipes and pumps again transports this clean water to where it is needed, such as to crops for irrigation, to power plants to provide cooling in industrial water, or to an apartment building as drinking water in residential and commercial buildings. After usage, the wastewater is collected by a separate network of pipes and pumps and transported to a wastewater treatment facility, where processes such as digestion deactivate and reduce the volume of solids, and disinfection purifies effluent water. Once treated, analytical instruments test the water to ensure regulatory requirements are met so that it can be discharged back to the environment, thereby completing the cycle.
Figure 2: Cycle of Water

In the Water Infrastructure sector, two primary end markets exist: public utility and industrial. The public utility market comprises public, private and public-private institutions that handle water and wastewater for mostly residential and commercial purposes. The industrial market involves the supply of water and removal of wastewater for industrial facilities. We view the main macro drivers of this sector to be water quality, the desire for energy-efficient products, water scarcity, regulatory requirements and infrastructure needs, for both the repair of aging systems in developed countries as well as new installations in emerging markets.
In the Usage Applications sector, end-use customers fall into four main markets: residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural. Homeowners represent the end users in the residential market. Owners and managers of properties such as apartment buildings, retail stores, institutional buildings, restaurants, schools, hospitals and hotels are examples of end users in the commercial market. The industrial market is wide ranging, involving OEMs, exploration and production firms, and developers and managers of facilities operated by electrical power generators, chemical manufacturers, machine shops, clothing manufacturers, beverage dispensing and food processing firms, and car washes. The agricultural market end users are owners and operators of businesses such as crop and livestock farms, aquaculture, golf courses, and other turf applications. We believe population growth, urbanization and regulatory requirements are the primary macro drivers of these markets, as these trends drive the need for housing, food, community services and retail goods within growing city centers. Water reuse and conservation are driving the need for new technologies.

5

Business Strategy
Our strategy is to enhance shareholder value by providing distinctive solutions for our customers' most important water productivity, quality and resilience challenges, enabling us to grow revenue, organically and through strategic acquisitions, as we streamline our cost structure. Key elements of our strategy are summarized below:
 	 	
•	Accelerate Profitable Growth. To achieve our goal of accelerating growth, we have identified the following five priorities:	
 	 	
•	Emerging Markets - We seek to accelerate our growth in priority emerging markets through increased focus on product localization and channel development.	
 	 	
▪	Innovation & Technology - We seek to enhance the Company’s innovation efforts with increased focus on technologies and innovation that can significantly improve customers’ water productivity, quality and resilience.	
 	 	
•	Commercial Leadership - We are strengthening our capabilities by focusing on simplifying our commercial processes along with the supporting backend information technology systems.	
 	 	
•	Mergers and acquisitions - We continue to evaluate and, where appropriate, will act upon attractive acquisition candidates to accelerate our growth, including into new markets.	
 	 	
•	Drive Continuous Improvement. We seek to embed continuous improvement into our culture and simplify our organizational structure to make the Company more agile, more profitable, and create room to re-invest in growth. To accomplish this, we will continue to strengthen our lean six sigma and global procurement capabilities, and continue to optimize our cost structure through business simplification by eliminating structural, process and product complexity.	
 	 	
•	Leadership and Talent Development. We seek to continue to invest in attracting, developing and retaining world-class talent with an increased focus on leadership and talent development programs. We will continue to align individual performance to the objectives of the Company and its shareholders .	
 	 	
•	Focus on Execution and Accountability. We seek to ensure the impact of these strategic focus areas by holding our people accountable and streamlining our performance management and goal deployment systems.	

6

Business Segments
We have two reportable business segments that are aligned with the cycle of water and the key strategic market applications they provide: Water Infrastructure (collection, distribution, return) and Applied Water (usage). See Note 20, “Segment and Geographic Data,” in our consolidated financial statements for financial information about segments and geographic areas.
The table and descriptions below provide an overview of our business segments.

 	 	Market
Applications	 	2015 Revenue
(in millions)	 	%
Revenue	 	Major Products	 	Primary Brands	 	
Water
Infrastructure	 	Transport	 	$	1,624	
 	 	73	%	 	 
•   Water and wastewater pumps
•   Filtration, disinfection and biological treatment equipment
•   Test equipment
•   Controls	 	 
•   Flygt
•   Wedeco
•   Godwin
•   WTW
•   Sanitaire
•   YSI
•   Leopold	 	
 	 	Treatment	 	316	
 	 	14	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Test	 	291	
 	 	13	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	$	2,231	
 	 	100	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Applied
Water	 	Building Services	 	$	774	
 	 	54	%	 	 
•   Pumps
•   Valves
•   Heat exchangers
•   Controls
•   Dispensing
equipment systems	 	 
•   Goulds Water Technology
•   Bell & Gossett
•   A-C Fire Pump
•   Standard
     Xchange
•   Lowara
•   Jabsco
•   Flojet
•   Flowtronex	 	 	 	
 	 	Industrial Water	 	562	
 	 	40	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Irrigation	 	86	
 	 	6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	$	1,422	
 	 	100	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Water Infrastructure
Water Infrastructure involves the process that collects water from a source and distributes it to users, and then returns the wastewater responsibly to the environment. Within the Water Infrastructure segment, our pump systems transport water from oceans, groundwater, aquifers, lakes, rivers and seas. From there, our filtration, ultraviolet ("UV") and ozone systems provide treatment, making the water fit for use. After consumption, our pump lift stations move the wastewater to treatment facilities where our mixers, biological treatment, monitoring, and control systems provide the primary functions in the treatment process. Throughout each of these stages, our analytical systems test the quality of water for consumption as well as for its return to nature. Water Infrastructure serves its customers, public utilities and industrial applications, through three closely linked applications: Transport, Treatment and Test of water and wastewater. We estimate our served market size in this sector to be approximately $21 billion.
Transport
The Transport application includes all of the equipment and services involved in the safe and efficient movement of water from sources such as oceans, groundwater, aquifers, lakes, rivers and seas to treatment facilities, and then to users. It also includes the movement of wastewater from the point of use to a treatment facility and then back into the environment. Finally, the Transport application also includes dewatering pumps, equipment and services which provide the safe removal or draining of groundwater and surface water from a riverbed, construction site or mine shaft and bypass pumping for the repair of aging public utility infrastructure, as well as emergency water removal during severe weather events. We offer a wide range of highly engineered products such as water and wastewater submersible pumps, monitoring controls, and application solutions; we do not serve the market for lower-value equipment such as pipes and fittings. We primarily employ configure-to-order capabilities to maximize manufacturing and logistics efficiencies by producing high volumes of basic product configurations. When we provide a configure-to-order solution, we configure a standard product to our customers’ specifications. To a lesser extent, we provide engineer-to-order products to meet the customization requirements of our customers. This process requires that we apply our technical expertise and production capabilities to provide a non-standard solution to the customer. We believe our business is one of the largest players in this served market based on management estimates. With operations on six continents, we also have one of the world’s largest dewatering rental fleets. Our key brands for this application are Flygt and Godwin. Transport accounted for approximately 73% of our Water Infrastructure segment revenue in both 2015 and 2014, and 74% in 2013.

7

Treatment
The Treatment application includes equipment and services that treat both water for consumption and wastewater to be returned responsibly to the environment or reused. Primary served markets include public utilities and industrial operations. While there are several treatment solutions in the market today, we focus on three basic treatment types: (i) filtration systems, (ii) disinfection systems, (iii) biological treatment systems, including mixers. Our key brands for this application are Leopold, Wedeco, Sanitaire and Flygt. Filtration uses gravity-based media filters and clarifiers to clean both water and wastewater. Leopold, has been a worldwide leader in filtration for over 90 years. Wedeco offers chemical-free and environmentally friendly disinfection systems, both UV and ozone oxidation, to treat public utility drinking water, wastewater and industrial process water. Biological treatment systems are key to the treatment and mixing of solids in wastewater plants, which are provided through our Sanitaire and Flygt brands. We believe our business is one of the largest players in this served market based on management estimates. Treatment accounted for approximately 14% of our Water Infrastructure segment revenue in 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Test
Analytical instrumentation is used across most industries to ensure regulatory requirements are met. Growth in this market is primarily driven by increasing regulation of water and wastewater in North America, Europe and Asia. Our served market is predominately focused on water and the environment for quality levels throughout the water infrastructure loop. Analytical systems are applied in three primary ways: in the field, in a facility laboratory, or real time, online monitoring in a treatment facility process. We believe we have a leading position in this served market based on management estimates. Our key brands for this application are WTW and YSI. Test accounted for approximately 13% of our Water Infrastructure segment revenue in both 2015 and 2014, and 12% in 2013.
Applied Water
Applied Water encompasses the uses of water. Since water is used to some degree in almost every aspect of human, economic and environmental activity, this segment has a significant number of applications and we participate in all major areas of water demand. Residential and Commercial Building Services account for human and building consumption, where we deliver water boosting systems for drinking, heating, ventilation and air conditioning ("HVAC") and fire protection systems. Industrial Water applications account for water consumption activities that use pumps, heat exchangers, valves and controls to provide cooling to power plants and manufacturing facilities, as well as circulation for food and beverage processing. The remaining portion of global water use resides in irrigation applications. Examples of what we provide include: boosting systems for farming irrigation, pumps for dairy operations, and rainwater reuse systems for small scale crop and turf irrigation.We estimate our served market size in this sector to be approximately $16 billion.
Residential & Commercial Building Services
This business is defined by four primary uses of water in building services applications, such as in residential homes and commercial buildings, including offices, hotels, hospitals, schools, restaurants and malls. The first application is in HVAC, where Bell & Gossett and Lowara specialize in pumps and valves that are used in water-driven heating and cooling systems, along with heat exchangers, valves, and monitoring and control products that augment the system. The second is the supply of potable water for consumption, including drinking water and for hygienic purposes . The Goulds Water Technology, Lowara and Bell & Gossett brands provide pumps and boosting systems utilized within buildings, sourcing water from distribution networks or from wells. The third application is wastewater removal with sump and sewage pumps, provided by Bell & Gossett, Goulds Water Technology and Lowara. The fourth water-related building service area is fire protection, where our A-C Fire Pump brand supplies full pump systems for emergency fire suppression. Bell & Gossett, Goulds Water Technology and Lowara have continued to innovate, focusing on providing industry-leading energy-efficient and intelligent pumps for the building services market; many of these products are more efficient than competitive devices. We believe our business is one of the largest players in this served market based on management estimates. Building Services accounted for approximately 54% of our Applied Water segment revenue in 2015, 53% in 2014 and 50% in 2013.
Industrial Water
Water is used in most industrial facilities to provide processing steps such as cooling, heating, cleaning and mixing. Our Goulds Water Technology and Lowara brands supply vertical multistage pumps to bring in source water or to boost pressure for purposes, including water circulation through a manufacturing facility to cool machine tools. Our Standard Xchange brand delivers heat exchangers for combined heat and power applications within power generation plants. We also service niche applications such as wine processing with Jabsco brand flexible impeller pumps, and water-based detergent dispensing and water circulation for car washes served by Flojet air-operated

8

diaphragm and Goulds Water Technology end suction pumps. Our boosting pumps are also increasingly being used in hydraulic fracturing applications. We can support mines throughout exploration, development and operation. Our wide range of durable pumps ensures reliability that minimizes risks, maximizes uptime and delivers superior total cost of ownership. Across all these various end applications, we believe our business is the second largest player in this served market based on management estimates. Industrial Water accounted for approximately 40% of our Applied Water segment revenue in 2015 and 2014, and 43% in 2013.
Irrigation
The irrigation business consists of irrigation-related equipment and services associated with bringing water from a source to a production plant or livestock facility, including hoses, sprinklers, center pivot and drip irrigation systems. We focus on the pumps and boosting systems that supply this ancillary equipment with water. Our Goulds Water Technology brand brings mixed flow pumps, and our Flowtronex group specializes in equipment "packaged solutions" incorporating monitoring and controls to optimize energy efficiency in irrigation delivery. Our Lowara brand also produces pumps for agricultural applications and irrigation for gardens and parks. We believe we have a leading position in this served market based on management estimates. Irrigation accounted for approximately 6% of our Applied Water segment revenue in 2015, and 7% in 2014 and 2013.
Geographic Profile
The table below illustrates the annual revenue and percentage of revenue by geographic area for each of the three years ended December 31.

 	Revenue	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
 	$ Amount	 	% of Total	 	$ Amount	 	% of Total	 	$ Amount	 	% of Total	
United States	$	1,490	
 	 	41	%	 	$	1,477	
 	 	38	%	 	$	1,434	
 	 	38	%	
Europe	1,179	
 	 	32	%	 	1,379	
 	 	35	%	 	1,387	
 	 	36	%	
Asia Pacific	482	
 	 	13	%	 	478	
 	 	12	%	 	467	
 	 	12	%	
Other	502	
 	 	14	%	 	582	
 	 	15	%	 	549	
 	 	14	%	
Total	$	3,653	
 	 	 	 	$	3,916	
 	 	 	 	$	3,837	
 	 	 	
In addition to the traditional markets of the United States and Europe, opportunities in emerging markets within Asia Pacific, Eastern Europe, Latin America and other countries are growing. Revenue derived from emerging markets comprised 21%, 21% and 19% of our revenue in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
The table below illustrates the property, plant & equipment and percentage of property, plant & equipment by geographic area for each of the three years ended December 31.

 	Property, Plant & Equipment	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
 	$ Amount	 	% of Total	 	$ Amount	 	% of Total	 	$ Amount	 	% of Total	
United States	$	168	
 	 	38	%	 	$	180	
 	 	39	%	 	$	186	
 	 	38	%	
Europe	189	
 	 	43	%	 	206	
 	 	45	%	 	225	
 	 	46	%	
Asia Pacific	56	
 	 	13	%	 	53	
 	 	11	%	 	45	
 	 	9	%	
Other	26	
 	 	6	%	 	22	
 	 	5	%	 	32	
 	 	7	%	
Total	$	439	
 	 	 	 	$	461	
 	 	 	 	$	488	
 	 	 	
Distribution, Training and End Use
Water Infrastructure provides the majority of its sales through direct channels with remaining sales through indirect channels and service capabilities. Both public utility and industrial facility customers increasingly require our teams’ global but locally proficient expertise to use our equipment in their specific applications. Several trends are increasing the need for this application expertise: (i) the increase in type and amount of contaminants in water supply, (ii) increasing environmental regulations, (iii) the need to increase system efficiencies to optimize energy costs, (iv) the retirement of a largely aging water industry workforce not systematically replaced at utilities and other end user customers, and (v) the build-out of water infrastructure in the emerging markets.
In the Applied Water segment, many end-use areas are widely different, so specialized distribution partners are often preferred. Our commercial teams have built long-standing relationships around our brands in many of these industries through which we can continue to leverage new product and service applications. Revenue opportunities are balanced between OEMs and after-market customers. Our products in the Applied Water segment are sold

9

through our global direct sales and strong indirect channels with the majority of revenue going through indirect channels. We have long-standing relationships with many of the leading independent distributors in the markets we serve, and we provide incentives to distributors, such as specialized loyalty and training programs.
Aftermarket Parts and Service
During their lifecycle, installed products require maintenance, repair services and parts due to the harsh environments in which they operate. We have many service centers around the world, which employ service employees to provide aftermarket parts and services to our large installed base of customers. Service centers offer an array of integrated service solutions for the industry including: preventive monitoring, contract maintenance, emergency field service, engineered upgrades, inventory management, and overhauls for pumps and other rotating equipment.
Depending on the type of product, median lifecycles range from five years to over 50 years, at which time they must be replaced. Many of our products are precisely selected and applied within a larger network of equipment driving a strong preference by customers and installers to replace them with the same exact brand and model when they reach the end of their lifecycle. This dynamic establishes a large recurring revenue stream for our business.
Supply and Seasonality
We have a global manufacturing footprint, with production facilities in Europe, North America, Latin America, and Asia. Our inventory management and distribution practices seek to minimize inventory holding periods by striving to take delivery of the inventory and manufacturing as close as possible to the sale or distribution of products to our customers. All of our businesses require various parts and raw materials, of which the availability and prices may fluctuate. Parts and raw materials commonly used in our products include motors, fabricated parts, castings, bearings, seals, nickel, copper, aluminum, and plastics. While we may recover some cost increases through operational improvements, we are still exposed to some pricing risk. We attempt to control costs through fixed-priced contracts with suppliers and various other programs, such as our global procurement initiative.
Our business relies on third-party suppliers, contract manufacturing and commodity markets to secure raw materials, parts and components used in our products. We typically acquire materials and components through a combination of blanket and scheduled purchase orders to support our materials requirements. For most of our products, we have existing alternate sources of supply, or such sources are readily available.
We may experience price volatility or supply constraints for materials that are not available from multiple sources. From time to time, we acquire certain inventory in anticipation of supply constraints or enter into longer-term pricing commitments with vendors to improve the priority, price and availability of supply. There have been no raw material shortages that have had a significant adverse impact on our business as a whole.
Our Water Infrastructure and Applied Water segments experience some modest level of seasonality in its business. This seasonality is dependent on factors such as capital spending of customers as well as weather conditions, including heavy flooding, droughts, and fluctuations in temperatures, which can positively or negatively impact portions of our business.
Customers
Our business is not dependent on any single customer or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on our Water Infrastructure or Applied Water segments or on the Company as a whole. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated 2015, 2014 or 2013 revenue.
Backlog
Delivery schedules vary from customer to customer based upon their requirements. Typically, large projects require longer lead production cycles and delays can occur from time to time. Total backlog was $716 million at December 31, 2015 and $740 million at December 31, 2014. We anticipate that more than 81% of the backlog at December 31, 2015 will be recognized as revenue during 2016.
Competition
Given the highly fragmented nature of the water industry, the Water Infrastructure segment competes with a large number of businesses. Competition in the water transport and treatment technologies markets focuses on product performance, reliability and innovation, application expertise, brand reputation, energy efficiency, product life cycle cost, timeliness of delivery, proximity of service centers, effectiveness of our distribution channels and price. In the sale of products and services, we benefit from our large installed base of pumps and complementary products, which require maintenance, repair and replacement parts due to the nature of the products and the conditions under which they operate. Timeliness of delivery, quality and the proximity of service centers are important

10

customer considerations when selecting a provider for after-market products and services as well as equipment rentals. In geographic regions where we are locally positioned to provide a quick response, customers have historically relied on us, rather than our competitors, for after-market products relating to our highly engineered and customized solutions. Our key competitors within the Water Infrastructure segment include KSB Inc., Sulzer Ltd., Evoqua Water Technologies and Danaher Corporation.
Competition in the Applied Water segment focuses on brand equity, application expertise, product delivery and performance, quality, and price. We compete by offering a wide variety of innovative and high-quality products, coupled with world-class application expertise. We believe our distribution through well-established channels and our reputation for quality significantly enhance our market position. Our ability to deliver innovative product offerings has allowed us to compete effectively, to cultivate and maintain customer relationships and to serve and expand into many niche and new markets. Our key competitors within the Applied Water segment include Grundfos, Wilo SE, Pentair Ltd. and Franklin Electric Co., Inc.
Research and Development
Research and development (“R&D”) is a key foundation of our growth strategy and we focus on the design and development of products and application know-how that anticipate customer needs and emerging trends. Our engineers are involved in new product development as well as improvement of existing products to increase customer value. Our businesses invest substantial resources for R&D. We anticipate we will continue to develop and invest in our R&D capabilities to promote a steady flow of innovative, high-quality and reliable products and applications to further strengthen our position in the markets we serve. We invested $95 million, $104 million, and $104 million in R&D in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
We have R&D and product development capabilities around the world. R&D activities are initially conducted in our technology centers, located in conjunction with some of our major manufacturing facilities to ensure an efficient and robust development process. We have several global technical centers and local development teams around the world where we are supporting global needs and accelerating the customization of our application expertise to local needs. In some cases, our R&D activities are conducted at our piloting and testing facilities and at strategic customer sites. These piloting and testing facilities enable us to serve our strategic markets in each region of the world.
Intellectual Property
We generally seek patent protection for those inventions and improvements that we believe will improve our competitive position. We believe that our patents and applications are important for maintaining the competitive differentiation of our products and improving our return on research and development investments. While we own, control or license a significant number of patents, trade secrets, proprietary information, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights which, in the aggregate, are of material importance to our business, management believes that our business, as a whole, as well as each of our core business segments, is not materially dependent on any one intellectual property right or related group of such rights.
Patents, patent applications, and license agreements expire or terminate over time by operation of law, in accordance with their terms or otherwise. As the portfolio of our patents, patent applications, and license agreements has evolved over time, we do not expect the expiration of any specific patent to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.
Environmental Matters and Regulation
Our manufacturing operations worldwide are subject to many requirements under environmental laws. In the United States, the Environmental Protection Agency and similar state agencies administer laws and regulations concerning air emissions, water discharges, waste disposal, environmental remediation, and other aspects of environmental protection. Such environmental laws and regulations in the United States include, for example, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource, Conservation and Recovery Act, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act. Environmental requirements significantly affect our operations. We have established an internal program to address compliance with applicable environmental requirements and, as a result, management believes that we are in substantial compliance with current environmental regulations.
While environmental laws and regulations are subject to change, such changes can be difficult to predict reliably and the timing of potential changes is uncertain. Management does not believe, based on current circumstances, that compliance costs pursuant to such regulations will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations. However, the effect of future legislative or regulatory changes could be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

11

Accruals for environmental matters are recorded on a site-by-site basis when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. It can be difficult to estimate reliably the final costs of investigation and remediation due to various factors. Our accrued liabilities for these environmental matters represent the best estimates related to the investigation and remediation of environmental media such as water, soil, soil vapor, air and structures, as well as related legal fees based upon the facts and circumstances as currently known to us. These estimates, and related accruals, are reviewed quarterly and updated for progress of investigation and remediation efforts and changes in facts and legal circumstances. Liabilities for these environmental expenditures are recorded on an undiscounted basis. We do not anticipate these liabilities will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. We cannot make assurances that other sites, or new details about sites known to us, that could give rise to environmental liabilities with such material adverse effects on us will not be identified in the future. At December 31, 2015, we had estimated and accrued $4 million related to environmental matters.
Employees
As of December 31, 2015, Xylem had approximately 12,700 employees worldwide.  We have more than 3,700 employees in the United States, of whom approximately 17% are represented by labor unions, and in certain foreign countries, some of our employees are represented by work councils.  We believe that our facilities are in favorable labor markets with ready access to adequate numbers of workers and believe our relations with our employees are good.
Company History and Certain Relationships
On October 31, 2011 (the "Distribution Date"), ITT completed the Spin-off (the “Spin-off”) of Xylem, formerly ITT’s water equipment and services businesses ("WaterCo"). The Spin-off was completed pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011 (the “Distribution Agreement”), among ITT, Exelis Inc., acquired by Harris Inc. on May 29, 2015, (“Exelis”) and Xylem.
Available Information
We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.  Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and amendments to those reports are available free of charge on our website  www.xyleminc.com  as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information on our website is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part hereof or incorporated into this or any of our other filings with the SEC.
In addition, the public may read or copy any materials filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may also obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. These reports and other information are also available, free of charge, at  www.sec.gov.

12

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS
In evaluating our business, each of the following risks should be carefully considered, along with all of the other information in this Report and in our other filings with the SEC. Should any of these risks and uncertainties develop into actual events, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Risks Related to Operational and External Factors
Failure to compete successfully in our markets could adversely affect our business.
We offer our products and services in competitive markets. We believe the principal points of competition in our markets are product performance, reliability and innovation, application expertise, brand reputation, energy efficiency, product life cycle cost, timeliness of delivery, proximity of service centers, effectiveness of our distribution channels and price. Maintaining and improving our competitive position will require successful management of these factors, including continued investment by us in manufacturing, research and development, engineering, marketing, customer service and support, and our distribution networks. We may not be successful in maintaining our competitive position. Our competitors may develop products that are superior to our products, or may develop more efficient or effective methods of providing products and services or may adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. Pricing pressures also could cause us to adjust the prices of certain products to stay competitive, which could adversely affect our financial performance. Failure to continue competing successfully or to win large contracts could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by global economic and financial market conditions.
We compete around the world in various geographic and product markets. In 2015, 41%, 32% and 21% of our total revenue was from customers located in the United States, Europe and emerging markets, respectively. We expect revenue from these markets to be significant for the foreseeable future. Important factors impacting our businesses include the overall strength of these economies and our customers’ confidence in both local and global macro-economic conditions; industrial and federal, state, local and municipal governmental spending; the strength of the residential and commercial real estate markets; interest rates; availability of commercial financing for our customers and end-users; and unemployment rates. A slowdown or prolonged downturn in financial or macro-economic conditions in these areas or in the United States could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Economic and other risks associated with international sales and operations could adversely affect our business.
In 2015, 59% of our total revenue was from customers outside the United States, with 21% of total revenue generated in emerging markets. We expect our international operations sales and export sales to continue to be a significant portion of our revenue. We have placed a particular emphasis on increasing our growth and presence in emerging markets. Both our sales from international operations and export sales are subject, in varying degrees, to risks inherent to doing business outside the United States. These risks include the following:
 	 	
•	possibility of unfavorable circumstances arising from host country laws or regulations;	
 	 	
•	currency exchange rate fluctuations and restrictions on currency repatriation;	
 	 	
•	potential negative consequences from changes to taxation policies;	
 	 	
•	disruption of operations from labor and political disturbances;	
 	 	
•	changes in tariff and trade barriers and import and export licensing requirements; 	
 	 	
•	increased costs and risks of developing, staffing and simultaneously managing a number of global operations as a result of distance as well as language and cultural differences; and	
 	 	
•	insurrection, armed conflict, terrorism or war.	
Any payment of distributions, loans or advances to us by our foreign subsidiaries could be subject to restrictions on, or taxation of, dividends on repatriation of earnings under applicable local law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate. In addition to the general risks that we face outside the United States, we now conduct more of our operations in emerging markets than we have in the past, which could involve additional uncertainties for us, including risks that governments may impose limitations on our ability to repatriate funds; governments may impose withholding or other taxes on

13

remittances and other payments to us, or the amount of any such taxes may increase; an outbreak or escalation of any insurrection or armed conflict may occur; governments may seek to nationalize our assets; or governments may impose or increase investment barriers or other restrictions affecting our business. In addition, emerging markets pose other uncertainties, including the difficulty of enforcing agreements, challenges collecting receivables, protection of our intellectual property and other assets, pressure on the pricing of our products, higher business conduct risks, less qualified talent and risks of political instability. We cannot predict the impact such future, largely unforeseeable events might have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to comply with laws, regulations and policies, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or other applicable anti-corruption legislation could result in fines, criminal penalties and an adverse effect on our business.
We are subject to regulation under a wide variety of U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. laws, regulations and policies, including laws related to anti-corruption, export and import compliance, anti-trust and money laundering, due to our global operations. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA"), the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials or other persons for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. There has been an increase in anti-bribery law enforcement activity in recent years, with more frequent and aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings by both the Department of Justice ("DOJ") and the SEC, increased enforcement activity by non-U.S. regulators, and increases in criminal and civil proceedings brought against companies and individuals. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that are recognized as having governmental and commercial corruption and in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. We cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will always protect us from improper conduct of our employees or business partners. In the event that we believe or have reason to believe that our employees or agents have or may have violated applicable laws, including anti-corruption laws, we may be required to investigate or have outside counsel investigate the relevant facts and circumstances, which can be expensive and require significant time and attention from senior management. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties, and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.
Our business could be adversely affected by the inability of suppliers to meet delivery requirements.
Our business relies on third-party suppliers, contract manufacturing and commodity markets to secure raw materials, parts and components used in our products. Parts and raw materials commonly used in our products include motors, fabricated parts, castings, bearings, seals, nickel, copper, aluminum, and plastics. We are exposed to the availability of these materials, which may be subject to curtailment or change due to, among other things, interruptions in production by suppliers, labor disputes, the impaired financial condition of a particular supplier, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, changes in exchange rates and prevailing price levels, ability to meet regulatory requirements, weather emergencies or acts of war or terrorism. Any delay in our suppliers’ abilities to provide us with necessary materials could impair our ability to deliver products to our customers and, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business could be adversely affected by significant movements in foreign currency exchange rates.
We conduct approximately 59% of our business in various locations outside the United States. We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency transaction exchange rates, particularly with respect to the Euro, Swedish Krona, Canadian Dollar, British Pound, Polish Zloty and Australian Dollar. Any significant change in the value of currencies of the countries in which we do business relative to the value of the U.S. Dollar or Euro could affect our ability to sell products competitively and control our cost structure, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, we are subject to foreign exchange translation risk due to changes in the value of foreign currencies in relation to our reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. The translation risk is primarily concentrated in the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar and the Euro, British Pound, Chinese Yuan, Swedish Krona, Canadian Dollar and Australian Dollar. As the U.S. Dollar fluctuates against other currencies in which we transact business, revenue and income can be impacted. For instance, our 2015 revenue decreased by 8.0% due to unfavorable foreign currency impacts. Continued strengthening of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Euro and the currencies of the other countries in which we do business, could materially and adversely affect our revenue growth in future periods. Refer to Item 7A "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk" for additional information on foreign exchange risk.

14

Weather conditions and climate changes may adversely affect, or cause volatility to/in, our financial results.
Weather conditions, including heavy flooding, droughts and fluctuations in temperatures or shifting conditions as a result of climate change, can positively or negatively impact portions of our business. Within the dewatering space, our pumps provided through our Godwin and Flygt brands are used to remove excess or unwanted water. Heavy flooding due to weather conditions drives increased demand for these applications. On the other hand, drought conditions drive higher demand for pumps used in agricultural and turf irrigation applications, such as those provided by our Goulds Water Technology, Flowtronex and Lowara brands. Fluctuations to warmer and cooler temperatures result in varying levels of demand for products used in residential and commercial applications where homes and buildings are heated and cooled with HVAC units such as those provided by our B&G brand. Given the unpredictable nature of weather conditions and climate change, this may result in volatility for certain portions of our business, as well as the operations of certain of our customers and suppliers.
Our financial results can be difficult to predict.
Our business is impacted by an increasing amount of short cycle, and book-and-bill business, which we have limited insight into, particularly for the business that we transact through our distributors. We are also impacted by large projects, whose timing can change based upon customer requirements due to a number of factors affecting the project, such as funding, readiness of the project and regulatory approvals. Accordingly, our financial results for any given period can be difficult to predict.
Our strategy includes acquisitions, and we may not be able to make acquisitions of suitable candidates or integrate acquisitions successfully.
Our historical growth has included acquisitions. As part of our growth strategy, we plan to pursue the acquisition of other companies, assets and product lines that either complement or expand our existing business. We cannot make assurances, however, that we will be able to identify suitable candidates successfully, negotiate appropriate acquisition terms, obtain financing that may be needed to consummate those acquisitions, complete proposed acquisitions, successfully integrate acquired businesses into our existing operations or expand into new markets. In addition, we cannot make assurances that any acquisition, once successfully integrated, will perform as planned, be accretive to earnings, or prove to be beneficial to our operations or cash flow.
Acquisitions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including: diversion of management attention from existing businesses and operations; integration of technology, operations personnel, and financial and other systems; potentially insufficient internal controls over financial activities or financial reporting at an acquired entity that could impact us on a combined basis; the failure to realize expected synergies; the possibility that we become exposed to substantial undisclosed liabilities or new material risks associated with the acquired businesses; and the loss of key employees of the acquired businesses.
We may incur impairment charges for our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets which would negatively impact our operating results.
We have a significant amount of goodwill and purchased intangible assets on our balance sheet as a result of acquisitions we have completed. As of December 31, 2015, the net carrying value of our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets totaled approximately $2 billion. The carrying value of goodwill represents the fair value of an acquired business in excess of identifiable assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date. The carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets represents the fair value of trademarks and trade names as of the acquisition date. We do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets that we expect to contribute indefinitely to our cash flows, but instead we evaluate these assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if interim indicators suggest that a potential impairment could exist. In testing for impairment, we will make a qualitative assessment, and if we believe that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test is required. Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, inability to effectively integrate acquired businesses, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of the assets, divestitures and market capitalization declines may impair our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets. Any charges relating to such impairments could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition in the periods recognized.
We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of our restructuring plans and our restructuring may adversely affect our business.
We have announced restructuring plans in an effort to reposition our European and North American businesses to optimize our cost structure and improve our operational efficiency and effectiveness. We may not be able to obtain the cost savings and benefits that were initially anticipated in connection with our restructuring. Additionally, as a

15

result of our restructuring, we may experience a loss of continuity, loss of accumulated knowledge or inefficiency during transitional periods. Reorganization and restructuring can require a significant amount of management and other employees' time and focus, which may divert attention from operating and growing our business.
The successful implementation and execution of our restructuring and realignment actions is critical to achieving our expected cost savings as well as effectively competing in the marketplace. Factors that may impede a successful implementation is retention of key employees, the impact of regulatory matters, and adverse economic market conditions. If the restructuring and realignment actions are not executed successfully, it could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in our effective tax rates may adversely affect our financial results.
We sell our products in more than 150 countries and 59% of our revenue was generated outside the United States in 2015. Given the global nature of our business, a number of factors may increase our future effective tax rates, including:
 	 	
•	our decision to repatriate non-U.S. earnings for which we have not previously provided for U.S. taxes;	
 	 	
•	the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed;	
 	 	
•	sustainability of historical income tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business;	
 	 	
•	the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities; and	
 	 	
•	changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in deferred tax valuation allowances.	
Any significant increase in our future effective tax rates could reduce net income for future periods.
Our business could be adversely affected by inflation and other manufacturing and operating cost increases.
Our operating costs are subject to fluctuations, particularly due to changes in commodity prices, raw materials, energy and related utilities, freight, and cost of labor. In order to remain competitive, we may not be able to recuperate all or a portion of these higher costs from our customers through product price increases. Further, in a declining price environment, our operating margins may contract because we account for inventory using the first-in, first- out method. Actions we take to mitigate volatility in manufacturing and operating costs may not be successful and, as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operation could be materially and adversely affected.
Product defects and unanticipated use or inadequate disclosure with respect to our products could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
Manufacturing or design defects in (including in products or components that we source from third parties), unanticipated use of, or inadequate disclosure of risks relating to the use of products there can be no assurance that we or our customers or other third parties will not experience operational process failures or other problems that could result in potential product safety, regulatory or environmental risk which can lead to personal injury, death or property damage. These events could lead to recalls or safety alerts relating to our products, result in the removal of a product from the market and result in product liability claims being brought against us. Although we have liability insurance, we cannot be certain that this insurance coverage will continue to be available to us at a reasonable cost or will be adequate to cover any product liability claims. Recalls, removals and product liability claims can result in significant costs, as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products.
Our indebtedness may affect our business and may restrict our operational flexibility.
As of December 31, 2015, our total outstanding indebtedness was $1,274 million, including our 3.55% Senior Notes of $600 million aggregate principal amount due September 2016 and 4.875% Senior Notes of $600 million aggregate principal amount due October 2021. We have an existing Five-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility (the “Credit Facility”), which provides for an aggregate principal amount of up to $600 million. We have a Risk Sharing Finance Facility Agreement (the "R&D Facility Agreement") with The European Investment Bank ("EIB") in an aggregate principal amount of up to €120 million (approximately $132 million).
Our indebtedness could:
 	 	
•	increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;	
 	 	
•	limit our ability to obtain additional financing or borrow additional funds;	

16

 	 	
•	limit our ability to pay future dividends;	
 	 	
•	limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;	
 	 	
•	require that a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations be used for the payment of interest on our indebtedness instead of funding working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes; and	
 	 	
•	increase the amount of interest expense that we must pay because some of our borrowings are at variable interest rates, which, as interest rates increase, would result in higher interest expense.	
In addition, there can be no assurance that future borrowings or equity financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all for the payment or refinancing of our indebtedness. If we incur additional debt or raise equity through the issuance of preferred stock, the terms of the debt or preferred stock issued may give the holders rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, particularly in the event of liquidation. The terms of the debt may also impose additional and more stringent restrictions on our operations than we currently have.
Our ability to make scheduled principal payments of, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance, which may be affected by factors beyond our control. If we are unable to service our indebtedness, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.
We may be negatively impacted by litigation and regulatory proceedings.
We are subject to laws, regulations and potential liability relating to claims, complaints and proceedings, including those related to antitrust, environmental, product, and other matters.
We are subject to various laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of government authorities in foreign countries and in the United States, any violation of which could potentially create substantial liability for us and also damage to our reputation. Changes in laws, ordinances, regulations or other government policies, the nature, timing, and effect of which are uncertain, may significantly increase our expenses and liabilities.
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings that are incidental to the operation of our businesses, including acquisitions and divestitures. Some of these proceedings seek remedies relating to environmental matters, intellectual property matters, product liability and personal injury claims, employment, labor and pension matters, and government and commercial or contract issues, sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. We may become subject to significant claims of which we are currently unaware, or the claims of which we are aware may result in our incurring a significantly greater liability than we anticipate or can estimate. Additionally, we may receive fines or penalties or be required to change or cease operations at one or more facilities if a regulatory agency determines that we have failed to comply with laws, regulations or orders applicable to our business.
Our business could be adversely affected by interruptions in information technology, communications networks and operations or cybersecurity threats.
Our business operations rely on information technology and communications networks, and operations that are vulnerable to damage or disturbance from a variety of sources. Regardless of protection measures, essentially all systems are susceptible to disruption due to failure, vandalism, computer viruses, security breaches, natural disasters, power outages and other events. In addition, we, and some of our third party vendors, have experienced cybersecurity attacks in the past and may experience them in the future, potentially with more frequency. To date, none have resulted in any material adverse impact to our business or operations. We have adopted measures to mitigate potential risks associated with information technology disruptions and cybersecurity threats, however, given the unpredictability of the timing, nature and scope of such disruptions, we could potentially be subject to production downtimes, operational delays, other detrimental impacts on our operations or ability to provide products and services to our customers, the compromising of confidential or otherwise protected information, destruction or corruption of data, security breaches, other manipulation or improper use of our systems or networks, financial losses from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability, regulatory enforcement actions, and/or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.  We also have a concentration of operations on certain sites, e.g. production and shared services centers, where business interruptions could cause material damage and costs. Transport of goods from suppliers, and to customers, could also be hampered for the reasons stated above.  Although we continue to assess these risks, implement controls, and perform business continuity planning, we cannot be sure that interruptions with material adverse effects will not occur.

17

Failure to retain our existing senior management, engineering, sales and other key personnel or the inability to attract and retain new qualified personnel could negatively impact our ability to operate or grow our business.
Our success will continue to depend to a significant extent on our ability to retain or attract a significant number of employees in senior management, engineering, sales and other key personnel. The ability to attract or retain employees will depend on our ability to offer competitive compensation, training and cultural benefits. We will need to continue to develop a roster of qualified talent to support business growth and replace departing employees. Effective succession planning is also important to our long-term success. Failure to ensure effective transfer of knowledge and smooth transitions involving key employees could hinder our strategic planning and execution. A failure to retain or attract highly skilled personnel could adversely affect our operating results or ability to operate or grow our business.
If we do not or cannot adequately protect our intellectual property, if third parties infringe our intellectual property rights, or if third parties claim that we are infringing or misappropriating their intellectual property rights, we may suffer competitive injury, expend significant resources enforcing our rights or defending against such claims, or be prevented from selling products or services.
We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property and licenses to intellectual property owned by others, which in aggregate are important to our business. The intellectual property rights that we obtain, however, may not provide us with a significant competitive advantage because they may not be sufficiently broad or may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, independently developed, or designed-around, particularly in countries where intellectual property rights laws are not highly developed, protected or enforced. Our failure to obtain or maintain intellectual property rights that convey competitive advantage, adequately protect our intellectual property or detect or prevent circumvention or unauthorized use of such property and the cost of enforcing our intellectual property rights could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.  
From time to time, we receive notices from third parties alleging intellectual property infringement or misappropriation. Any dispute or litigation regarding intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming due to the complexity and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation. Our intellectual property portfolio may not be useful in asserting a counterclaim, or negotiating a license, in response to a claim of infringement or misappropriation. In addition, as a result of such claims of infringement or misappropriation, we could lose our rights to critical technology, be unable to license critical technology or sell critical products and services, be required to pay substantial damages or license fees with respect to the infringed rights or be required to redesign our products at substantial cost, any of which could adversely impact our competitive position, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we successfully defend against claims of infringement or misappropriation, we may incur significant costs and diversion of management attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We cannot make assurances that we will pay dividends on our common stock or continue to repurchase our common stock under Board approved share repurchase plans, and likewise our indebtedness could limit our ability to pay dividends or make share repurchases.
The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to our shareholders fall within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements, as well as applicable law, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other business considerations that our Board of Directors considers relevant. There can be no assurance that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay dividends.
Further, the timing and amount of the repurchase of our common stock under Board approved share repurchase plans has similar dependencies as the payment of dividends and accordingly, there can be no assurances that we will continue to repurchase our common stock.
Additionally, if we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to meet our debt payment obligations, then our ability to pay dividends, if so determined by the Board of Directors, or make share repurchases will be impaired and we may be required to attempt to restructure or refinance our debt, raise additional capital or take other actions such as selling assets, reducing or delaying capital expenditures, reducing our dividend or delaying or curtailing share repurchases. There can be no assurance, however, that any such actions could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all, or would be permitted by the terms of our debt or our other credit and contractual arrangements.

18

The level of returns on postretirement benefit plan assets, changes in interest rates and other factors could affect our earnings and cash flows in future periods.
Certain members of our current and retired employee population are covered by pension and other employee-related defined benefit plans (collectively, postretirement benefit plans). We may experience significant fluctuations in costs related to our postretirement benefit plans as a result of macro-economic factors, such as interest rates, that are beyond our control. The cost of our postretirement plans is incurred over long periods of time and involves factors and uncertainties during those periods which can be volatile and unpredictable, including rates of return on postretirement benefit plan assets, discount rates used to calculate liabilities and expenses and rates of future compensation increases. Management develops each assumption using relevant plan and Company experience and expectations in conjunction with market-related data. Our liquidity, financial position (including shareholders’ equity) and results of operations could be materially affected by significant changes in key economic indicators, actuarial experience, financial market volatility, future legislation and other governmental regulatory actions.
We make contributions to fund our postretirement benefit plans when considered necessary or advantageous to do so. The macro-economic factors discussed above, including the return on postretirement benefit plan assets and the minimum funding requirements established by local government funding or taxing authorities, or established by other agreement, may influence future funding requirements. A significant decline in the fair value of our plan assets, or other adverse changes to our overall pension and other employee-related benefit plans, could require us to make significant funding contributions and affect cash flows in future periods.
Unforeseen environmental issues could impact our financial position or results of operations.
Our operations are subject to and affected by many federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. In addition, we could be affected by future environmental laws or regulations, including, for example, those imposed in response to climate change concerns. Compliance with current and future environmental laws and regulations currently requires and is expected to continue to require operating and capital expenditures.
Environmental laws and regulations may authorize substantial fines and criminal sanctions as well as facility shutdowns to address violations, and may require the installation of costly pollution control equipment or operational changes to limit emissions or discharges. We also incur, and expect to continue to incur, costs to comply with current environmental laws and regulations.
Developments such as the adoption of new environmental laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, violations by us of such laws and regulations, discovery of previously unknown or more extensive contamination, litigation involving environmental impacts, our inability to recover costs associated with any such developments, or financial insolvency of other responsible parties could in the future have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.
We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock may trade. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate widely, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:
 	 	
•	actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our business;	
 	 	
•	success or failure of our business strategy;	
 	 	
•	our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry;	
 	 	
•	our ability to obtain financing as needed;	
 	 	
•	announcements by us or our competitors of significant new business awards;	
 	 	
•	announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions;	
 	 	
•	changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;	
 	 	
•	changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;	
 	 	
•	our ability to execute restructuring and realignment actions;	
 	 	
•	the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;	
 	 	
•	natural or environmental disasters that investors believe may affect us;	
 	 	
•	overall market fluctuations;	
 	 	
•	fluctuations in the budgets of federal, state and local governmental entities around the world;	

19

 	 	
•	results from any material litigation or government investigation;	
 	 	
•	changes in laws and regulations affecting our business; and	
 	 	
•	general economic conditions and other external factors.	
Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Indiana law could delay or prevent a change in control.
Certain provisions of our third amended and restated articles of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws may delay or prevent a merger or acquisition of part or all of our business operations. For example, the third amended and restated articles of incorporation and the amended and restated by-laws, among other things, require advance notice for shareholder proposals and nominations and do not permit action by written consent of the shareholders, unless unanimous. In addition, the amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock. These provisions may also discourage acquisition proposals of our business operations or delay or prevent a change in control, which could harm our stock price. Indiana law also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between any holder of 10% or more of our outstanding common stock and us.
Risks Related to our 2011 Spin-off from ITT Corporation
In connection with our Spin-off, ITT and Exelis, acquired by Harris Inc. on May 29, 2015, will indemnify us for certain liabilities and we will indemnify ITT or Exelis for certain liabilities. If we are required to indemnify ITT or Exelis, we may need to divert cash to meet those obligations and our financial results could be negatively impacted. In the case of ITT's or Exelis's indemnity, there can be no assurance that those indemnities will be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of such liabilities, or as to ITT's or Exelis's ability to satisfy its indemnification obligations in the future.
Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement and certain other agreements with ITT and Exelis, ITT and Exelis agreed to indemnify us from certain liabilities, and we agreed to indemnify ITT and Exelis for certain liabilities. Indemnities that we may be required to provide ITT and Exelis may be significant and could negatively impact our business, particularly indemnities relating to our actions that could impact the tax-free nature of the Spin-off. Third parties could also seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that ITT or Exelis has agreed to retain. Further, there can be no assurance that the indemnities from ITT and Exelis will be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that ITT and Exelis will be able to fully satisfy their indemnification obligations. Moreover, even if we ultimately were to succeed in recovering from ITT and Exelis any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses ourselves. Each of these risks could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.

20

ITEM 2.        PROPERTIES
We have approximately 350 locations in more than 40 countries. These properties total approximately 10.2 million square feet, of which more than 300 locations, or approximately 5.5 million square feet, are leased. We consider the offices, plants, warehouses and other properties that we own or lease to be in good condition and generally suitable for the purposes for which they are used. The following table shows the significant locations by segment:

Location	 	State or
Country	 	Principal Business Activity	 	Approx.
Square
Feet	 	Owned or
Expiration
Date
of Lease	
Water Infrastructure	
Emmaboda	 	Sweden	 	Administration and Manufacturing	 	1,194,000	
 	 	Owned	
Stockholm	 	Sweden	 	Administration and Research & Development	 	172,000	
 	 	2019	
Shenyang	 	China	 	Manufacturing	 	125,000	
 	 	Owned	
Bridgeport	 	NJ	 	Administration and Manufacturing	 	136,000	
 	 	2020	
Yellow Springs	 	OH	 	Administration and Manufacturing	 	112,000	
 	 	Owned	
Quenington	 	UK	 	Manufacturing	 	86,000	
 	 	2020	
Applied Water	
Morton Grove	 	IL	 	Administration and Manufacturing	 	530,000	
 	 	Owned	
Montecchio	 	Italy	 	Administration and Manufacturing	 	379,000	
 	 	Owned	
Nanjing	 	China	 	Manufacturing	 	363,000	
 	 	Owned	
Auburn	 	NY	 	Manufacturing	 	273,000	
 	 	Owned	
Lubbock	 	TX	 	Manufacturing	 	229,000	
 	 	Owned	
Cheektowaga	 	NY	 	Manufacturing	 	147,000	
 	 	Owned	
Corporate Headquarters	
Rye Brook	 	NY	 	Administration	 	67,000	
 	 	2023	

ITEM 3.        LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings that are incidental to the operation of our businesses. Some of these proceedings seek remedies relating to environmental matters, intellectual property matters, personal injury claims, employment and pension matters, government contract issues and commercial or contractual disputes, sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. See Note 18, "Commitments and Contingencies", of the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of Part II of this 10-K for information regarding certain legal proceedings in which we are involved.

ITEM 4.        MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
None.

21

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The following information is provided regarding the executive officers of Xylem as of February 1, 2016:

NAME	 	AGE	 	CURRENT TITLE	 	OTHER BUSINESS EXPERIENCE DURING PAST 5 YEARS	
Patrick K. Decker	 	51	 	President and Chief Executive Officer (2014)	 	• President and Chief Executive Officer, Harsco Corp. (diversified, worldwide industrial company) (2012)
• President, Flow Control Segment, Tyco International Ltd. (industrial products and services company) (2003)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shashank Patel	 	55	 	Interim Chief Financial Officer (2015)	 	• VP, Finance, Applied Water Systems (2010)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Tomas Brannemo	 	46	 	Senior VP and President, Transport (2014)	 	• VP, Transport (2013)
• VP and Director of Business Unit Aftermarket and Service (2010)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
David Flinton	 	45	 	Senior VP and President, Dewatering (2015)	 	• VP, Engineering and Marketing, Applied Water Systems (2013)
• VP, Global Product Management, Applied Water Systems (2012)
• VP, Strategy and Integrated Management System (former Water Solutions division) (2010)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pak Steven Leung	 	55	 	Senior VP and President, Emerging Markets (2015)
	 	•VP, Global Sales, Valves and Controls, Pentair Plc (diversified, worldwide industrial manufacturing company) (2013)
•VP and General Manager, Global Process, Tyco International Ltd. (industrial products and services company) (2010)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Kenneth Napolitano	 	53	 	Senior VP and President, Applied Water Systems (2012)	 	• Senior VP and President, Residential and Commercial Water (2011)

• President, Residential and Commercial Water (2009)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Colin R. Sabol	 	48	 	Senior VP and President, Analytics and Treatment (2015)	 	• Senior VP and President, Dewatering (2013)
• Senior VP and Chief Strategy and Growth Officer (2011)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Kairus Tarapore	 	54	 	Senior VP and Chief Human Resources Officer (2015)	 	• Senior VP and Chief Administrative Officer, Babcock & Wilcox Company (2013)
• Executive VP, Human Resources, Ceridian Corporation (2006)	

22

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NAME	 	AGE	 	CURRENT TITLE	 	OTHER BUSINESS EXPERIENCE DURING PAST 5 YEARS	
Claudia S. Toussaint	 	52	 	Senior VP, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary (2014)	 	• Senior VP, General Counsel and Secretary, Barnes Group Inc. (international industrial and aerospace manufacturing) (2012)
• General Counsel, Flow Control Segment, Tyco International Ltd. (industrial products and services company) (2012)
• Senior VP, General Counsel and Secretary, Barnes Group Inc. (international industrial and aerospace manufacturing) (2010)	
Note: Date in parentheses indicates the year in which the position was assumed.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The following information is provided regarding the Board of Directors of Xylem:

NAME	 	TITLE	
Markos I. Tambakeras	 	Chairman, Xylem Inc., Former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Kennametal, Inc.	
 	 	 	
Curtis J. Crawford, Ph.D.	 	President and Chief Executive Officer, XCEO, Inc.	
 	 	 	
Patrick K. Decker	 	President and Chief Executive Officer, Xylem Inc.	
 	 	 	
Robert F. Friel	 	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, PerkinElmer, Inc.	
 	 	 	
Victoria D. Harker	 	Chief Financial Officer, TEGNA Inc.	
 	 	 	
Sten E. Jakobsson	 	Former President and Chief Executive Officer, ABB AB	
 	 	 	
Steven R. Loranger	 	Former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, ITT Corporation	
 	 	 	
Edward J. Ludwig	 	Former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Becton, Dickinson and Company	
 	 	 	
Surya N. Mohapatra, Ph.D.	 	Former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Quest Diagnostics Incorporated	
 	 	 	
Jerome A. Peribere	 	President and Chief Executive Officer, Sealed Air Corporation	

23

PART II
ITEM 5.        MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
2015 and 2014 Market Price and Dividends
Our common stock trades publicly on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “XYL”. The following table shows the high and low prices per share of our common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange and the dividends declared per share for the periods indicated.

 	High	 	Low	 	Dividend	
Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2015	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	$	38.59	
 	 	$	33.54	
 	 	$	0.1408	
 	
Second Quarter	37.70	
 	 	34.80	
 	 	0.1408	
 	
Third Quarter	37.32	
 	 	29.90	
 	 	0.1408	
 	
Fourth Quarter	38.00	
 	 	32.16	
 	 	0.1408	

Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2014	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	$	39.79	
 	 	$	32.62	
 	 	$	0.1280	
 	
Second Quarter	40.00	
 	 	34.50	
 	 	0.1280	
 	
Third Quarter	39.43	
 	 	34.77	
 	 	0.1280	
 	
Fourth Quarter	39.23	
 	 	31.80	
 	 	0.1280	
 	
The closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on January 29, 2016 was $35.95 per share. As of January 29, 2016, there were 13,784 holders of record of our common stock.
Dividends are declared and paid on the common stock at the discretion of our Board of Directors and depend on our profitability, financial condition, capital needs, future prospects, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board. Therefore, there can be no assurance as to what level of dividends, if any, will be paid in the future. In the first quarter of 2016, we declared a dividend of $0.1549 per share to be paid on March 16, 2016 for shareholders of record on February 18, 2016.
There have been no unregistered offerings of our common stock during 2015.

24

Fourth Quarter 2015 Share Repurchase Activity
The following table summarizes our purchases of our common stock for the quarter ended December 31, 2015:

(in millions, except per share amounts)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Period	 	Total Number of Shares Purchased	 	Average Price Paid per Share (a)	 	Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (b)	 	Approximate Dollar Value of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (b)	
10/1/15 - 10/31/15	 	—	 	—	 	—	 	$479	
11/1/15 - 11/30/15	 	0.7	 	36.80	 	0.7	 	$454	
12/1/15 - 12/31/15	 	0.7	 	36.71	 	0.7	 	$429	
 	 	
(a)	Average price paid per share is calculated on a settlement basis.	
 	 	
(b)	On August 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $500 million in shares with no expiration date. The program's objective is to deploy our capital in a manner that benefits our shareholders and maintains our focus on growth. During the three months ended December 31, 2015, we repurchased 1.4 million shares for $50 million. There are up to $420 million in shares that may still be purchased under this plan as of December 31, 2015.	
On August 18, 2012, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2.0 million shares of common stock with no expiration date. The program's objective is to offset dilution associated with various Xylem employee stock plans by acquiring shares in the open market from time to time. There were no shares purchased under this program during the three months ended December 31, 2015 and there are 0.3 million shares (approximately $9 million based on the closing share price on December 31, 2015) that may still be purchased under this plan.

25

PERFORMANCE GRAPH
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
The following graph compares the relative performance of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Industrials Index. This graph covers the period from October 13, 2011 (the first day our common stock began “when-issued” trading on the NYSE) through December 31, 2015. Our common stock began “regular-way” trading following the Spin-off on November 1, 2011.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	XYL	 	S&P 500	 	S&P 500
Industrials
Index	
October 13, 2011	$	100	
 	 	$	100	
 	 	$	100	
 	
October 31, 2011	110	
 	 	104	
 	 	106	
 	
December 31, 2011	106	
 	 	105	
 	 	108	
 	
December 31, 2012	114	
 	 	121	
 	 	124	
 	
December 31, 2013	148	
 	 	161	
 	 	175	
 	
December 31, 2014	165	
 	 	183	
 	 	192	
 	
December 31, 2015	161	
 	 	186	
 	 	187	
 	
The graph is not, and is not intended to be, indicative of future performance of our common stock.
This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and should not be deemed incorporated by reference into any of our prior or subsequent filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

26

ITEM 6.        SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2015. This selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in this Report.
On and prior to the Distribution Date, our financial position and results of operations consisted of WaterCo, the water equipment and services businesses of ITT Corporation. The Spin-off was completed pursuant to the Distribution Agreement among ITT, Exelis Inc., acquired by Harris Inc. on May 29, 2015, and Xylem. Xylem's financial position and results of operations have been derived from ITT’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis through the Distribution Date, while our financial results for Xylem post Spin-off are prepared on a stand-alone basis. Further, financial information for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 consists of the consolidated results of Xylem on a stand-alone basis for the two months of November and December and the combined results of operations of WaterCo for the first ten months on a carve-out basis.

 	Year Ended
December 31,	
(in millions, except per share data)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2012	 	2011 (a)	
Results of Operations Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	$	3,653	
 	 	$	3,916	
 	 	$	3,837	
 	 	$	3,791	
 	 	$	3,803	
 	
Gross profit	1,404	
 	 	1,513	
 	 	1,499	
 	 	1,502	
 	 	1,461	
 	
Gross margin	38.4	%	 	38.6	%	 	39.1	%	 	39.6	%	 	38.4	%	
Operating income	449	
 	 	463	
 	 	363	
 	 	443	
 	 	395	
 	
Operating margin	12.3	%	 	11.8	%	 	9.5	%	 	11.7	%	 	10.4	%	
Net income	340	
 	 	337	
 	 	228	
 	 	297	
 	 	279	
 	
Per Share Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	1.88	
 	 	$	1.84	
 	 	$	1.23	
 	 	$	1.60	
 	 	$	1.51	
 	
Diluted	1.87	
 	 	1.83	
 	 	1.22	
 	 	1.59	
 	 	1.50	
 	
Basic shares outstanding	180.9	
 	 	183.1	
 	 	185.2	
 	 	185.8	
 	 	185.1	
 	
Diluted shares outstanding	181.7	
 	 	184.2	
 	 	186.0	
 	 	186.2	
 	 	185.3	
 	
Cash dividends per share	$	0.5632	
 	 	$	0.5120	
 	 	$	0.4656	
 	 	$	0.4048	
 	 	$	0.1012	
 	
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	680	
 	 	$	663	
 	 	$	533	
 	 	$	504	
 	 	$	318	
 	
Working capital*	810	
 	 	882	
 	 	930	
 	 	859	
 	 	834	
 	
Total assets (b)(c)	4,657	
 	 	4,833	
 	 	4,857	
 	 	4,639	
 	 	4,350	
 	
Total debt (b)	1,274	
 	 	1,284	
 	 	1,235	
 	 	1,197	
 	 	1,197	

 	 	
*	The Company calculates Working capital as follows: net accounts receivable + inventories - accounts payable - customer advances.	
 	 	
(a)	In 2011, we acquired YSI Incorporated, which contributed revenue of $35 million in 2011 and $371 million of total assets on date of acquisition.	
 	 	
(b)	Debt issuance costs of $6 million, $8 million and $9 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were reclassified to long-term debt from other non-current assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. See Note 2, “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements,” of the consolidated financial statements.	
 	 	
(c)	Deferred tax assets of $33 million, $32 million and $41 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were reclassified to deferred tax liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. See Note 2, “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements,” of the consolidated financial statements.	

27

ITEM 7.        MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. This discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our results of operations and the financial condition of our business during each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, “Xylem,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Xylem Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Overview
Xylem is a leading equipment and service provider for water and wastewater applications with a broad portfolio of products and services addressing the full cycle of water, from collection, distribution and use to the return of water to the environment. Our business focuses on providing technology-intensive equipment and services. Our product and service offerings are organized into two reportable segments: Water Infrastructure and Applied Water. Our segments are aligned with each of the sectors in the cycle of water, water infrastructure and usage applications.
 	 	
•	Water Infrastructure serves the water infrastructure sector with pump systems that transport water from aquifers, lakes, rivers and seas; with filtration, ultraviolet and ozone systems that provide treatment, making the water fit to use; and pumping solutions that move the wastewater to treatment facilities where our mixers, biological treatment, monitoring and control systems provide the primary functions in the treatment process. We provide analytical instrumentation used to measure water quality, flow and level in wastewater, surface water and coastal environments. In the Water Infrastructure segment, we provide the majority of our sales directly to customers with strong application expertise, while the remaining amount is through distribution partners.	
 	 	
•	Applied Water serves the usage applications sector with water pressure boosting systems for heating, ventilation and air conditioning and for fire protection systems to the residential and commercial building services markets. In addition, our pumps, heat exchangers, valves and controls provide cooling to power plants and manufacturing facilities, as well as circulation for food and beverage processing. We also provide boosting systems for farming irrigation, pumps for dairy operations and rainwater reuse systems for small scale crop and turf irrigation. In the Applied Water segment, we provide the majority of our sales through long-standing relationships with the world’s leading distributors, with the remainder going directly to customers.	
We sell our equipment and services through direct and indirect channels that serve the needs of each customer type. In the Water Infrastructure segment, we provide the majority of our sales direct to customers with strong application expertise, while the remaining amount is through distribution partners. In the Applied Water segment, we provide the majority of our sales through long-standing relationships with the world’s leading distributors, with the remainder going direct to customers.
Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures
Management reviews key performance indicators including revenue, gross margin, segment operating income and margins, earnings per share, orders growth, working capital, free cash flow and backlog, among others. In addition, we consider certain measures to be useful to management and investors evaluating our operating performance for the periods presented, and provide a tool for evaluating our ongoing operations, liquidity and management of assets. This information can assist investors in assessing our financial performance and measures our ability to generate capital for deployment among competing strategic alternatives and initiatives, including, but not limited to, dividends, acquisitions, share repurchases and debt repayment. These metrics, however, are not measures of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for revenue, operating income, net income, earnings per share (basic and diluted) or net cash from operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. We consider the following non-GAAP measures, which may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies, to be key performance indicators:  
 	 	
•	"organic revenue" and "organic orders" defined as revenue and orders, respectively, excluding the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency translation, intercompany transactions and contributions from acquisitions and divestitures. Divestitures include sales of insignificant portions of our business that did not meet the criteria for classification as a discontinued operation. The period-over-period change resulting from foreign currency translation assumes no change in exchange rates from the prior period.	
 	 	
•	"constant currency" defined as financial results adjusted for foreign currency translation impacts by translating current period and prior period activity using the same currency conversion rate. This approach is used for countries whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar.	

28

•"adjusted net income" and "adjusted earnings per share" defined as net income and earnings per share, respectively, adjusted to exclude restructuring and realignment costs, special charges, tax-related special items and gain from sale of businesses. A reconciliation of adjusted net income is provided below.

(in millions, except per share data)	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Net income	 	$	340	
 	 	$	337	
 	 	$	228	
 	
Restructuring and realignment, net of tax benefit of $5, $12 and $18, respectively	 	15	
 	 	31	
 	 	46	
 	
Special charges, net of tax benefit of $0 and $9, respectively	 	5	
 	 	—	
 	 	23	
 	
Tax-related special items	 	(15	)	 	5	
 	 	14	
 	
Gain on sale of business, net of $0 tax in both years	 	(9	)	 	(11	)	 	—	
 	
Adjusted net income	 	$	336	
 	 	$	362	
 	 	$	311	
 	
Weighted average number of shares - Diluted	 	181.7	
 	 	184.2	
 	 	186.0	
 	
Adjusted earnings per share	 	$	1.85	
 	 	$	1.97	
 	 	$	1.67	

•	"operating expenses excluding restructuring and realignment costs and special charges" defined as operating expenses, adjusted to exclude restructuring and realignment costs and special charges.	
 	 	
•	"adjusted operating income (loss)" defined as operating income (loss), adjusted to exclude restructuring and realignment costs and special charges, and "adjusted operating margin" defined as adjusted operating income divided by total revenue.	
 	 	
•	“realignment costs” defined as costs not included in restructuring costs that are incurred as part of actions taken to reposition our business, including items such as professional fees, severance, relocation, travel, facility set-up and other costs.	
 	 	
•	“special charges" defined as costs incurred by the Company, such as legal and professional fees, associated with the Korea matters, costs incurred for the contractual indemnification of tax obligations to ITT, certain costs incurred during the third quarter of 2013 for the settlement of legal proceedings with Xylem Group LLC, as well as the change in chief executive officer and other special non-operating items.	
 	 	
•	"tax-related special items" defined as tax items, such as tax return versus tax provision adjustments, tax exam impacts, tax law change impacts and other discrete tax adjustments.	
•"free cash flow" defined as net cash from operating activities, as reported in the Statement of Cash Flow, less capital expenditures, as well as adjustments for other significant items that impact current results that management believes are not related to our ongoing operations and performance. Our definition of free cash flow does not consider certain non-discretionary cash payments, such as debt. The following table provides a reconciliation of free cash flow.

(in millions)	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	$	464	
 	 	$	416	
 	 	$	324	
 	
Capital expenditures	 	(117	)	 	(119	)	 	(126	)	
Free cash flow	 	$	347	
 	 	$	297	
 	 	$	198	
 	
Executive Summary
Xylem reported revenue of $3,653 million for 2015, a decrease of 6.7% from $3,916 million reported in 2014. Revenue increased 1.3% on a constant currency basis due to strong organic growth in the public utility, commercial and residential markets, partially offset by declines in industrial in the oil and gas market. Operating income for 2015 was $449 million, reflecting a decrease of $14 million or 3.0% compared to $463 million in 2014. Operating income as a percentage of revenue was 12.3% for 2015 versus 11.8% for 2014, an increase of 50 basis points. This increase in operating margin was primarily due to reduced restructuring and realignment costs as well as incremental cost savings from continuous improvement initiatives and restructuring actions. Partially offsetting these actions were cost inflation, unfavorable mix and unfavorable foreign exchange translation impacts.

29

Additional financial highlights for 2015 include the following:
 	 	
•	Net income of $340 million, or $1.87 per diluted share ($336 million or $1.85 per diluted share on an adjusted basis)	
 	 	
•	Free cash flow of $347 million, and net cash from operating activities of $464 million	
 	 	
•	Orders of $3,711 million (a 0.5% increase from 2014 on an organic basis)	
 	 	
•	We repurchased a total of $175 million in shares under our share repurchase programs approved by our Board of Directors as part of our strategy to enhance shareholder return	
 	 	
•	Dividends paid to shareholders increased 10% in 2015.	
2016 Business Outlook
We continue to anticipate organic revenue growth in the low-to-mid single digits in 2016. The following is a summary of our outlook by market.
 	 	
•	Industrial was down 1% for 2015 as general industrial strength was more than offset by oil and gas declines in Canada and the United States. For 2016, we expect growth to be flat to up in the low-single-digits. This projection assumes low-single-digit growth in light industrial applications, and double-digit declines in oil and gas, and mining applications.	
 	 	
•	Public utilities increased 4% for 2015 driven by the United States recovery and continued emerging markets investments. We expect growth in mid-single-digits for 2016 as we anticipate continued growth in the United States and continued investments across emerging markets. We also anticipate that market conditions in Europe will remain stable.	
 	 	
•	Commercial experienced growth of 4% for 2015 driven by a recovering institutional building sector in the United States. We expect continued growth in the mid-single-digit range for 2016. Our expectation is that growth in the U.S. institutional building market will continue through the year, urbanization will continue to drive growth in most emerging markets and that conditions in Europe will modestly improve.	
 	 	
•	Residential markets grew 4% in 2015 with the strongest growth in the U.S. For 2016 we expect low-to-mid-single digit growth driven by continued strength in the U.S. We also expect continued low-single-digit growth in Europe.	
 	 	
•	Our agriculture markets, which is our smallest end market, declined 8% in 2015 driven by unfavorable U.S. weather conditions. We expect 2016 to grow low-single-digits as we will likely see a modest recovery from the significant weather events in 2015.	
We will continue to strategically execute restructuring and realignment actions primarily to reposition our European and North American business in an effort to optimize our cost structure and improve our operational efficiency and effectiveness. During 2015, we incurred $6 million and $14 million in restructuring and realignment costs, respectively. As a result of the restructuring actions in 2015, we realized $2 million of net savings and expect to realize approximately $1 million of incremental net savings in 2016. During 2016, we expect to incur approximately $25 million in restructuring and realignment costs. We expect to realize approximately $8 million of savings from our 2016 actions.
Additional strategic actions we are taking include strategic initiatives to drive above-market growth, advance continuous improvement activities to increase productivity, focus on improving cash performance and drive a disciplined capital deployment strategy.

30

Results of Operations

(in millions)	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2015 v. 2014	 	2014 v. 2013	
Revenue	 	$	3,653	
 	 	$	3,916	
 	 	$	3,837	
 	 	(6.7	)%	 	2.1	 %	
Gross profit	 	1,404	
 	 	1,513	
 	 	1,499	
 	 	(7.2	)%	 	0.9	 %	
Gross margin	 	38.4	%	 	38.6	%	 	39.1	%	 	(20	)bp	 	(50	)bp	
Operating expenses excluding restructuring and realignment costs and special charges	 	930	
 	 	1,007	
 	 	1,048	
 	 	(7.6	)%	 	(3.9	)%	
Expense to revenue ratio	 	25.5	%	 	25.7	%	 	27.3	%	 	(20	)bp	 	(160	)bp	
Restructuring and realignment costs	 	20	
 	 	43	
 	 	64	
 	 	(53.5	)%	 	(32.8	)%	
Special charges	 	5	
 	 	—	
 	 	24	
 	 	NM	
 	 	NM	
 	
Total operating expenses	 	955	
 	 	1,050	
 	 	1,136	
 	 	(9.0	)%	 	(7.6	)%	
Operating income	 	449	
 	 	463	
 	 	363	
 	 	(3.0	)%	 	27.5	 %	
Operating margin	 	12.3	%	 	11.8	%	 	9.5	%	 	50	bp	 	230	bp	
Interest and other non-operating expense (income), net	 	55	
 	 	53	
 	 	65	
 	 	3.8	 %	 	(18.5	)%	
Gain on sale of business	 	9	
 	 	11	
 	 	—	
 	 	(18.2	)%	 	NM	
 	
Income tax expense	 	63	
 	 	84	
 	 	70	
 	 	(25.0	)%	 	20.0	 %	
Tax rate	 	15.6	%	 	19.8	%	 	23.5	%	 	(420	)bp	 	(370	)bp	
Net income	 	$	340	
 	 	$	337	
 	 	$	228	
 	 	0.9	 %	 	47.8	 %	
NM     Not Meaningful
2015 versus 2014 
Revenue
Revenue generated for 2015 was $3,653 million, a decrease of $263 million, or 6.7%, compared to $3,916 million in 2014. On a constant currency basis, revenue grew 1.3%. This increase was primarily driven by strong organic growth within emerging markets, particularly in China and India. The United States and western Europe also grew organically, which was partially offset by declines in Canada. In addition, the organic growth was partially offset by the divestiture of the Wolverhampton valves business early in the third quarter of 2014.
The following table illustrates the impact on 2015 revenue from organic growth, recent acquisitions/divestitures, and foreign currency translation in relation to revenue.

(in millions)	$ Change	 	% Change	
2014 Revenue	$	3,916	
 	 	 	
Organic Growth	60	
 	 	1.5	 %	
Acquisitions/(Divestitures)	(10	)	 	(0.3	)%	
Constant Currency	50	
 	 	1.3	 %	
Foreign currency translation (a)	(313	)	 	(8.0	)%	
Total change in revenue	(263	)	 	(6.7	)%	
2015 Revenue	$	3,653	

(a)	Foreign currency translation impact primarily due to fluctuations in the value of the Euro, Swedish Krona, Australian Dollar, British Pound, Canadian Dollar and Norwegian Krone against the U.S. Dollar.	
The following table summarizes revenue by segment for 2015 and 2014:

(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	As Reported Change	 	Constant Currency Change	
Water Infrastructure	$	2,231	
 	 	$	2,442	
 	 	(8.6	)%	 	0.9	%	
Applied Water	1,422	
 	 	1,474	
 	 	(3.5	)%	 	1.8	%	
Total	$	3,653	
 	 	$	3,916	
 	 	(6.7	)%	 	1.3	%	

31

Water Infrastructure
Water Infrastructure’s revenue decreased $211 million, or 8.6% in 2015 (0.9% increase on a constant currency basis) compared to 2014. The constant currency increase was driven by organic growth of $22 million or 0.9% due to continued strength in the public utility end market partially offset by weakness in the industrial market. The industrial market performance decline was due to decreases in dewatering applications in the oil and gas market which more than offset increases in the balance of the industrial market.
From an application perspective, organic revenue grew in transport, treatment and test applications. The organic revenue growth from transport applications was predominately due to public utility strength in the emerging markets, the United States and in western Europe, partially offset by declines in industrial dewatering applications from weakness in the oil and gas market in Canada and the United States. The organic revenue growth from treatment applications was due to ozone and filtration projects in China and Australia which was somewhat offset by the lapping of a large project in Latin America in 2014 and general weakness in Europe. Organic revenue growth from test applications was driven by growth in China and India due to demand for new wastewater and river monitoring products.
Applied Water
Applied Water’s revenue decreased $52 million, or 3.5% in 2015 (a 1.8% increase on a constant currency basis) compared to 2014. The growth on a constant currency basis is driven primarily by organic revenue growth of $38 million or 2.6% due to strength in the commercial, industrial water and residential end markets, partially offset by declines in the agriculture end market. This increase in the current year was partially offset by the absence of $11 million in revenue from the divested Wolverhampton valves business.
From an applications perspective, the increase in organic revenue was predominately due to continued growth in commercial building services from a recovering institutional building sector in the United States and strength in Asia. The industrial water application organic revenue grew from project strength in western Europe and the United States, which was partially offset by the aforementioned Wolverhampton divestiture. Residential building services organic revenue increased primarily in the United States due to improvements in the home construction market and market share gain. Irrigation applications organic revenue decline was largely impacted by severe flooding conditions in the southeast and southwest regions of the United States and the lapping of a strong fourth quarter in 2014.
Orders/Backlog
Orders received during 2015 decreased by $310 million, or 7.7% to $3,711 million (a 0.2% increase on a constant currency basis). Organic order growth increased $19 million or 0.5% for the year.
Water Infrastructure segment orders decreased $215 million, or 8.6% to $2,296 million (1.0% growth on a constant currency basis). Organic order growth of 1.0% was predominantly due to organic order increases for treatment applications due to large projects in the Middle East and Greater Asia. The organic orders for test applications were slightly up. Slightly offsetting these increases was a decline in organic orders for transport applications predominately due to decreases in the dewatering transport application due to weakness in the oil and gas market, which more than offset solid growth in the remainder of the transport applications.
Orders decreased in our Applied Water segment $95 million, or 6.3% to $1,415 million (1.0% decline on a constant currency basis). The order decline on a constant currency basis was due to the organic order volume decrease of 0.3%, due to market softness in the oil and gas and agricultural markets, as well as the absence of orders from our Wolverhampton valves divestiture.
Delivery schedules vary from customer to customer based upon their requirements. Typically, large projects require longer lead production cycles, and delays can occur from time to time. Total backlog was $716 million at December 31, 2015 and $740 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease is due to foreign currency translation impacts. We anticipate that approximately 81% of the backlog at December 31, 2015 will be recognized as revenue during 2016.
Gross Margin
Gross margins as a percentage of consolidated revenue declined to 38.4% in 2015 from 38.6% in 2014. The gross margin decline was primarily due to negative currency translation impacts. Excluding the negative currency translation impacts, gross margin was slightly higher as compared to 2014. Benefits realized from cost saving initiatives through global sourcing and lean six sigma, as well as increased volume, more than offset material and labor inflation headwinds and unfavorable sales mix, primarily due to higher volume sold to the emerging markets.

32

Operating Expenses

(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	Change	
Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A")	$	854	
 	 	$	920	
 	 	(7.2	)%	
SG&A as a % of revenue	23.4	%	 	23.5	%	 	(10	)bp	
Research and development expenses ("R&D")	95	
 	 	104	
 	 	(8.7	)%	
R&D as a % of revenue	2.6	%	 	2.7	%	 	(10	)bp	
Restructuring charges	6	
 	 	26	
 	 	(76.9	)%	
Operating expenses	$	955	
 	 	$	1,050	
 	 	(9.0	)%	
Expense to revenue ratio	26.1	%	 	26.8	%	 	(70	)bp	
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A decreased by $66 million or 7.2% to 23.4% of revenue in 2015, as compared to 23.5% of revenue in 2014. The decrease in SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to currency translation impacts. Additionally, cost inflation was offset by cost savings from continuous improvement initiatives and restructuring actions as well as reduced realignment costs.
Research and Development Expenses
R&D spending decreased $9 million or 8.7% to 2.6% of revenue in 2015 as compared to 2.7% of revenue in 2014 primarily due to currency translation impacts.
Restructuring Charges
During 2015, we incurred restructuring costs of $5 million and $1 million in our Water Infrastructure and Applied Water segments, respectively. These charges were incurred primarily in an effort to realign our organizational structure in Europe and North America to optimize our cost structure. The charges relate to the reduction in structural costs, including a decrease in headcount and consolidation of facilities. During 2014, we recognized restructuring costs of $19 million, $6 million and $1 million in our Water Infrastructure and Applied Water segments, and Corporate and other, respectively. These charges were incurred primarily in an effort to realign our organizational structure in Europe and North America to optimize our cost structure. The charges relate to the reduction in structural costs, including a decrease in headcount and consolidation of facilities.
Total expected costs associated with actions that commenced during 2015 are approximately $5 million for Water Infrastructure and approximately $1 million for Applied Water. These costs primarily comprise severance charges. The Water Infrastructure actions are expected to continue through the second quarter of 2016. Substantially all of cost associated with the Applied Water actions have been incurred. As a result of these actions initiated in 2015, we achieved savings of approximately $2 million in 2015 and estimate annual future net savings beginning in 2016 of approximately $3 million, resulting in $1 million of incremental savings in 2016 from the 2015 actions.
Operating Income
We generated operating income of $449 million during 2015, a $14 million or 3.0% decrease from the prior year. Operating income as a percentage of revenue was 12.3% for 2015 versus 11.8% for 2014, an increase of 50 basis points. This increase in operating margin was primarily due to reduced restructuring and realignment costs, incremental cost savings from continuous improvement initiatives and slightly higher volume. Partially offsetting these actions were cost inflation, unfavorable mix and unfavorable foreign exchange translation impacts.

33

The following table illustrates operating income results for our business segments:

(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	Change	
Water Infrastructure	$	303	
 	 	$	321	
 	 	(5.6	)%	
Applied Water	190	
 	 	193	
 	 	(1.6	)%	
Segment operating income	493	
 	 	514	
 	 	(4.1	)%	
Corporate and other	(44	)	 	(51	)	 	(13.7	)%	
Total operating income	$	449	
 	 	$	463	
 	 	(3.0	)%	
Operating margin	 	 	 	 	 	
Water Infrastructure	13.6	%	 	13.1	%	 	50	bp	
Applied Water	13.4	%	 	13.1	%	 	30	bp	
Total Xylem	12.3	%	 	11.8	%	 	50	bp	
The table below provides a reconciliation of the total and each segment's operating income to adjusted operating income, and a calculation of the corresponding adjusted operating margin:

(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	Change	
Water Infrastructure	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	$	303	
 	 	$	321	
 	 	(5.6	)%	
Restructuring and realignment costs	13	
 	 	29	
 	 	(55.2	)%	
Special charges	1	
 	 	—	
 	 	NM	
 	
Adjusted operating income	$	317	
 	 	$	350	
 	 	(9.4	)%	
Adjusted operating margin	14.2	%	 	14.3	%	 	(10	)bp	
Applied Water	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	$	190	
 	 	$	193	
 	 	(1.6	)%	
Restructuring and realignment costs	7	
 	 	13	
 	 	(46.2	)%	
Adjusted operating income	$	197	
 	 	$	206	
 	 	(4.4	)%	
Adjusted operating margin	13.9	%	 	14.0	%	 	(10	)bp	
Corporate and other	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating loss	$	(44	)	 	$	(51	)	 	(13.7	)%	
Restructuring and realignment costs	—	
 	 	1	
 	 	(100.0	)%	
Adjusted operating loss	$	(44	)	 	$	(50	)	 	(12.0	)%	
Total Xylem	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	$	449	
 	 	$	463	
 	 	(3.0	)%	
Restructuring and realignment costs	20	
 	 	43	
 	 	(53.5	)%	
Special charges	1	
 	 	—	
 	 	NM	
 	
Adjusted operating income	$	470	
 	 	$	506	
 	 	(7.1	)%	
Adjusted operating margin	12.9	%	 	12.9	%	 	—	
 	
NM    Not Meaningful
Water Infrastructure
Operating income for our Water Infrastructure segment decreased $18 million or 5.6% (decreased $33 million or 9.4% on an adjusted basis) compared to the prior year. On an adjusted basis the operating margin decreased from 14.3% to 14.2%. The reduction in operating margin was due to cost inflation and unfavorable mix resulting from the declines in our dewatering business driven by oil and gas weakness, and lower emerging market margins. This reduction was not quite offset by cost savings from procurement initiatives, lean six sigma initiatives and restructuring actions.
Applied Water
Operating income for our Applied Water segment decreased $3 million or 1.6% (decreased $9 million or 4.4% on an adjusted basis) compared to the prior year. On an adjusted basis the operating margin decreased from 14.0% to 13.9%. The reduction in operating margin was due to cost inflation, unfavorable mix and foreign exchange impacts, partially offset by cost reductions from procurement and lean six sigma initiatives and higher volume.

34

Corporate and other
Operating loss for corporate and other decreased $7 million or 13.7% (decreased $6 million or 12.0% on an adjusted basis) compared to the prior year. The reduction in adjusted operating loss was primarily due to reduced information technology and franchise tax costs.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $55 million and $54 million for 2015 and 2014, respectively, primarily related to interest expense on $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of our senior notes. Refer to Note 13, “Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt,” for further details.
Income Tax Expense
The income tax provision for 2015 was $63 million at an effective tax rate of 15.6% compared to $84 million at an effective tax rate of 19.8% in 2014. The 2015 effective tax rate is lower than 2014 due primarily to geographic mix of earnings as well as a reduction in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits recorded.
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Other comprehensive loss before tax of $130 million in 2015 as compared to $284 million loss in 2014 was primarily due to a $23 million net gain in postretirement benefit plans foreign currency in 2015 as compared to a net loss of $110 million for 2014. Further contributing to this decreased loss was a lower translation loss of $26 million primarily due to less weakening of the Euro against the U.S. Dollar largely offset by the additional weakening of the Swedish Krona against the U.S. Dollar. Additionally, there was a release of $8 million of currency translation gains out of Other comprehensive (loss) income recognized as part of the sale of a business.
2014 versus 2013
Revenue
Revenue generated for 2014 was $3,916 million, an increase of $79 million, or 2.1%, compared to $3,837 million in 2013. On a constant currency basis, revenue grew 3.3%. The following table illustrates the impact on 2014 revenue from organic growth, recent acquisitions, and fluctuations in foreign currency.

(in millions)	$ Change	 	% Change	
2013 Revenue	$	3,837	
 	 	 	
Organic Growth	134	
 	 	3.5	 %	
Acquisitions/(Divestitures)	(6	)	 	(0.2	)%	
Constant Currency	128	
 	 	3.3	 %	
Foreign currency translation (a)	(49	)	 	(1.3	)%	
Total change in revenue	79	
 	 	2.1	 %	
2014 Revenue	$	3,916	

(a)	Foreign currency impact primarily due to weakness in the value of the Canadian Dollar, Australian Dollar, Argentine Peso, Swedish Krona and Norwegian Krone against the U.S. Dollar, partially offset by strength in the value of the British Pound against the U.S. Dollar.	
The following table summarizes revenue by segment for 2014 and 2013:

(in millions)	2014	 	2013	 	As Reported Change	 	Constant Currency Change	
Water Infrastructure	$	2,442	
 	 	$	2,384	
 	 	2.4	%	 	4.4	%	
Applied Water	1,474	
 	 	1,453	
 	 	1.4	%	 	1.6	%	
Total	$	3,916	
 	 	$	3,837	
 	 	2.1	%	 	3.3	%	
Water Infrastructure
Water Infrastructure’s revenue increased $58 million, or 2.4% in 2014 (4.4% on a constant currency basis). The 4.4% constant currency increase reflects growth within the industrial water and public utility end markets and $6 million of incremental revenue from our 2013 acquisitions.
Organic revenue increased $99 million or 4.2% during the year, which was substantially due to higher volumes in transport, test and treatment applications. Revenue from transport applications grew primarily from increased industrial dewatering applications in the United States from oil and gas market-related rental activities. Transport

35

also grew organically from public utility pump and aftermarket demand. Revenue from test applications increased due to significant strength in the United States from increased government spending coupled with the continued success of new products and cross-selling of our European technologies. Revenue from treatment applications grew from the delivery of several large projects in the emerging markets, particularly in Latin America, partially offset by lower deliverable project backlog in the United States and European markets.
Applied Water
Applied Water’s revenue increased $21 million, or 1.4% in 2014 (a 1.6% increase on a constant currency basis). The growth on a constant currency basis is driven primarily by organic revenue growth of $35 million, or 2.4% versus the prior year due to strength in the commercial building services, industrial water and agriculture end markets, which more than offset declines in the residential building services. The increase in the current year was partially offset by the absence of revenue from our Wolverhampton valves business following its divestiture in the third quarter of 2014 as compared to $12 million of revenue for the comparative period in 2013.
Organic revenue increased $35 million or 2.4% for the year due primarily to commercial building recovery in the United States institutional building market, including distributor restocking and promotional activity. Also contributing to the organic growth was industrial water application strength across all regions, particularly from projects in the Middle East and Latin America. Irrigation application revenue also grew, driven by the timing of project shipments and increased demand for vertical turbines. A decline in European demand for residential applications partially offset organic growth.
Orders/Backlog
Orders received during 2014 increased by $109 million, or 2.8% to $4,021 million (a 3.9% increase on a constant currency basis). Organic order growth increased $153 million or 3.9% for the year.
Water Infrastructure segment orders increased $68 million, or 2.8% to $2,511 million (4.4% growth on a constant currency basis), including $8 million from acquisitions. Organic order growth of 4.1% was primarily due to higher industrial demand within transport for wastewater pumps in the United States and Europe as well as strength within the dewatering business for rental and equipment sales into oil and gas markets. Orders for test applications also bolstered the growth for the segment from large orders in the United States. The strength in transport and test offset declines in treatment from project delays in the United States and Europe.
Orders increased in our Applied Water segment $41 million, or 2.8% to $1,510 million (3.0% growth on a constant currency basis). Organic growth of 3.6% was driven by strong performance in the commercial building services and industrial water markets in the United States, as well as continued strength in China. The growth was partially offset by weakness in the residential markets of Europe.
Delivery schedules vary from customer to customer based upon their requirements. Typically, large projects require longer lead production cycles, and delays can occur from time to time. Total backlog was $740 million at December 31, 2014 and $707 million at December 31, 2013. We anticipate that more than 85% of the backlog at December 31, 2014 will be recognized as revenue during 2015.
Gross Margin
Gross margins as a percentage of consolidated revenue declined to 38.6% in 2014 from 39.1% in 2013. The decrease is primarily attributable to lower margin sales within the Water Infrastructure segment caused by higher mix sold to emerging markets, which have lower margins, in conjunction with foreign exchange headwinds as well as unfavorable product sales mix. These negative impacts were partially mitigated by benefits from restructuring savings and cost-saving initiatives through lean six sigma and global sourcing across both segments.

36

Operating Expenses

(in millions)	2014	 	2013	 	Change	
Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A)	$	920	
 	 	$	986	
 	 	(6.7	)%	
SG&A as a % of revenue	23.5	%	 	25.7	%	 	(220	)bp	
Research and Development (R&D)	104	
 	 	104	
 	 	—	 %	
R&D as a % of revenue	2.7	%	 	2.7	%	 	—	bp	
Restructuring and asset impairment charges	26	
 	 	42	
 	 	(38.1	)%	
Separation Costs	—	
 	 	4	
 	 	NM	
 	
Operating expenses	$	1,050	
 	 	$	1,136	
 	 	(7.6	)%	
Expense to revenue ratio	26.8	%	 	29.6	%	 	(280	)bp	
NM    Not meaningful percentage change
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A decreased by $66 million or 6.7% to $920 million, or 23.5% of revenue in 2014, as compared to $986 million or 25.7% of revenue in 2013. The decrease in SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenue is due primarily to savings from restructuring actions combined with lapping the impacts from non-recurring special charges in 2013 of $24 million, which comprise the legal settlement with Xylem Group LLC, costs incurred for the change in our chief executive officer, costs incurred for the contractual indemnification of federal tax obligations to ITT and costs associated with a legal judgment arising from a historical acquisition matter. The decrease was also driven by $7 million less realignment costs in 2014, which were costs incurred by the Company to reposition our European business in an effort to optimize our cost structure and improve our operational efficiency and effectiveness as well as implement our new organizational structure.
Research and Development Expenses
R&D spending was flat at $104 million or 2.7% of revenue in both 2014 and 2013.
Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges
During 2014, we incurred restructuring costs of $19 million, $6 million and $1 million in our Water Infrastructure and Applied Water segments, and Corporate and other, respectively. These charges were incurred primarily in an effort to realign our organizational structure in Europe and North America to optimize our cost structure. The charges relate to the reduction in structural costs, including a decrease in headcount and consolidation of facilities. During 2013, we recognized restructuring costs of $31 million and $9 million in our Water Infrastructure and Applied Water segments, respectively. These charges were incurred primarily in an effort to realign our organizational structure in Europe and North America to address declines in sales volumes and optimize our cost structure. The charges relate to the reduction in structural costs, including a decrease in headcount and consolidation of facilities.
Total expected costs associated with actions that commenced during 2014 are approximately $19 million for Water Infrastructure, approximately $6 million for Applied Water and approximately $1 million for Corporate and other. These costs primarily comprise severance charges and the actions are substantially complete. As a result of these actions initiated in 2014, we achieved savings of approximately $13 million in 2014 and annual future net savings beginning in 2015 of approximately $26 million.
Total costs associated with actions that commenced during 2013 are approximately $32 million for Water Infrastructure and approximately $8 million for Applied Water. These costs primarily comprise severance charges. These actions are substantially complete. As a result of actions initiated during 2013, we achieved net savings of approximately $13 million in 2013 and annual future net savings beginning in 2014 of approximately $36 million.
Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded a $2 million impairment charge related to three trade names in our Water Infrastructure segment associated with acquired businesses within our Analytics operating unit, reflecting a decline in their value since being acquired. Refer to Note 4, “Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges,” for additional information.

37

Operating Income
We generated operating income of $463 million during 2014, a $100 million or 27.5% increase from the prior year operating income of $363 million, primarily reflecting cost-saving initiatives and savings from restructuring actions. These benefits were partially offset by cost inflation combined with unfavorable impacts from our geographic and product sales mix described above. Another driving factor in the year-over-year improvement was the absence of the aforementioned special charges in 2013 within SG&A, which did not recur as well as lower restructuring and realignment costs. The following table illustrates operating income results by business segments for 2014 and 2013.

(in millions)	2014	 	2013	 	Change	
Water Infrastructure	$	321	
 	 	$	263	
 	 	22.1	 %	
Applied Water	193	
 	 	175	
 	 	10.3	 %	
Segment operating income	514	
 	 	438	
 	 	17.4	 %	
Corporate and other	(51	)	 	(75	)	 	(32.0	)%	
Total operating income	$	463	
 	 	$	363	
 	 	27.5	 %	
Operating margin	 	 	 	 	 	
Water Infrastructure	13.1	%	 	11.0	%	 	210	bp	
Applied Water	13.1	%	 	11.6	%	 	150	bp	
Total Xylem	11.8	%	 	9.5	%	 	230	bp	
The table included below provides a reconciliation from segment operating income to adjusted operating income, and a calculation of the corresponding adjusted operating margin.

(in millions)	2014	 	2013	 	Change	
Water Infrastructure	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	$	321	
 	 	$	263	
 	 	22.1	 %	
Restructuring and realignment costs	29	
 	 	48	
 	 	(39.6	)%	
Special charges	—	
 	 	4	
 	 	NM	
 	
Adjusted operating income	$	350	
 	 	$	315	
 	 	11.1	 %	
Adjusted operating margin	14.3	%	 	13.2	%	 	110	bp	
Applied Water	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	$	193	
 	 	$	175	
 	 	10.3	 %	
Restructuring and realignment costs	13	
 	 	16	
 	 	(18.8	)%	
Adjusted operating income	$	206	
 	 	$	191	
 	 	7.9	 %	
Adjusted operating margin	14.0	%	 	13.1	%	 	90	bp	
Corporate and other	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating loss	$	(51	)	 	$	(75	)	 	(32.0	)%	
Restructuring and realignment costs	1	
 	 	—	
 	 	NM	
 	
Special charges	—	
 	 	20	
 	 	100.0	 %	
Adjusted operating loss	$	(50	)	 	$	(55	)	 	(9.1	)%	
Total Xylem	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	$	463	
 	 	$	363	
 	 	27.5	 %	
Restructuring and realignment costs	43	
 	 	64	
 	 	(32.8	)%	
Special charges	—	
 	 	24	
 	 	NM	
 	
Adjusted operating income	$	506	
 	 	$	451	
 	 	12.2	 %	
Adjusted operating margin	12.9	%	 	11.8	%	 	110	bp	
NM    Not meaningful percentage change

38

Water Infrastructure
Operating income for our Water Infrastructure segment increased $58 million or 22.1% (increased $35 million or 11.1% on an adjusted basis) compared with the prior year. The 11.1% increase was primarily driven by higher volume, restructuring savings and cost reduction initiatives, such as global sourcing and lean six sigma. The increase was partially offset by cost inflation, unfavorable sales mix and price.
Applied Water
Operating income for our Applied Water segment increased $18 million or 10.3% (increased $15 million or 7.9% on an adjusted basis) compared to the prior year. The 7.9% increase was driven by lean six sigma initiatives, global sourcing and restructuring savings combined with modest price realization. The increase was partially offset by cost inflation and unfavorable foreign exchange headwinds.
Corporate and other
Operating loss for corporate and other decreased $24 million or 32.0% (decreased $5 million or 9.1% on an adjusted basis) compared to the prior year. The reduction in adjusted operating loss was primarily due to reduced stock based compensation expense and costs associated with the corporate headquarter move in 2013 that did not recur in 2014.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $54 million and $55 million for 2014 and 2013, respectively, primarily related to interest expense on $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of our senior notes. Refer to Note 13, “Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt,” for further details.
Income Tax Expense
The income tax provision for 2014 was $84 million at an effective tax rate of 19.8% compared to $70 million at an effective tax rate of 23.5% in 2013. The 2014 effective tax rate is lower than 2013 due primarily to geographic mix of earnings.
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Other comprehensive loss before tax of $284 million in 2014 as compared to income of $74 million in 2013 was primarily due to a $221 million foreign currency translation impact due to a weakening of the Euro, British Pound and Swedish Krona against the U.S. Dollar. Further contributing to the year-over-year decline was a $110 million net loss in postretirement benefit plans in 2014 as compared to a net gain of $34 million in 2013 due to a decrease in discount rates, partially mitigated by actual gains on plan assets in excess of the assumed long-term rate of return. The effective tax rate on other comprehensive income decreased as compared to 2013 due primarily to the shift in comprehensive earnings from foreign currency translation, which is not taxable, as well as from a change in the jurisdictional mix of net gains and losses from postretirement benefit plans.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash:

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Operating activities	$	464	
 	 	$	416	
 	 	$	324	
 	
Investing activities	(132	)	 	(86	)	 	(199	)	
Financing activities	(262	)	 	(147	)	 	(100	)	
Foreign exchange (a)	(53	)	 	(53	)	 	4	
 	
Total	$	17	
 	 	$	130	
 	 	$	29	

(a)	2015 and 2014 impact is primarily due to the weakness of the Euro against the U.S. Dollar.	
Sources and Uses of Liquidity
Operating Activities
During 2015, net cash provided by operating activities was $464 million, compared to $416 million in 2014. The $48 million year-over-year increase was primarily driven by a decrease in the use of working capital from reduced inventory levels in 2015 and improved collections of receivables. Lower payments for restructuring and

39

postretirement benefit plans were more than offset by increased payments for foreign value-added taxes as compared to the prior year.
During 2014, net cash provided by operating activities was $416 million, compared to $324 million in 2013. The $92 million year-over-year increase was driven by an increase in income, as well as a modest improvement in working capital performance. Reductions in payments made for restructuring and postretirement plan contributions in 2014 were largely offset by an increase in tax payments. Also contributing to the increase was a refund of value-added tax in the current year that had been paid during 2013.
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $132 million for 2015, compared to $86 million in 2014. The increase of $46 million was primarily due to $18 million spent on an acquisition in 2015 as compared to nothing in 2014 as well as cash received in 2014 of $30 million for the sale of our Wolverhampton business.
Cash used in investing activities was $86 million in 2014 compared to $199 million in 2013. The decrease of $113 million was primarily driven by a decrease in acquisition activity as there were no acquisitions in 2014, whereas we spent $81 million for acquisitions during 2013. Also contributing to the decrease was the receipt of $30 million in 2014 for the sale of a business. Capital expenditures were also lower in 2014, with a $7 million reduction primarily due to a decrease in the spending on post Spin-off information technology investments and the relocation of our corporate headquarters.
Financing Activities
Cash used by financing activities was $262 million, $147 million and $100 million during 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In 2015, the $115 million increase is primarily driven by an increase in share repurchase activity of $45 million and an increase of $8 million, or a 10% per share increase, in dividends paid to shareholders as well as a decrease in cash received from short-term debt borrowings under the European Investment Bank facility of $50 million. In 2014, the $47 million increase reflected cash used for share repurchase activity increasing $61 million and dividend payments increasing $7 million compared to 2013. These uses were partially offset by an increase in cash received from short-term debt borrowings under the European Investment Bank facility of $50 million in 2014 versus $38 million in 2013.
Funding and Liquidity Strategy
Our ability to fund our capital needs depends on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations, and access to bank financing and the capital markets. Historically, we have generated operating cash flow sufficient to fund our primary cash needs centered on operating activities, working capital, capital expenditures, and strategic investments. If our cash flows from operations are less than we expect, we may need to incur debt or issue equity. From time to time, we may need to access the long-term and short-term capital markets to obtain financing. Our access to, and the availability of, financing on acceptable terms and conditions in the future will be impacted by many factors, including: (i) our credit ratings or absence of a credit rating, (ii) the liquidity of the overall capital markets, and (iii) the current state of the economy. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or that such financing will be available at all.
Our global funding requirements are continually monitored with appropriate strategies executed to ensure liquidity needs are met cost effectively. Based on our current global cash positions, cash flows from operations and access to the commercial paper markets, we believe there is sufficient liquidity to meet our funding requirements.  In addition, our existing committed credit facilities and access to the public debt markets would provide further liquidity if required.
We anticipate that our present sources of funds, including funds from operations and additional borrowings, will provide us with sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet our liquidity and capital needs in both the United States and outside of the United States over the next twelve months.
Senior Notes
On September 20, 2011, we issued 3.550% Senior Notes of $600 million aggregate principal amount due September 2016 (the "Senior Notes due 2016") and 4.875% Senior Notes of $600 million aggregate principal amount due October 2021 (the "Senior Notes due 2021" and together with the Senior Notes due 2016, the "Senior Notes").
The Senior Notes include covenants which restrict our ability, subject to exceptions, to incur debt secured by liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions, as well as provide for customary events of default (subject, in certain cases, to receipt of notice of default and/or customary grace and cure periods). We may redeem the Senior

40

Notes, as applicable, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium. If a change of control triggering event (as defined in the Senior Notes) occurs, we will be required to make an offer to purchase the Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants.
Interest on the Senior Notes due 2016 is payable on March 20 and September 20 of each year. Interest on the Senior Notes due 2021 is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year.
As of December 31, 2015, we have classified $600 million of our Senior Notes due 2016 as long-term based on our current ability and intent to refinance the outstanding borrowings on a long-term basis.
Credit Facility
Effective March 27, 2015, Xylem entered into a Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. The Credit Facility provides for an aggregate principal amount of up to $600 million of: (i) revolving extensions of credit outstanding at any time and (ii) the issuance of letters of credit in a face amount not in excess of $100 million outstanding at any time. The Credit Facility provides for increases of up to $200 million for a possible maximum total of $800 million in aggregate principal amount at our request and with the consent of the institutions providing such increased commitments.
At our election, the interest rate per annum applicable to the revolving loans will be based on either (i) a Eurodollar rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin or (ii) a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to the greatest of: (a) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A., (b) the U.S. Federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or (c) the Eurodollar rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, in each case, plus an applicable margin.
In accordance with the terms, we may not exceed a maximum leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 (based on a ratio of total debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) throughout the term. The Credit Facility also contains limitations on, among other things, incurring secured debt, granting liens, entering into sale and leaseback transactions, mergers, consolidations, liquidations, dissolutions and sales of assets. In addition, the Credit Facility contains other terms and conditions such as customary representations and warranties, additional covenants and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants.
As of December 31, 2015, the Credit Facility was undrawn.
Research and Development Facility Agreement
On December 3, 2015, the Company amended and restated its Risk Sharing Finance Facility Agreement (the "R&D Facility Agreement") with The European Investment Bank (the "EIB") to amend the maturity date. The facility provides an aggregate principal amount of up to €120 million (approximately $132 million) to finance research projects and infrastructure development in the European Union. The Company's wholly owned subsidiaries in Luxembourg, Xylem Holdings S.á r.l. and Xylem International S.á r.l., are the borrowers under the R&D Facility Agreement.  The obligations of the borrowers under the R&D Facility Agreement are guaranteed by the Company under an Amended and Restated Deed of Guarantee, dated as of December 4, 2013, in favor of the EIB. The funds are available during the period from 2013 through 2016 at the Company's facilities in Sweden, Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom, Austria, Norway and Hungary. 
Under the R&D Facility Agreement, the borrower can draw loans on or before March 31, 2016 with a maturity of no longer than 12 years. The R&D Facility Agreement provides for Fixed Rate loans and Floating Rate loans. The interest rate per annum applicable to Fixed Rate loans is at a fixed percentage rate per annum specified by the EIB which includes the applicable margin. The interest rate per annum applicable to Floating Rate loans is at the rate determined by reference to EURIBOR for loans drawn in Euros and LIBOR for loans drawn in Pounds Sterling or U.S. Dollars, plus an applicable spread specified by the EIB which includes the applicable margin. The applicable margin for both Fixed Rate loans and Floating Rate loans is determined by reference to the credit rating of the Company. 
In accordance with the terms of the R&D Facility Agreement, we may not exceed a maximum leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 (based on a ratio of total debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) throughout the term. The R&D Facility Agreement also contains limitations on, among other things, incurring debt, granting liens, and entering into sale and leaseback transactions. In addition, the R&D Facility Agreement contains other terms and conditions, such as customary representations and warranties, additional covenants and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants. 

41

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, $76 million and $84 million was outstanding, respectively, under the R&D Facility Agreement. Although the borrowing term for this arrangement is up to five years, we have classified it as short-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheet since we intend to repay this obligation in less than a year. 
Non-U.S. Operations
For 2015 and 2014, we generated 59% and 62% of our revenue from non-U.S. operations, respectively. As we continue to grow our operations in the emerging markets and elsewhere outside of the United States, we expect to continue to generate significant revenue from non-U.S. operations and we expect our cash will be predominately held by our foreign subsidiaries. We expect to manage our worldwide cash requirements considering available funds among the many subsidiaries through which we conduct business and the cost effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. We may transfer cash from certain international subsidiaries to the U.S. and other international subsidiaries when we believe it is cost effective to do so. We continually review our domestic and foreign cash profile, expected future cash generation and investment opportunities, which support our current designation of a portion of these funds as being indefinitely reinvested and reassess whether there is a demonstrated need to repatriate funds held internationally to support our U.S. operations. If, as a result of our review, it is determined that all or a portion of the funds may be needed for our operations in the United States, we may be required to accrue additional U.S. taxes. As of December 31, 2015, our foreign subsidiaries were holding $656 million in cash or marketable securities.
As of December 31, 2015, our excess of financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in certain foreign subsidiaries totaled $1.9 billion. We have not asserted that $41 million of our excess basis difference will be indefinitely reinvested and have therefore provided for U.S or additional foreign withholding taxes for that portion. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual commitments as of December 31, 2015:

(in millions)	2016	 	2017 - 2018	 	2019 - 2020	 	Thereafter	 	Total	
Debt and capital lease obligations (1)	$	678	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	600	
 	 	$	1,278	
 	
Interest payments (1) (2)	51	
 	 	59	
 	 	59	
 	 	29	
 	 	198	
 	
Operating lease obligations	55	
 	 	76	
 	 	40	
 	 	19	
 	 	190	
 	
Purchase obligations (3)	82	
 	 	3	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	85	
 	
Other long-term obligations reflected on the balance sheet	3	
 	 	6	
 	 	5	
 	 	8	
 	 	22	
 	
Total commitments	$	869	
 	 	$	144	
 	 	$	104	
 	 	$	656	
 	 	$	1,773	
 	
In addition to the amounts presented in the table above, we have recorded liabilities for uncertain tax positions of $47 million, net investment hedges of $18 million and employee severance indemnity of $13 million. These amounts have been excluded from the contractual obligations table due to an inability to reasonably estimate the timing or amounts of such payments in individual years. Further, benefit payments which reflect expected future service related to the Company's pension and other postretirement employee benefit obligations are presented in Note 14, “Postretirement Benefit Plans” of the consolidated financial statements and not included in the above table. Finally, estimated environmental payments and workers' compensation and general liability reserves are excluded from the table above. We estimate, based on historical experience, that we will spend approximately $1 million to $2 million per year on environmental investigation and remediation and approximately $4 million to $5 million per year on workers' compensation and general liability. At December 31, 2015, we had estimated and accrued $4 million and $24 million related to environmental matters, and workers' compensation and general liability, respectively.
 	 	
(1)	Refer to Note 13, “Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt,” of the consolidated financial statements for discussion of the use and availability of debt and revolving credit agreements. Amounts represent principal payments of long-term debt including current maturities and exclude unamortized discounts. As of December 31, 2015, we have classified $600 million of our Senior Notes due 2016 as long-term based on our current ability and intent to refinance the outstanding borrowings on a long-term basis, however, we cannot reasonably estimate the future debt terms and interest payments.	
 	 	
(2)	Amounts represent estimates of future interest payments on long-term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2015.	
 	 	
(3)	Represents unconditional purchase agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms to purchase goods or services, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase agreements that are able to cancel without penalty have been excluded.	

42

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2015, we have issued guarantees for the debt and other obligations of consolidated subsidiaries in the normal course of business. We have determined that none of these arrangements has a material current effect or is reasonably likely to have a material future effect on our consolidated financial statements, financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
We obtain certain stand-by letters of credit, bank guarantees and surety bonds from third-party financial institutions in the ordinary course of business when required under contracts or to satisfy insurance related requirements. As of December 31, 2015, the amount of stand-by letters of credit, bank guarantees and surety bonds was $161 million.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements are discussed in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the consolidated financial statements. Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that we consider most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they are inherently uncertain, involve significant judgments, include areas where different estimates reasonably could have been used, and changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. Management believes that the accounting estimates employed and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results in these areas could differ from management’s estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured. For product sales, delivery does not occur until the products have been shipped, risk of loss has been transferred to the customer and the contractual terms have been fulfilled. In instances where contractual terms include a provision for customer acceptance, revenue is recognized when either (i) we have previously demonstrated that the product meets the specified criteria based on either seller- or customer-specified objective criteria or (ii) upon formal acceptance received from the customer where the product has not been previously demonstrated to meet customer-specified objective criteria. Revenue on service and repair contracts is recognized after services have been agreed to by the customer and rendered.
We enter into contracts to sell our products and services, and while the majority of our sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, certain agreements contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions. Where sales agreements contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions, judgment is required to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in these agreements should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and, if so, how the transaction price should be allocated among the elements and when to recognize revenue for each element. When a sale involves multiple deliverables, the total revenue from the arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of the deliverable to all other deliverables in the contract. Revenue for multiple element arrangements is recognized when the appropriate revenue recognition criteria for the individual deliverable have been satisfied. The allocation of sales price between elements may impact the timing of revenue recognition, but will not change the total revenue recognized on the arrangement. For delivered elements accounted for as separate units of accounting in a multiple element arrangement, revenue is recognized only when the delivered elements have standalone value, there are no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance and there are no customer-negotiated refund or return rights affecting the sales recognized.
Certain businesses enter into long-term construction-type sales contracts for which revenue is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method based upon percentage of costs incurred to total estimated costs.
We record a reduction in revenue at the time of sale for estimated product returns, rebates and other allowances, based on historical experience and known trends.
Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which

43

we expect the differences will reverse. Based on the evaluation of available evidence, we recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, to the extent that we believe it is more likely than not we will realize these benefits. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets and reflect any changes to our estimate of the amount we are more likely than not to realize in the valuation allowance, with a corresponding adjustment to earnings or other comprehensive income, as appropriate.
In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we look to the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, taxable income in carryback years and the feasibility of tax planning strategies and estimated future taxable income. The valuation allowance can be affected by changes to tax laws, changes to statutory tax rates and changes to future taxable income estimates.
Our effective tax rate reflects the impact of certain undistributed foreign earnings for which we have not provided U.S. taxes because we plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside the United States. We plan foreign earnings remittance amounts based on projected cash flow needs, as well as the working capital and long-term investment requirements of our foreign subsidiaries and our domestic operations. Based on these assumptions, we estimate the amount we will distribute to the United States and provide the U.S. federal taxes due on these amounts. Material changes in our estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment requirements in the various jurisdictions in which we do business could impact our effective tax rate.
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions across our global operations. We recognize potential liabilities and record tax liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of whether, and to the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. Furthermore, we recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
We adjust our liability for uncertain tax positions in light of changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. If our estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less than the ultimate assessment, an additional tax expense would result. If a payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be less than the recorded amounts, the reversal of the liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we determine the liabilities are no longer necessary.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets. We review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. We also review the carrying value of our finite-lived intangible assets for potential impairment when impairment indicators arise. We conduct our annual impairment test as of the first day of the fourth quarter. We perform a two-step impairment test for goodwill. In the first step, we compare the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to measure the impairment loss to be recorded, if any. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference. In our annual impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets, we compare the fair value of those assets to their carrying value. We recognize an impairment loss when the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units and intangible assets with indefinite lives using an income approach. Under the income approach, we calculate fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.
Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or an indefinite-lived intangible asset is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, particularly related to future operating results and cash flows. These estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, assumed royalty rates, future economic and market conditions and identification of appropriate market comparable data. In addition, the identification of reporting units and the allocation of assets and liabilities to the reporting units when determining the carrying value of each reporting unit also require judgment. Goodwill is tested for impairment at either the operating segment identified in Note 20, “Segment and Geographic Data,” of the consolidated financial statements, or one level below. The fair value of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets is based on estimates and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Significant changes to these estimates and assumptions could adversely impact our conclusions. Actual future results may differ from those estimates.

44

During the fourth quarter of 2015, we performed our annual impairment assessment and determined that the estimated fair values of our goodwill reporting units were substantially in excess of each of their carrying values. However, future goodwill impairment tests could result in a charge to earnings. We will continue to evaluate goodwill on an annual basis as of the beginning of our fourth quarter and whenever events and changes in circumstances indicate there may be a potential impairment. We determined that no impairment of the indefinite-lived intangibles existed as of the measurement date in 2015.
Contingent Liabilities. As discussed in Note 18, "Commitments and Contingencies" of the consolidated financial statements, the Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation, environmental liabilities, product liabilities, and similar contingent liabilities incidental to its business (or the business operations of previously owned entities). The Company recognizes a liability for any contingency that is known or probable of occurrence and reasonably estimable. These assessments require judgments concerning matters such as litigation developments and outcomes, the anticipated outcome of negotiations, the number of future claims and the cost of both pending and future claims. In addition, because most contingencies are resolved over long periods of time, liabilities may change in the future due to various factors, including those discussed in Note 18 of the consolidated financial statements. If the liabilities established by the Company with respect to these contingencies are inadequate, the Company would be required to incur an expense equal to the amount of the loss incurred in excess of the recorded liability, which would adversely affect the Company’s financial statements.
Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Discounts. Receivables primarily comprise uncollected amounts owed to us from transactions with customers and are presented net of allowances for doubtful accounts and early payment discounts.
We determine our allowance for doubtful accounts using a combination of factors to reduce our trade receivable balances to their estimated net realizable amount. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors, including the length of time receivables are past due, macroeconomic trends and conditions, significant one-time events, historical experience and the financial condition of customers. In addition, we record a specific reserve for individual accounts when we become aware of specific customer circumstances, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. The past due or delinquency status of a receivable is based on the contractual payment terms of the receivable. If circumstances related to the specific customer change, we adjust estimates of the recoverability of receivables as appropriate. We determine our allowance for early payment discounts primarily based on historical experience with customers.
Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising our customer base and their dispersion across many different geographical regions. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of our third-party distributors, resellers and other customers and require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 we do not believe we have any significant concentrations of credit risk.
Postretirement Plans. Company employees around the world participate in numerous defined benefit plans. The determination of projected benefit obligations and the recognition of expenses related to these plans are dependent on various assumptions. These major assumptions primarily relate to discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, mortality, health care inflation and years of service (some of which are disclosed in Note 14, “Postretirement Benefit Plans,” of the consolidated financial statements) and other factors. Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and amortized on a straight-line basis only to the extent they exceed 10% of the higher of the market-related value or projected benefit obligation, over the average remaining service period of active plan participants, or for plans with all or substantially all inactive participants, over the average remaining life expectancy.

45

Significant Assumptions
Management develops each assumption using relevant Company experience, in conjunction with market-related data for each individual country in which such plans exist. All assumptions are reviewed annually with third-party consultants and adjusted as necessary. The table included below provides the weighted average assumptions used to estimate our defined benefit pension obligations and costs as of and for the years ended 2015 and 2014.

 	2015	 	2014	
 	U.S.	 	Int’l	 	U.S.	 	Int’l	
Benefit Obligation Assumptions	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate	4.27	%	 	3.44	%	 	4.01	%	 	3.14	%	
Rate of future compensation increase	NM	
 	 	3.29	%	 	NM	
 	 	3.34	%	
Net Periodic Benefit Cost Assumptions	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate	4.01	%	 	3.14	%	 	4.79	%	 	4.23	%	
Expected long-term return on plan assets	8.00	%	 	7.31	%	 	8.00	%	 	7.30	%	
Rate of future compensation increase	NM	
 	 	3.34	%	 	NM	
 	 	3.48	%	
 	 	
NM	Not meaningful. The pension benefits for future service for all the U.S. pension plans are based on years of service and not impacted by future compensation increases.	
We determine the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets by evaluating both historical returns and estimates of future returns. Specifically, the Company analyzes the estimated future returns based on independent estimates of asset class returns and evaluates historical broad market returns over long-term timeframes based on the strategic asset allocation, which is detailed in Note 14, “Postretirement Benefit Plans,” of the consolidated financial statements.
Based on the approach described above, the chart below shows weighted average actual returns versus the weighted average expected long-term rates of return for our pension plans that were utilized in the calculation of the net periodic pension cost for each respective year.

 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets	7.38	%	 	7.38	%	 	7.40	%	
Actual rate of return on plan assets	3.51	%	 	18.13	%	 	10.17	%	
For the recognition of net periodic pension cost, the calculation of the expected return on plan assets is generally derived by applying the expected long-term rate of return to the market-related value of plan assets. The market-related value of plan assets is based on average asset values at the measurement date over the last five years. The use of fair value, rather than a calculated value, could materially affect net periodic pension cost. The weighted average expected long-term rate of return for all of our plan assets to be used in determining net periodic benefit costs for 2016 is estimated at 7.32%. We estimate that every 25 basis point change in the expected return on plan assets impacts the expense by $1 million.
The discount rate reflects our expectation of the present value of expected future cash payments for benefits at the measurement date. A decrease in the discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. We base the discount rate assumption on current investment yields of high-quality fixed income investments during the retirement benefits maturity period. The pension discount rate was determined by considering an interest rate yield curve comprising AAA/AA bonds, with maturities between zero and 30 years, developed by the plan’s actuaries. Annual benefit payments are then discounted to present value using this yield curve to develop a single-point discount rate matching the plan’s characteristics. Our weighted average discount rate for all pension plans effective January 1, 2016, is 3.53%. We estimate that every 25 basis point change in the discount rate impacts the expense by $1 million.
The rate of future compensation increase assumption reflects our long-term actual experience and future and near-term outlook. Effective January 1, 2016, our expected rate of future compensation is 3.29% for all pension plans. The estimated impact of a 25 basis point change in the expected rate of future compensation is less than $1 million.
The assumed rate of future increases in the per capita cost of health care (the health care trend rate) is 7.00% for 2016, decreasing ratably to 4.50% in 2027. An increase or decrease in the health care trend rates by one percent per year would impact the aggregate annual service and interest components by less than $1 million, and impact the benefit obligation by approximately $4 million.

46

We currently anticipate making contributions to our pension and postretirement benefit plans in the range of $26 million to $36 million during 2016, of which $8 million is expected to be made in the first quarter.
Funded Status
Funded status is derived by subtracting the respective year-end values of the projected benefit obligations from the fair value of plan assets. We estimate that every 25 basis point change in the discount rate impacts the funded status by approximately $26 million.
Fair Value of Plan Assets
The plan assets of our pension plans comprise a broad range of investments, including domestic and foreign equity securities, interests in private equity and hedge funds, fixed income investments, insurance contracts, and cash and cash equivalents.
A portion of our pension benefit plan assets portfolio comprises investments in private equity and hedge funds. The private equity and hedge fund investments are generally measured at net asset value. However, in certain instances, the values reported by the asset managers were not current at the measurement date. Accordingly, we made estimate adjustments to the last reported value where necessary to measure the assets at fair value at the measurement date. These adjustments consider information received from the asset managers, as well as general market information. The adjustment recorded at December 31, 2015 and 2014 for these assets represented less than one percent of total plan assets in each respective year. Asset values for other positions were generally measured using market observable prices. We estimate that a 5% change in asset values will impact funded status by approximately $25 million.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements,” of the consolidated financial statements for a complete discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

47

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risk, primarily related to foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. These exposures are actively monitored by management. Our exposure to foreign exchange rate risk is due to certain costs, revenue and borrowings being denominated in currencies other than one of our subsidiaries functional currency. Similarly, we are exposed to market risk as the result of changes in interest rates which may affect the cost of our financing. It is our policy and practice to use derivative financial instruments only to the extent necessary to manage exposures.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We conduct approximately 59% of our business in various locations outside the United States.
Our economic foreign currency risk primarily relates to receipts from customers, payments to suppliers and intercompany transactions denominated in foreign currencies. We may use derivative financial instruments to offset risk related to receipts from customers and payments to suppliers, when it is believed that the exposure will not be limited by our normal operating and financing activities. We enter into currency forward contracts periodically in order to manage the exchange rate fluctuation risk on certain intercompany transactions associated with third party sales and purchases. These risks are also mitigated by natural hedges including the presence of manufacturing facilities outside the United States, global sourcing and other spending which occurs in foreign countries. Our principal foreign currency transaction exposures primarily relate to the Euro, Swedish Krona, Canadian Dollar, British Pound, Polish Zloty and Australian Dollar. We estimate that a hypothetical 10% movement in foreign currency exchange rates would not have a material economic impact to Xylem’s financial position and results of operations.
Additionally, we are subject to foreign exchange translation risk due to changes in the value of foreign currencies in relation to our reporting currency, the U.S. Dollar. The translation risk is primarily concentrated in the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar and the Euro, British Pound, Chinese Yuan, Swedish Krona, Canadian Dollar and Australian Dollar. As the U.S. Dollar strengthens against other currencies in which we transact business, revenue and income will generally be negatively impacted, and if the U.S. Dollar weakens, revenue and income will generally be positively impacted. We estimate that a hypothetical 10% movement of the U.S. Dollar to the various foreign currency exchange rates we translate from, in the aggregate, could have approximately a 7% impact on Xylem's consolidated revenue and income as reported in U.S. Dollars. We expect to continue to generate significant revenue from non-U.S. operations and we expect our cash will be predominately held by our foreign subsidiaries. We expect to manage our worldwide cash requirements considering available funds among the many subsidiaries through which we conduct business and the cost effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. We may transfer cash from certain international subsidiaries to the U.S. and other international subsidiaries when it is cost effective to do so, though our intent is to indefinitely reinvest most of these funds outside of the U.S. As such, we do not expect translation risk to have a material economic impact on our financial position and results of operations.
Interest Rate Risk
As of December 31, 2015, our debt portfolio is primarily comprised of two fixed-rate senior notes that total $1.2 billion. The $600 million senior note due 2021 is not exposed to interest rate risk as the bond is at a fixed-rate until maturity. The other $600 million senior note will mature on September 20th, 2016, and the company intends to refinance the debt with new debt instruments. Until the company closes the refinancing of the notes due, we are exposed to interest rate risk that can potentially impact the planned issuance of debt instruments. Based on current interest rate market we do not anticipate material risk associated with our debt refinancing within the target time-frame of completion.
Commodity Price Exposures
Portions of our business are exposed to volatility in the prices of certain commodities, such as copper, nickel and aluminum, among others. Our primary exposure to this volatility resides with the use of these materials in purchased component parts. We generally maintain long-term fixed price contracts on raw materials and component parts; however, we are prone to exposure as these contracts expire. We estimate that a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in prices for raw metal commodities would not be material to our financial position and results of operations.

48

ITEM 8.        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 	
 	 	
 	Page No.	
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:	 	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	50	
Consolidated Income Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	51	
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	52	
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014	53	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	54	
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	55	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements:	 	
Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	56	
Note 2 Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements	62	
Note 3 Acquisitions and Divestitures	64	
Note 4 Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges	65	
Note 5 Other Non-Operating Income, Net	67	
Note 6 Income Taxes	67	
Note 7 Earnings Per Share	70	
Note 8 Inventories	70	
Note 9 Property, Plant and Equipment	71	
Note 10 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets	71	
Note 11 Derivative Financial Instruments	72	
Note 12 Accrued and Other Current Liabilities	74	
Note 13 Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt	74	
Note 14 Postretirement Benefit Plans	76	
Note 15 Stock-Based Compensation Plans	83	
Note 16 Capital Stock	85	
Note 17 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	87	
Note 18 Commitment and Contingencies	88	
Note 19 Related Party Transactions	91	
Note 20 Segment and Geographic Data	92	
Note 21 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	94	
Note 22 Quarterly Financial Data	94	
Note 23 Subsequent Events	94	

49

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Xylem Inc.
Rye Brook, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Xylem Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Xylem Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 26, 2016 

50

XYLEM INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(In Millions, except per share data)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Year Ended December 31,	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Revenue	$	3,653	
 	 	$	3,916	
 	 	$	3,837	
 	
Cost of revenue	2,249	
 	 	2,403	
 	 	2,338	
 	
Gross profit	1,404	
 	 	1,513	
 	 	1,499	
 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	854	
 	 	920	
 	 	990	
 	
Research and development expenses	95	
 	 	104	
 	 	104	
 	
Restructuring and asset impairment charges	6	
 	 	26	
 	 	42	
 	
Operating income	449	
 	 	463	
 	 	363	
 	
Interest expense	55	
 	 	54	
 	 	55	
 	
Other non-operating income (expense), net	—	
 	 	1	
 	 	(10	)	
Gain from sale of business	9	
 	 	11	
 	 	—	
 	
Income before taxes	403	
 	 	421	
 	 	298	
 	
Income tax expense	63	
 	 	84	
 	 	70	
 	
Net income	$	340	
 	 	$	337	
 	 	$	228	
 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	1.88	
 	 	$	1.84	
 	 	$	1.23	
 	
Diluted	$	1.87	
 	 	$	1.83	
 	 	$	1.22	
 	
Weighted average number of shares:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	180.9	
 	 	183.1	
 	 	185.2	
 	
Diluted	181.7	
 	 	184.2	
 	 	186.0	
 	
Dividends declared per share	$	0.5632	
 	 	$	0.5120	
 	 	$	0.4656	

    

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

51

XYLEM INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In Millions)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Year Ended December 31,	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Net income	$	340	
 	 	$	337	
 	 	$	228	
 	
Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax:	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(180	)	 	(206	)	 	15	
 	
Foreign currency gain reclassified into net income	(8	)	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Net change in derivative hedge agreements:	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized (losses) gains	(22	)	 	(22	)	 	1	
 	
Amount of loss reclassified into net income	20	
 	 	6	
 	 	—	
 	
Net change in postretirement benefit plans:	 	 	 	 	 	
Net gain (loss)	23	
 	 	(110	)	 	34	
 	
Prior service credit	1	
 	 	17	
 	 	4	
 	
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost	(3	)	 	(1	)	 	1	
 	
Amortization of net actuarial loss into net income	18	
 	 	11	
 	 	17	
 	
Settlement	—	
 	 	1	
 	 	—	
 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	21	
 	 	20	
 	 	2	
 	
Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax	(130	)	 	(284	)	 	74	
 	
Income tax expense (benefits) related to other comprehensive (loss) income	9	
 	 	(18	)	 	22	
 	
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax	(139	)	 	(266	)	 	52	
 	
Comprehensive income	$	201	
 	 	$	71	
 	 	$	280	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

52

XYLEM INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In Millions, except per share amounts)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
December 31,	2015	 	2014	
ASSETS	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	680	
 	 	$	663	
 	
Receivables, less allowances for discounts, returns and doubtful accounts of $33 and $34 in 2015 and 2014, respectively	749	
 	 	771	
 	
Inventories	433	
 	 	486	
 	
Prepaid and other current assets	143	
 	 	144	
 	
Total current assets	2,005	
 	 	2,064	
 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	439	
 	 	461	
 	
Goodwill	1,584	
 	 	1,635	
 	
Other intangible assets, net	435	
 	 	470	
 	
Other non-current assets	194	
 	 	203	
 	
Total assets	$	4,657	
 	 	$	4,833	
 	
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	$	338	
 	 	$	338	
 	
Accrued and other current liabilities	407	
 	 	476	
 	
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt	78	
 	 	89	
 	
Total current liabilities	823	
 	 	903	
 	
Long-term debt	1,196	
 	 	1,195	
 	
Accrued postretirement benefits	335	
 	 	388	
 	
Deferred income tax liabilities	118	
 	 	136	
 	
Other non-current accrued liabilities	101	
 	 	84	
 	
Total liabilities	2,573	
 	 	2,706	
 	
Commitment and Contingencies (Note 18)	

Stockholders’ equity:	 	 	 	
Common Stock — par value $0.01 per share:	 	 	 	
Authorized 750.0 shares, issued 190.2 and 188.9 shares in 2015 and 2014, respectively	2	
 	 	2	
 	
Capital in excess of par value	1,834	
 	 	1,796	
 	
Retained earnings	885	
 	 	648	
 	
Treasury stock – at cost 11.8 shares and 6.6 shares in 2015 and 2014, respectively	(399	)	 	(220	)	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(238	)	 	(99	)	
Total stockholders’ equity	2,084	
 	 	2,127	
 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	4,657	
 	 	$	4,833	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

53

XYLEM INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In Millions)

Year Ended December 31,	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Operating Activities	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	$	340	
 	 	$	337	
 	 	$	228	
 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation	88	
 	 	95	
 	 	99	
 	
Amortization	45	
 	 	47	
 	 	51	
 	
Deferred income taxes	(9	)	 	(29	)	 	(14	)	
Share-based compensation	15	
 	 	18	
 	 	27	
 	
Restructuring and asset impairment charges, net	6	
 	 	26	
 	 	42	
 	
Gain from sale of businesses	(9	)	 	(11	)	 	—	
 	
Other, net	12	
 	 	2	
 	 	15	
 	
Payments for restructuring	(14	)	 	(26	)	 	(35	)	
Contributions to postretirement benefit plans	(25	)	 	(35	)	 	(43	)	
Changes in assets and liabilities (net of acquisitions):	 	 	 	 	 	
Changes in receivables	(24	)	 	(37	)	 	(47	)	
Changes in inventories	23	
 	 	(49	)	 	(39	)	
Changes in accounts payable	20	
 	 	17	
 	 	4	
 	
Changes in accrued liabilities	(11	)	 	3	
 	 	18	
 	
Changes in accrued taxes	(3	)	 	25	
 	 	20	
 	
Net changes in other assets and liabilities	10	
 	 	33	
 	 	(2	)	
Net Cash — Operating activities	464	
 	 	416	
 	 	324	
 	
Investing Activities	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	(117	)	 	(119	)	 	(126	)	
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment	—	
 	 	2	
 	 	6	
 	
Acquisitions of businesses and assets, net of cash acquired	(18	)	 	—	
 	 	(81	)	
Proceeds from sale of business	1	
 	 	30	
 	 	—	
 	
Other, net	2	
 	 	1	
 	 	2	
 	
Net Cash — Investing activities	(132	)	 	(86	)	 	(199	)	
Financing Activities	 	 	 	 	 	
(Repayment) issuance of short-term debt, net	(3	)	 	52	
 	 	39	
 	
Principal payments of debt and capital lease obligations	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(2	)	
Repurchase of common stock	(179	)	 	(134	)	 	(73	)	
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options	21	
 	 	26	
 	 	22	
 	
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation	2	
 	 	2	
 	 	1	
 	
Dividends paid	(102	)	 	(94	)	 	(87	)	
Other, net	(1	)	 	1	
 	 	—	
 	
Net Cash — Financing activities	(262	)	 	(147	)	 	(100	)	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	(53	)	 	(53	)	 	4	
 	
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	17	
 	 	130	
 	 	29	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	663	
 	 	533	
 	 	504	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	680	
 	 	$	663	
 	 	$	533	
 	
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid during the year for:	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest	$	52	
 	 	$	51	
 	 	$	51	
 	
Income taxes (net of refunds received)	$	75	
 	 	$	81	
 	 	$	65	
 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

54

XYLEM INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In Millions, except per share amounts)

 	Common
Stock	 	
Capital in Excess of Par Value	 	Retained
Earnings	 	Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)	 	Treasury Stock	 	Total	
Balance at December 31, 2012	2	
 	 	1,706	
 	 	264	
 	 	115	
 	 	(13	)	 	2,074	
 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	228	
 	 	 	 	 	 	228	
 	
Other comprehensive loss, net	 	 	 	 	 	 	52	
 	 	 	 	52	
 	
Dividends declared ($0.4656 per share)	 	 	 	 	(87	)	 	 	 	 	 	(87	)	
Stock incentive plan activity	 	 	47	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	47	
 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(73	)	 	(73	)	
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	2	
 	 	$	1,753	
 	 	$	405	
 	 	$	167	
 	 	$	(86	)	 	$	2,241	
 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	337	
 	 	 	 	 	 	337	
 	
Other comprehensive income, net	 	 	 	 	 	 	(266	)	 	 	 	(266	)	
Dividends declared ($0.5120 per share)	 	 	 	 	(94	)	 	 	 	 	 	(94	)	
Stock incentive plan activity	 	 	43	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	43	
 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(134	)	 	(134	)	
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	2	
 	 	$	1,796	
 	 	$	648	
 	 	$	(99	)	 	$	(220	)	 	$	2,127	
 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	340	
 	 	 	 	 	 	340	
 	
Other comprehensive income, net	 	 	 	 	 	 	(139	)	 	 	 	(139	)	
Dividends declared ($0.5632 per share)	 	 	 	 	(103	)	 	 	 	 	 	(103	)	
Stock incentive plan activity	 	 	38	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	38	
 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(179	)	 	(179	)	
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	2	
 	 	$	1,834	
 	 	$	885	
 	 	$	(238	)	 	$	(399	)	 	$	2,084	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

55

XYLEM INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Xylem Inc. (“Xylem” or the “Company”) is a leading equipment and service provider for water and wastewater applications with a broad portfolio of products and services addressing the full cycle of water, from collection, distribution and use to the return of water to the environment. Xylem operates in two segments, Water Infrastructure and Applied Water. The Water Infrastructure segment focuses on the transportation, treatment and testing of water, offering a range of products including water and wastewater pumps, treatment and testing equipment, and controls and systems. The Applied Water segment serves many of the primary uses of water and focuses on the residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural markets. The Applied Water segment’s major products include pumps, valves, heat exchangers, controls and dispensing equipment.
On October 31, 2011 (the "Distribution Date"), ITT Corporation (“ITT”) completed the Spin-off (the “Spin-off”) of Xylem, formerly ITT’s water equipment and services businesses. The Spin-off was completed pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011 (the “Distribution Agreement”), among ITT, Exelis Inc., acquired by Harris Inc. on May 29, 2015, (“Exelis”) and Xylem. Xylem Inc. was incorporated in Indiana on May 4, 2011 in connection with the Spin-off.
Hereinafter, except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, “Xylem,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” refer to Xylem Inc. and its subsidiaries. References in the notes to the consolidated financial statements to “ITT” or “ former parent” refers to ITT Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than Xylem Inc.).
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements reflect our financial position and results of operations in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All intercompany transactions between our businesses have been eliminated. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
In 2014, we implemented an organizational redesign to integrate our commercial teams within geographical regions. While this organizational redesign did not change our reportable segments, it had implications on how we manage our business. These changes and the related measurement system were effective in the fourth quarter 2014 and as a result, we commenced reporting our financial performance at such time based on the new organizational design.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are revised as additional information becomes available. Estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to, postretirement obligations and assets, revenue recognition, income tax contingency accruals and valuation allowances, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible impairment testing and contingent liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Consolidation Principles
We consolidate companies in which we have a controlling financial interest or when Xylem is considered the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. We account for investments in companies over which we have the ability to exercise significant influence but do not hold a controlling financial interest under the equity method, and we record our proportionate share of income or losses in the Consolidated Income Statements. Equity method investments are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the investment may be other than temporarily impaired. This requires significant judgment, including an assessment of the investee’s financial condition, the possibility of subsequent rounds of financing, and the investee’s historical and projected results of operations. If the actual results of operations for the investee are significantly different from projections, we may incur future charges for the impairment of these investments.

56

Foreign Currency Translation
The national currencies of our foreign companies are generally the functional currencies. Balance sheet accounts are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the end of each period; income statement accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Gains and losses on foreign currency translations are reflected in the cumulative translation adjustments component of stockholders’ equity. Net gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are reported currently in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and delivery has occurred or services have been rendered. For product sales, other than long-term construction-type contracts, we recognize revenue at the time title, and risks and rewards of ownership pass, which is generally when products are shipped. Certain contracts with customers require delivery, installation, testing, certification or other acceptance provisions to be satisfied before revenue is recognized. We recognize revenue on product sales to channel partners, including resellers, distributors or value-added solution providers at the time of sale when the channel partners have economic substance apart from Xylem and Xylem has completed its obligations related to the sale. Revenue from the rental of equipment is recognized over the rental period. Service revenue is recognized as services are performed.
For agreements that contain multiple deliverables, we recognize revenue based on the relative selling price if the deliverable has stand-alone value to the customer and, in arrangements that include a general right of return relative to the delivered element, performance of the undelivered element is considered probable and substantially in the Company’s control. The selling price for a deliverable is based on vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (“VSOE”), if available, third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or best estimated selling price, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.
The deliverables in our arrangements with multiple elements include various products and may include related services, such as installation and start-up services. We allocate arrangement consideration based on the relative selling prices of the separate units of accounting determined in accordance with the hierarchy described above. For deliverables that are sold separately, we establish VSOE based on the price when the deliverable is sold separately. We establish TPE, generally for services, based on prices similarly situated customers pay for similar services from third-party vendors. For those deliverables for which we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE, we estimate the selling price considering various factors including market and pricing trends, geography, product customization, and profit objectives. Revenue for multiple element arrangements is recognized when the appropriate revenue recognition criteria for the individual deliverable have been satisfied.
Certain businesses enter into long-term construction-type sales contracts for which revenue is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method based upon percentage of costs incurred to total estimated costs.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs are recorded as a component of cost of revenue.
Share-Based Compensation
Share-based awards issued to employees and members of the Board of Directors include non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards and performance-based awards. Compensation costs resulting from share-based payment transactions are recognized primarily within selling, general and administrative expenses, at fair value over the requisite service period (typically three years) on a straight-line basis. The calculated compensation cost is adjusted based on an estimate of awards ultimately expected to vest. For performance-based awards, the calculated compensation cost is adjusted based on an estimate of awards ultimately expected to vest and our assessment of the probable outcome of the performance condition.The fair value of a non-qualified stock option is determined on the date of grant using a binomial lattice pricing model incorporating multiple and variable assumptions over time, including assumptions such as employee exercise patterns, stock price volatility and changes in dividends. The fair value of restricted stock awards is determined using the closing price of our common stock on date of grant. The fair value of performance-based share awards at 100% target is determined using the closing price of our common stock on date of grant.
Research and Development
We conduct research and development activities, which consist primarily of the development of new products, product applications, and manufacturing processes. These costs are charged to expense as incurred.

57

Exit and Disposal Costs
We periodically initiate management-approved restructuring activities to achieve cost savings through reduced operational redundancies and to position ourselves strategically in the market in response to prevailing economic conditions and associated customer demand. Costs associated with restructuring actions can include severance, infrastructure charges to vacate facilities or consolidate operations, contract termination costs and other related charges. For involuntary separation plans, a liability is recognized when it is probable and reasonably estimable. For voluntary separation plans, a liability is recognized when the employee irrevocably accepts the voluntary termination. For one-time termination benefits, such as additional severance pay or benefit payouts, and other exit costs, such as lease termination costs, the liability is measured and recognized initially at fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, with subsequent changes to the liability recognized as adjustments in the period of change.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs represent costs incurred in conjunction with our debt financing activities and are capitalized in long-term debt and amortized over the life of the related financing arrangements. If the debt is retired early, the related unamortized deferred financing costs are written off in the period the debt is retired and are recorded in the results of operations under the caption “interest expense.”
Income Taxes
Income taxes are calculated using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, as measured by the current enacted tax rates.
We maintain valuation allowances when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance is intended in part to provide for the uncertainty regarding the ultimate utilization of our U.S. capital loss carryforwards, U.S. foreign tax credit carryovers, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards. In determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted, we consider all positive and negative evidence and all sources of taxable income such as prior earnings history, expected future earnings, carryback and carryforward periods and tax strategies to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to realize the deferred tax asset. The assessment of the adequacy of our valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates, or we adjust these estimates in future periods for current trends or expected changes in our estimating assumptions, we may need to modify the level of valuation allowance that could materially impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our effective tax rate reflects the impact of certain undistributed foreign earnings for which we have not provided U.S. taxes because we plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside the United States. We plan foreign earnings remittance amounts based on projected cash flow needs, as well as the working capital and long-term investment requirements of our foreign subsidiaries and our domestic operations. Based on these assumptions, we estimate the amount we will distribute to the United States and provide the U.S. federal taxes due on these amounts. Material changes in our estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment requirements in the various jurisdictions in which we do business could impact our effective tax rate.
Tax benefits are recognized for an uncertain tax position when, in management’s judgment, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. For a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount that is judged to have a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The liability associated with unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted periodically due to changing circumstances and when new information becomes available. Such adjustments are recognized in the period in which they are identified. The effective tax rate includes the net impact of changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and subsequent adjustments as considered appropriate by management. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular tax matter, we believe our liability for unrecognized tax benefits is adequate. We classify interest relating to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of other non-operating (expense) income, net and tax penalties as a component of income tax expense in our Consolidated Income Statements.
Earnings Per Share
We present two calculations of earnings per share (“EPS”). “Basic” EPS equals net income divided by weighted average shares outstanding during the period. “Diluted” EPS equals net income divided by the sum of weighted average common shares outstanding during the period plus potentially dilutive shares. Potentially dilutive common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from diluted EPS.

58

Cash Equivalents
We consider all liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Discounts
Receivables primarily comprise uncollected amounts owed to us from transactions with customers and are presented net of allowances for doubtful accounts and early payment discounts.
We determine our allowance for doubtful accounts using a combination of factors to reduce our trade receivable balances to their estimated net realizable amount. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors, including the length of time receivables are past due, macroeconomic trends and conditions, significant one-time events, historical experience and the financial condition of customers. In addition, we record a specific reserve for individual accounts when we become aware of specific customer circumstances, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. The past due or delinquency status of a receivable is based on the contractual payment terms of the receivable. If circumstances related to the specific customer change, we adjust estimates of the recoverability of receivables as appropriate. We determine our allowance for early payment discounts primarily based on historical experience with customers.
Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising our customer base and their dispersion across many different geographical regions. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of our third-party distributors, resellers and other customers and require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 we do not believe we have any significant concentrations of credit risk.
Inventories
Inventories, which include the costs of material, labor and overhead, are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first in, first out ("FIFO") method. Estimated losses from obsolete and slow-moving inventories are recorded to reduce inventory values to their estimated net realizable value. Our manufacturing operations recognize costs of sales using standard costs with full overhead absorption, which generally approximates actual cost.
Property, Plant and Equipment
These assets are recorded at historical cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method of depreciation over the estimated useful lives as follows:

 	Estimated Life	
Buildings and improvements	5 to 40 years	
Machinery and equipment	2 to 10 years	
Furniture and fixtures	3 to 7 years	
Equipment held for lease or rental	2 to 10 years	
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful life or the term of the lease. Costs related to maintenance and repairs that do not prolong the assets' useful lives are expensed as incurred.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents purchase consideration paid in a business combination that exceeds the values assigned to the net assets of acquired businesses. Intangible assets include customer relationships, proprietary technology, brands and trademarks, patents, software and other intangible assets. Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated economic useful life which ranges from 1 to 20 years and is included in selling, general and administrative expense. Certain of our intangible assets, namely certain brands and trademarks, have an indefinite life and are not amortized.
Long-Lived Asset Impairment
Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are amortized and tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. We assess the recoverability of long-lived assets based on the undiscounted future cash flow the assets are expected to generate and recognize an impairment loss when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment is identified, we reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flow approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values.

59

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but rather are tested for impairment annually (or more frequently if impairment indicators arise, such as changes to the reporting unit structure, significant adverse changes in the business climate or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator). We conduct our annual impairment testing on the first day of our fourth quarter. For goodwill, the impairment test is a two-step test. In the first step, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit is compared to the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not performed. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the second step of the impairment test is performed in order to measure the impairment loss to be recorded, if any. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets using an income approach. Under the income approach, we estimate fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.
Product Warranties
We accrue for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized and record it as a component of cost of revenue. Our product warranty liability reflects our best estimate of probable liability under the terms and conditions of our product warranties offered to customers. We estimate the liability based on our standard warranty terms, the historical frequency of claims and the cost to replace or repair our products under warranty. Factors that impact our warranty liability include the number of units sold, the length of warranty term, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost per claim. We also record a warranty liability for specific matters. We assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty liabilities quarterly and adjust amounts as necessary.
Postretirement Benefit Plans
The determination of defined benefit pension and postretirement plan obligations and their associated costs requires the use of actuarial computations to estimate participant plan benefits to which the employees will be entitled. The significant assumptions primarily relate to discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, mortality, years of service and other factors. We develop each assumption using relevant company experience in conjunction with market-related data for each individual country in which such plans exist. All actuarial assumptions are reviewed annually with third-party consultants and adjusted as necessary. For the recognition of net periodic postretirement cost, the calculation of the expected return on plan assets is generally derived by applying the expected long-term rate of return on the market-related value of plan assets. The market-related value of plan assets is based on average asset values at the measurement date over the last five years. Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated and amortized on a straight-line basis only to the extent they exceed 10% of the higher of the market-related value or the projected benefit obligation, over the average remaining service period of active participants, or for plans with all or substantially all inactive participants, over the average remaining life expectancy. The fair value of plan assets is determined based on market prices or estimated fair value at the measurement date.
We consider changes to a plan’s benefit formula that eliminate the accrual for future service but continue to allow for future salary increases (i.e. “soft freeze”) a curtailment.
Business Combinations
We allocate the purchase price of acquisitions to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquiree based on their estimated fair value at the acquisition date. The excess of the acquisition price over those estimated fair values is recorded as goodwill. Changes to the acquisition date provisional fair values prior to the expiration of the measurement period, a period not to exceed 12 months from date of acquisition, are recorded as an adjustment to the associated goodwill. Changes to the acquisition date fair values after expiration of the measurement period are recorded in earnings. Acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs, if any, are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We record all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on whether we have elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, including forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the

60

matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. We may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to hedge certain risks economically, even though hedge accounting does not apply or we elect not to apply hedge accounting.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges of foreign exchange risk is recorded in other comprehensive income ("OCI") and is subsequently reclassified into either revenue or cost of revenue (hedge of sales classified into revenue and hedge of purchases classified into cost of revenue) in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Any ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in selling, general and administrative expenses. Our policy is to de-designate cash flow hedges at the time forecasted transactions are recognized as assets or liabilities on a business unit’s balance sheet and report subsequent changes in fair value through selling, general and administrative expenses where the gain or loss due to movements in currency rates on the underlying asset or liability is revalued. If it becomes probable that the originally forecasted transaction will not occur, the gain or loss related to the hedge recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income is immediately recognized into net income.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as net investment hedges of foreign exchange risk is recorded in OCI. Amounts in OCI are reclassified into earnings at the time the hedged net investment is sold or substantially liquidated. Effectiveness of derivatives designated as net investment hedges is assessed using the forward method. Any ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Commitments and Contingencies
We record accruals for commitments and loss contingencies for those which are both probable and for which the amount can be reasonably estimated. In addition, legal fees are accrued for cases where a loss is probable and the related fees can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount of loss. We review these accruals quarterly and adjust the accruals to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other current information.
Accruals for environmental matters are recorded on a site-by-site basis when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. Our estimated liability is reduced to reflect the anticipated participation of other potentially responsible parties in those instances where it is probable that such parties are legally responsible and financially capable of paying their respective shares of the relevant costs. These accruals are reviewed quarterly and are adjusted as assessment and remediation efforts progress or as additional technical or legal information becomes available. Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in future periods may vary from the estimates, given inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures. Accruals for environmental liabilities are primarily included in other non-current liabilities at undiscounted amounts and exclude claims for recoveries from insurance companies or other third parties.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable from trade customers. We maintain cash and cash equivalents and derivative contracts with various financial institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different geographical regions, and our policy is designed to limit exposure with any one institution. As part of our cash and risk management processes, we perform periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions. We have not sustained any material credit losses during the previous three years from instruments held at financial institutions. We may utilize forward contracts to protect against the effects of foreign currency fluctuations. Such contracts involve the risk of non-performance by the counterparty. Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising our customer base and their dispersion across many different industries and geographic regions. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of our third-party distributors, resellers and other customers and require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in certain circumstances.
Substantially all of the cash and cash equivalents, including foreign cash balances, at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were uninsured. Foreign cash balances at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $656 million and $537 million, respectively.

61

Fair Value Measurements
We determine fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use a hierarchical structure to prioritize the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels defined as follows:
 	 	
•	Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.	
 	 	
•	Level 2 inputs are other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices (in non-active markets or in active markets for similar assets or liabilities), inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.	
 	 	
•	Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities.	
The fair value hierarchy is based on maximizing the use of observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Classification within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
NAV Practical Expedient is the measurement of fair value using the net asset value ("NAV") per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient as an alternative to the fair value hierarchy as discussed above.
Note 2. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance amending the accounting for leases. Specifically, the amended guidance requires all lessees to record a lease liability at lease inception, with a corresponding right of use asset, except for short-term leases. Lessor accounting is not fundamentally changed. This amended guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 using a modified retrospective approach. Early adoption is permitted. We are evaluating the impact of the guidance on our financial condition and results of operations.
In January 2016, the FASB issued guidance amending the classification and measurement of financial instruments. Specifically, the amended guidance (1) requires equity securities with readily determinable fair values to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized through net income (2) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative impairment assessment at each reporting period and requiring any impaired investment be measured at fair value (3) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or accompanying notes to the financial statements and (4) eliminates the requirement to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at cost on the balance sheet. This amended guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the year of adoption. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years or interim periods for which the applicable financial statements have not been issued. We are evaluating the impact of the guidance on our financial condition and results of operations.
In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance regarding simplifying the measurement of inventory. Under prior guidance, inventory is measured at the lower of cost or market, where market is defined as replacement cost, with a ceiling of net realizable value and a floor of net realizable value less a normal profit margin. The amended guidance requires the measurement of inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. This guidance is effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early application is permitted. We are evaluating the impact of the guidance on our financial condition and results of operations.
In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance on recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The guidance outlines a single comprehensive model to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the model is that an entity recognizes revenue to portray the transfer of goods and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also expands disclosure requirements regarding revenue recognition. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial

62

application. Early adoption is permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We are evaluating the impact of the guidance on our financial condition and results of operations.
Recently Adopted Pronouncements
In November 2015, the FASB issued guidance that changes the presentation of deferred income taxes. Under prior accounting guidance deferred income tax liabilities and assets are separated into current and noncurrent amounts in an entity’s balance sheet. The guidance requires that deferred income tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in an entity’s balance sheet. This guidance may be applied prospectively or retrospectively to all deferred income tax balances. We elected to early adopt this guidance effective the fourth quarter of 2015 on a retrospective basis. Accordingly, $71 million and $118 million are reflected in noncurrent deferred tax assets and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, respectively as of December 31, 2015. Additionally, $38 million of current deferred tax assets and $5 million of current deferred tax liabilities were reclassified to noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 resulting in total noncurrent deferred tax assets and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities of $90 million and $136 million, respectively.
In September 2015, the FASB issued guidance regarding simplifying the accounting for measurement-period adjustments attributable to an acquisition. Under prior guidance, adjustments to provisional amounts during the measurement period that arise due to new information regarding acquisition date circumstances must be made retrospectively with a corresponding adjustment to goodwill. The amended guidance requires an acquirer to record adjustments to provisional amounts made during the measurement period in the period that the adjustment is determined. The adjustments should reflect the impact on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as if the accounting had been completed as of the acquisition date. Additionally, amounts recorded in the current period that would have been reflected in prior reporting periods if the adjustments had been recognized as of the acquisition date must be disclosed either on the face of the income statement or in the notes to financial statements. This guidance is effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We elected to early adopt this guidance effective the fourth quarter of 2015. Our adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
In May 2015, the FASB issued guidance regarding the disclosure of investments which are valued at fair value using the net asset value ("NAV") per share practical expedient. Investments measured at NAV per share using the practical expedient will be presented as a reconciling item between the fair value hierarchy disclosure and the balance sheet. The amended guidance removes the requirement to categorize such investments within the fair value hierarchy. The amendment also removes the requirement to make certain disclosures for all investments that are eligible to be measured at fair value using the NAV per share practical expedient, instead limiting such disclosures to those investments measured at fair value using the NAV practical expedient. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The guidance must be applied retrospectively and early adoption is permitted. We elected to early adopt this guidance effective the fourth quarter of 2015. Adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet. Under prior guidance, debt issuance costs are reflected on the balance sheet as an asset. This amendment requires such costs to be reflected as a direct deduction to the related debt liability, with retrospective application upon adoption. Subsequently, in August 2015, the FASB issued additional guidance indicating that debt issuance costs associated with line-of-credit arrangements may be presented as an asset and amortized over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement. We elected to early adopt these standards effective the first and third quarter of 2015, respectively. Accordingly, $4 million of debt issuance costs were reflected within long-term debt as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. These costs were previously recorded within other non-current assets.
In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance regarding whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license then the software license element of the arrangement should be accounted for in a manner that is consistent with accounting for the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license then the arrangement should be accounted for as a service contract. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The guidance may be applied (1) retrospectively or (2) prospectively to arrangements entered into, or materially modified after the effective date. Early adoption is permitted. We elected to early adopt this standard effective in the second quarter of 2015 with retrospective application. Our adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
In February 2015, the FASB issued guidance which amends the requirements to determine whether a company needs to consolidate certain legal entities into its reported financial statements. Specifically, the amendment: (1) modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities

63

(“VIEs”) or voting interest entities, (2) eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership and (3) affects the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. We elected to early adopt this standard effective in the second quarter of 2015 with retrospective application. Our adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
In January 2015, the FASB issued guidance which eliminates from GAAP the concept of an extraordinary item. Under prior guidance, an event or transaction must be unusual in nature and must occur infrequently to be considered an extraordinary item. Additionally, under prior guidance extraordinary items are separately presented in a company’s income statement and disclosed in the footnotes to the company’s financial statements. As a result of the new guidance regarding extraordinary items, a company will no longer (1) segregate an extraordinary item from the results of ordinary operations, (2) separately present an extraordinary item on its income statement, and (3) disclose income taxes and earnings-per-share data applicable to an extraordinary item. We elected to early adopt this standard effective in the first quarter of 2015 with retrospective application. Our adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
In June 2014, as a result of inconsistency in practice, the FASB issued guidance related to the recognition of compensation on employee share-based payments in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The standard states that the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the periods for which the service has already been rendered. If the performance target becomes probable of being achieved before the end of the requisite service period, the remaining unrecognized compensation cost should be recognized prospectively over the remaining requisite service period. We elected to early adopt this guidance effective in the first quarter of 2015 with retrospective application. Our adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our financial condition or results of operations as we were using the accounting prescribed in the new guidance.
In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance related to the reporting of discontinued operations. The guidance states that the disposal of a business or operation is required to be reported as discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The guidance also expands disclosures about discontinued operations and the disposal of significant businesses that did not qualify for discontinued operations presentation. This standard is effective prospectively, for disposals (or businesses that qualify as “held for sale”) that occur within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within those years. Our adoption of this guidance effective in the first quarter of 2015 did not have any impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
In January 2014, the FASB issued guidance related to service concession arrangements. A service concession arrangement is an arrangement between a public-sector entity grantor and an operating entity under which the operating entity operates the grantor's infrastructure (for example, airports, roads and bridges). The guidance states that service concession arrangements should not be accounted for under the guidance of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 840, Leases, but rather other guidance as deemed appropriate. This guidance is effective for interim and reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014. The guidance requires opening retained earnings in the year of adoption to reflect the cumulative historical impact of any arrangements existing at the date of adoption, and the new guidance to be applied to the financial statements on a prospective basis. Our adoption of this guidance effective in the first quarter of 2015 did not have any impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
Note 3. Acquisitions and Divestitures
2015 Acquisition and Divestitures
Hypack
On October 22, 2015, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Hypack, Inc. ("Hypack"), a leading provider of hydrographic software worldwide, for approximately $18 million.  Hypack, a privately-owned company headquartered in Middletown, Connecticut, has approximately 30 employees and annual revenue of approximately $8 million. Our consolidated financial statements include Hypack's results of operations prospectively from October 22, 2015 within the Water Infrastructure segment.

64

During 2015, we divested two businesses within our Water Infrastructure segment for $1 million, which were not material, individually or in the aggregate, to our results of operations or financial position. The sales resulted in a gain of $9 million, reflected in gain from sale of businesses in our Consolidated Income Statement.
2014 Divestiture
On July 2, 2014, we divested our Wolverhampton, U.K.-based pneumatic and hydraulic valves business for approximately $30 million. The sale resulted in a gain of $11 million, reflected in gain from sale of business in our Consolidated Income Statement. The business, which was part of our Applied Water segment, provided a wide range of products, primarily to industrial original equipment manufacturer customers in the oil and gas sector. The business reported 2013 annual revenue of approximately $25 million.
2013 Acquisitions
During 2013, we spent $84 million ($81 million, net of cash acquired) on acquisitions. As the acquisitions were not material, individually or in the aggregate, to results of operations, pro forma results of operations reflecting results prior to the acquisitions and certain other disclosure items have not been presented.
MultiTrode
On March 1, 2013 we acquired MultiTrode Pty Ltd ("MultiTrode"), a water and wastewater technology and services company based in Australia, for approximately $26 million. MultiTrode offers advanced monitoring and control technologies to municipal and private water and waste water authorities as well as industrial clients. The company had approximately 60 employees and generated revenue of approximately $13 million in its fiscal year ended June 30, 2012. Our consolidated financial statements include MultiTrode's results of operations prospectively from March 1, 2013 within the Water Infrastructure segment.
PIMS
On February 5, 2013 we acquired PIMS Group ("PIMS"), a wastewater services company based in the United Kingdom, for approximately $57 million, including a cash payment of $55 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. PIMS is a supplier of wastewater installation and maintenance services for the private sector, municipal and industrial markets. The company had approximately 220 employees and generated revenue of approximately $38 million for its fiscal year ended April 30, 2012. Our consolidated financial statements include PIMS' results of operations prospectively from February 5, 2013 within the Water Infrastructure segment.
Note 4. Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges
From time to time, the Company will incur costs related to restructuring actions in order to optimize our cost base and more strategically position ourselves based on the economic environment and customer demand. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, the costs incurred primarily relate to the reduction in structural costs, including the elimination of headcount and consolidation of facilities primarily within our Water Infrastructure and Applied Water segments. The components of restructuring and asset impairment charges incurred during each of the previous three years ended are presented below.

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
By component:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Severance and other charges	 	$	7	
 	 	$	26	
 	 	$	38	
 	
Lease related charges	 	—	
 	 	1	
 	 	2	
 	
Reversal of restructuring accruals	 	(1	)	 	(1	)	 	—	
 	
Total restructuring charges	 	6	
 	 	26	
 	 	40	
 	
Asset impairment	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	2	
 	
Total restructuring and asset impairment charges	 	$	6	
 	 	$	26	
 	 	$	42	

By segment:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Water Infrastructure	 	$	5	
 	 	$	19	
 	 	$	33	
 	
Applied Water	 	1	
 	 	6	
 	 	9	
 	
Corporate and other	 	—	
 	 	1	
 	 	—	

65

Restructuring
The following table displays a rollforward of the restructuring accruals, presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheet within accrued and other current liabilities, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

(in millions)	 	2015	 	2014	
Restructuring accruals - January 1	 	$	12	
 	 	$	13	
 	
Restructuring charges	 	6	
 	 	26	
 	
Cash payments	 	(14	)	 	(26	)	
Foreign currency and other	 	(1	)	 	(1	)	
Restructuring accruals - December 31	 	$	3	
 	 	$	12	

By segment:	 	 	 	 	
Water Infrastructure	 	$	1	
 	 	$	5	
 	
Applied Water	 	1	
 	 	3	
 	
Regional selling locations (a)	 	1	
 	 	3	
 	
Corporate and other	 	—	
 	 	1	

(a)	Regional selling locations consist primarily of selling and marketing organizations that incurred restructuring expense which was allocated to the segments. The liabilities associated with restructuring expense were not allocated to the segments.	
The following is a rollforward of employee position eliminations associated with restructuring activities for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 	 	2015	 	2014	
Planned reductions - January 1	 	133	
 	 	51	
 	
Additional planned reductions	 	87	
 	 	320	
 	
Actual reductions	 	(138	)	 	(238	)	
Planned reductions - December 31	 	82	
 	 	133	
 	
Total expected costs associated with actions for Water Infrastructure that commenced during 2015 are approximately $5 million. These costs primarily consist of severance charges. Approximately $4 million of the expected cost was incurred in 2015. We currently expect activity related to these actions to continue through the second quarter of 2016. Total expected costs associated with actions for Applied Water that commenced during 2015 are approximately $1 million. These costs primarily consist of severance charges. Substantially all of the costs associated with these actions have been incurred in 2015.
Total expected costs associated with actions for Water Infrastructure that commenced during 2014 are approximately $19 million. The actions are substantially complete with approximately $18 million of the expected cost was incurred in 2014 and $1 million was incurred during 2015. Total expected costs associated with actions for Applied Water that commenced during 2014 are approximately $6 million. Substantially all of the costs associated with these actions have been incurred in 2014.
Total expected costs associated with actions for Water Infrastructure that commenced during 2013 are approximately $32 million. The actions are substantially complete with approximately $31 million of the expected cost was incurred in 2013 and $1 million was incurred during 2014. Total expected costs associated with actions for Applied Water that commenced during 2013 are approximately $8 million. Substantially all of the costs associated with these actions have been incurred in 2013.
Asset Impairment Charges
During the fourth quarter of 2013 we performed our annual impairment test of our indefinite-lived intangibles assets, which resulted in an impairment charge of $2 million related to trade names within our Water Infrastructure segment. The charge was calculated using an income approach, which is considered a Level 3 input for fair value measurement, and is reflected in “Restructuring and asset impairment charges” in our Consolidated Income Statement.

66

Note 5. Other Non-Operating Income (Expense), Net
The components of other non-operating income (expense), net are as follows:

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Interest income	$	2	
 	 	$	2	
 	 	$	3	
 	
Income from joint ventures	3	
 	 	2	
 	 	2	
 	
Other expense – net (a)	(5	)	 	(3	)	 	(15	)	
Total other non-operating income (expense), net	$	—	
 	 	$	1	
 	 	$	(10	)	
(a) 2013 includes $10 million of expense incurred under the Tax Matters Agreement with ITT. Refer to Note 6 "Income Taxes" for additional information regarding the Tax Matters Agreement.
Note 6. Income Taxes
The source of pre-tax income and the components of income tax expense are as follows:

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Income components:	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic	$	116	
 	 	$	118	
 	 	$	49	
 	
Foreign	287	
 	 	303	
 	 	249	
 	
Total pre-tax income	$	403	
 	 	$	421	
 	 	$	298	
 	
Income tax expense components:	 	 	 	 	 	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic – federal	$	32	
 	 	$	44	
 	 	$	37	
 	
Domestic – state and local	6	
 	 	7	
 	 	1	
 	
Foreign	34	
 	 	62	
 	 	46	
 	
Total Current	72	
 	 	113	
 	 	84	
 	
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	
Domestic – federal	$	1	
 	 	$	(14	)	 	$	(6	)	
Domestic – state and local	1	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	
Foreign	(11	)	 	(15	)	 	(8	)	
Total Deferred	(9	)	 	(29	)	 	(14	)	
Total income tax provision	$	63	
 	 	$	84	
 	 	$	70	
 	
Effective income tax rate	15.6	%	 	19.8	%	 	23.5	%	
Reconciliations between taxes at the U.S. federal income tax rate and taxes at our effective income tax rate on earnings before income taxes are as follows:

 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Tax provision at U.S. statutory rate	35.0	 %	 	35.0	 %	 	35.0	 %	
Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from:	 	 	 	 	 	
State income taxes	1.0	
 	 	1.0	
 	 	0.7	
 	
Settlements of tax examinations	0.5	
 	 	0.4	
 	 	—	
 	
Valuation allowance	8.6	
 	 	22.9	
 	 	39.4	
 	
Tax exempt interest	(13.1	)	 	(26.3	)	 	(43.0	)	
Foreign tax rate differential	(7.2	)	 	(4.2	)	 	(4.1	)	
Repatriation of foreign earnings, net of foreign tax credits	0.2	
 	 	(1.7	)	 	5.1	
 	
Tax incentives	(7.8	)	 	(6.2	)	 	(8.1	)	
Other – net	(1.6	)	 	(1.1	)	 	(1.5	)	
Effective income tax rate	15.6	 %	 	19.8	 %	 	23.5	 %	

67

We operate under tax incentives, which are effective January 2013 through December 2023 and may be extended if certain additional requirements are satisfied. The tax incentives are conditional upon our meeting and maintaining certain employment thresholds. The inability to meet the thresholds would have a prospective impact and at this time we continue to believe we will meet the requirements.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which we expect the differences will reverse.
 The following is a summary of the components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	
Employee benefits	$	106	
 	 	$	124	
 	
Accrued expenses	24	
 	 	25	
 	
Loss and other tax credit carryforwards	285	
 	 	456	
 	
Inventory	7	
 	 	6	
 	
Other	3	
 	 	3	
 	
 	425	
 	 	614	
 	
Valuation allowance	(248	)	 	(427	)	
Net deferred tax asset	$	177	
 	 	$	187	
 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	
Intangibles	$	168	
 	 	$	173	
 	
Investment in foreign subsidiaries	4	
 	 	8	
 	
Property, plant, and equipment	17	
 	 	22	
 	
Other	35	
 	 	30	
 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	$	224	
 	 	$	233	
 	
Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to realize existing deferred tax assets. On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2015, a valuation allowance of $248 million has been established to reduce the deferred income tax asset related to certain U.S. and foreign net operating losses, and U.S. and foreign capital loss carryforwards.
A reconciliation of our valuation allowance on deferred tax assets is as follows:

(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Valuation allowance — January 1	$	427	
 	 	$	349	
 	 	$	229	
 	
Change in assessment	(5	)	 	(4	)	 	—	
 	
Current year operations	39	
 	 	100	
 	 	118	
 	
Foreign currency and other (a)	(213	)	 	(18	)	 	2	
 	
Valuation allowance — December 31	$	248	
 	 	$	427	
 	 	$	349	
 	
(a) Included in foreign currency and other in 2015 is the reduction of a net operating loss that was subject to a valuation allowance of $176 million .
Deferred taxes are classified net of unrecognized tax benefits in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follow

 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
Non-current assets	$	71	
 	 	$	90	
 	
Non-current liabilities	(118	)	 	(136	)	
Total net deferred tax liabilities	$	(47	)	 	$	(46	)	

68

Tax attributes available to reduce future taxable income begin to expire as follows:

(in millions)	December 31, 2015	 	First Year of Expiration	
U.S. net operating loss	$	8	
 	 	December 31, 2024	
State net operating loss	53	
 	 	December 31, 2016	
U.S. tax credits	43	
 	 	December 31, 2020	
Foreign net operating loss	897	
 	 	December 31, 2018	
The foreign tax credit for financial statement purposes differs from the amount for tax return purposes due to unrecognized tax benefits.
As of December 31, 2015, we have provided a deferred tax liability of $4 million on the excess of $41 million of financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in certain foreign subsidiaries that has not been indefinitely reinvested. However, we have not provided for deferred taxes on the excess of financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in certain foreign subsidiaries in the amount of $1.9 billion because we plan to reinvest such amounts indefinitely outside the U.S. The determination of the amount of federal and state income taxes is not practicable because of complexities of the hypothetical calculation.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Unrecognized tax benefits — January 1	$	44	
 	 	$	30	
 	 	$	8	
 	
Additions for:	 	 	 	 	 	
Current year tax positions	4	
 	 	9	
 	 	23	
 	
Prior year tax positions	1	
 	 	7	
 	 	—	
 	
Reductions for:	 	 	 	 	 	
Settlements	(2	)	 	(2	)	 	(1	)	
Unrecognized tax benefits — December 31	$	47	
 	 	$	44	
 	 	$	30	
 	
The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015 was $47 million which, if ultimately recognized, will reduce our annual effective tax rate. We believe that it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits will be reduced by $22 million within the next twelve months.
In many cases, unrecognized tax benefits are related to tax years that remain subject to examination by the relevant taxing authorities. By virtue of previously filed separate company tax returns including tax returns filed by ITT, we are routinely under audit by federal, state, local and foreign taxing authorities. These audits include questioning the timing and the amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. Income taxes payable include amounts considered sufficient to pay assessments that may result from examination of prior year returns; however, the amount paid upon resolution of issues raised may differ from the amount provided. Differences between the reserves for tax contingencies and the amounts owed by the company are recorded in the period they become known. Under the Tax Matters Agreement, as discussed below, ITT assumes all consolidated tax liabilities and related interest and penalties for the pre-spin period.
The following table summarizes our earliest open tax years by major jurisdiction:

Jurisdiction	 	Earliest Open Year	
Germany	 	2009	
Italy	 	2010	
Luxembourg	 	2011	
Sweden	 	2010	
Switzerland	 	2011	
United Kingdom	 	2011	
United States	 	2012	

69

We classify interest relating to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of other non-operating (expense) income, net and tax penalties as a component of income tax expense in our Consolidated Income Statements. The amount of accrued interest relating to unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1 million.
Tax Matters Agreement
In connection with the Spin-off, Xylem, ITT and Exelis entered into a Tax Matters Agreement. Under the agreement, we may be obligated to make payments to ITT and Exelis under certain conditions. These conditions include a payment to ITT in the event audit settlement payments exceed amounts specified in the agreement.
During 2015, ITT effectively settled the Federal income tax audit for the period including the year of the Spin-Off which resulted in a closing of the Federal Tax Audit portion of the Tax Matters Agreement. In connection with that, Xylem has accrued a liability of $9 million. While the U.S. State Income Tax Audit and Non U.S. Audit portion of the Tax Matters Agreement remain operational, we have not accrued a liability.
Note 7. Earnings Per Share
The following is a reconciliation of the shares used in calculating basic and diluted net earnings per share.

 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Net Income (in millions)	$	340	
 	 	$	337	
 	 	$	228	
 	
Shares (in thousands):	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average common shares outstanding	180,854	
 	 	183,030	
 	 	185,082	
 	
Add: Participating securities (a)	39	
 	 	47	
 	 	134	
 	
Weighted average common shares outstanding — Basic	180,893	
 	 	183,077	
 	 	185,216	
 	
Plus incremental shares from assumed conversions: (b)	 	 	 	 	 	
Dilutive effect of stock options	465	
 	 	643	
 	 	264	
 	
Dilutive effect of restricted stock	379	
 	 	529	
 	 	558	
 	
Weighted average common shares outstanding — Diluted	181,737	
 	 	184,249	
 	 	186,038	
 	
Basic earnings per share	$	1.88	
 	 	$	1.84	
 	 	$	1.23	
 	
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.87	
 	 	$	1.83	
 	 	$	1.22	

(a)	Restricted stock awards containing rights to non-forfeitable dividends that participate in undistributed earnings with common shareholders are considered participating securities for purposes of computing earnings per share.	
(b)Incremental shares from stock options, restricted stock and performance share units are computed by the treasury stock method. The weighted average shares listed below were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented or were otherwise excluded under the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method calculates dilution assuming the exercise of all in-the-money options and vesting of restricted stock and performance share awards, reduced by the repurchase of shares with the proceeds from the assumed exercises, unrecognized compensation expense for outstanding awards and the estimated tax benefit of the assumed exercises. Performance share units will be included in the treasury stock calculation of diluted earnings per share upon achievement of underlying performance conditions. See Note 15, "Stock-Based Compensation Plans" for further detail on the performance share units.     

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in thousands)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Stock options	2,616	
 	 	2,720	
 	 	4,126	
 	
Restricted shares	723	
 	 	525	
 	 	703	
 	
Performance shares	181	
 	 	119	
 	 	80	

70

Note 8. Inventories
The components of total inventories are summarized as follows: 

 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
Finished goods	$	213	
 	 	$	194	
 	
Work in process	32	
 	 	42	
 	
Raw materials	188	
 	 	250	
 	
Total inventories	$	433	
 	 	$	486	

Note 9. Property, Plant and Equipment
The components of total property, plant and equipment, net are as follows: 

 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
Land, buildings and improvements	$	240	
 	 	$	252	
 	
Machinery and equipment	650	
 	 	655	
 	
Equipment held for lease or rental	205	
 	 	207	
 	
Furniture and fixtures	79	
 	 	87	
 	
Construction work in progress	46	
 	 	41	
 	
Other	19	
 	 	23	
 	
Total property, plant and equipment, gross	1,239	
 	 	1,265	
 	
Less accumulated depreciation	800	
 	 	804	
 	
Total property, plant and equipment, net	$	439	
 	 	$	461	
 	
Depreciation expense was $88 million, $95 million, and $99 million for 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
Note 10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Changes in the carrying value of goodwill by operating segment during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

(in millions)	Water
Infrastructure	 	Applied Water	 	Total	
Balance as of December 31, 2013	$	1,149	
 	 	$	569	
 	 	$	1,718	
 	
Activity in 2014	 	 	 	 	 	
Divestiture (a)	—	
 	 	(6	)	 	(6	)	
Foreign currency and other	(51	)	 	(26	)	 	(77	)	
Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	1,098	
 	 	$	537	
 	 	$	1,635	
 	
Activity in 2015	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquired (a)	10	
 	 	—	
 	 	10	
 	
Foreign currency and other	(42	)	 	(19	)	 	(61	)	
Balance as of December 31, 2015	$	1,066	
 	 	$	518	
 	 	$	1,584	

 	 	
(a)	On July 2, 2014, we divested our Wolverhampton, U.K.-based pneumatic and hydraulic valves business which had $6 million of goodwill associated with the business. On October 22, 2015, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Hypack, Inc. and recorded $10 million of goodwill. Refer to Note 3, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for additional information.	
During the fourth quarter of 2015, we performed our annual impairment assessment and determined that the estimated fair values of our goodwill reporting units were in excess of each of their carrying values. However, future goodwill impairment tests could result in a charge to earnings. We will continue to evaluate goodwill on an annual basis as of the beginning of our fourth quarter and whenever events and changes in circumstances indicate there may be a potential impairment.

71

Other Intangible Assets
Information regarding our other intangible assets is as follows:

(in millions)	December 31, 2015	 	December 31, 2014	
 	Carrying
Amount	 	Accumulated
Amortization	 	Net
Intangibles	 	Carrying
Amount	 	Accumulated
Amortization	 	Net
Intangibles	
Customer and distributor relationships	$	320	
 	 	$	(140	)	 	$	180	
 	 	$	331	
 	 	$	(122	)	 	$	209	
 	
Proprietary technology and patents	116	
 	 	(54	)	 	62	
 	 	116	
 	 	(49	)	 	67	
 	
Trademarks	35	
 	 	(19	)	 	16	
 	 	36	
 	 	(17	)	 	19	
 	
Software (a)	155	
 	 	(110	)	 	45	
 	 	145	
 	 	(106	)	 	39	
 	
Other	8	
 	 	(8	)	 	—	
 	 	9	
 	 	(9	)	 	—	
 	
Indefinite-lived intangibles	132	
 	 	—	
 	 	132	
 	 	136	
 	 	—	
 	 	136	
 	
Other intangibles	$	766	
 	 	$	(331	)	 	$	435	
 	 	$	773	
 	 	$	(303	)	 	$	470	

(a)	The December 31, 2014 carrying amount of software was previously included within other non-current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is now being reflected within other intangible assets to conform to a current period change in balance sheet presentation.	
We determined that no impairment of the indefinite-lived intangibles existed as of the measurement date of our annual impairment assessment in 2015 or 2014. Future impairment tests could result in a charge to earnings. We will continue to evaluate the indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis as of the beginning of our fourth quarter and whenever events and changes in circumstances indicate there may be a potential impairment.
Customer and distributor relationships, proprietary technology and patents, trademarks, software and other are amortized over weighted average lives of approximately 13 years, 19 years, 16 years, 5 years and 6 years, respectively.
Total amortization expense for intangible assets was $45 million, $47 million, and $51 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years is as follows:

(in millions)	 	
2016	$	44	
 	
2017	43	
 	
2018	40	
 	
2019	36	
 	
2020	34	
 	
Note 11. Derivative Financial Instruments
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
We are exposed to certain risks arising from both our business operations and economic conditions, and principally manage our exposures to these risks through management of our core business activities. Certain of our foreign operations expose us to fluctuations of foreign interest rates and exchange rates that may impact revenue, expenses, cash receipts, cash payments, and the value of our stockholders' equity. We enter into derivative financial instruments to protect the value or fix the amount of certain cash flows in terms of the functional currency of the business unit with that exposure and reduce the volatility in stockholders' equity.
Cash Flow Hedges of Foreign Exchange Risk
We are exposed to fluctuations in various foreign currencies against our functional currencies. We use foreign currency derivatives, including currency forward agreements, to manage our exposure to fluctuations in the various exchange rates. Currency forward agreements involve fixing the foreign currency exchange rate for delivery of a specified amount of foreign currency on a specified date.

72

Certain business units with exposure to foreign currency exchange risks have designated certain currency forward agreements as cash flow hedges of forecasted intercompany inventory purchases and sales. Our principal currency exposures relate to the Euro, Swedish Krona, British Pound, Canadian Dollar, Polish Zloty, Australian Dollar and Hungarian Forint. We held forward foreign exchange contracts with purchase notional amounts totaling $94 million and $355 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, our most significant foreign currency derivatives include contracts to purchase Swedish Krona and sell Euro, sell U.S. Dollar and purchase Euro, and to sell British Pound and purchase Euro. The purchased notional amounts associated with these currency derivatives are $51 million, $24 million and $12 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, our most significant foreign currency derivatives include contracts to purchase Swedish Krona and sell Euro, sell U.S. Dollar and purchase Euro, and to sell British Pound and purchase Euro. The purchase notional amounts associated with these currency derivatives were $140 million, $85 million and $51 million, respectively.
Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
We are exposed to changes in foreign currencies impacting our net investments held in foreign subsidiaries. Beginning in 2015, we entered into cross currency swaps to manage our exposure to fluctuations in the Euro-U.S. Dollar exchange rate. The total notional amount of derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges was $411 million as of December 31, 2015.
The table below presents the effect of our derivative financial instruments on the Consolidated Income Statements and Statements of Comprehensive Income.

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedges	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign Exchange Contracts	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amount of (loss) gain recognized in OCI (a)	 	$	(5	)	 	$	(22	)	 	$	1	
 	
Amount of loss (gain) reclassified from OCI into revenue (a)	 	19	
 	 	5	
 	 	(2	)	
Amount of loss reclassified from OCI into cost of revenue (a)	 	1	
 	 	1	
 	 	2	

Derivatives in Net Investment Hedges	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amount of (loss) recognized in OCI (a)	 	$	(17	)	 	$	—	
 	 	$	—	

(a)	Effective portion	
As of December 31, 2015, $1 million of the net gains on cash flow hedges is expected to be reclassified into earnings in the next 12 months. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of a cash flow hedge is excluded from effectiveness testing and is recognized immediately in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Income Statements and was not material for 2015, 2014, and 2013.
As of December 31, 2015, no gains or losses on the net investment hedges are expected to be reclassified into earnings over the next 12 months. The net investment hedges did not experience any ineffectiveness for 2015.

The fair values of our derivative assets and liabilities are measured on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs and are determined through the use of models that consider various assumptions including yield curves, time value and other measurements.

73

The fair values of our derivative contracts currently included in our hedging program were as follows:

 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments	 	 	 	
Assets	 	 	 	
Cash Flow Hedges	 	 	 	
Other current assets	$	2	
 	 	$	1	
 	
Liabilities	 	 	 	
Cash Flow Hedges	 	 	 	
Other current liabilities	—	
 	 	(13	)	
Net Investment Hedges	 	 	 	
Other non-current liabilities	(18	)	 	—	

Note 12. Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
Compensation and other employee-benefits	$	156	
 	 	$	186	
 	
Customer-related liabilities	64	
 	 	66	
 	
Accrued warranty costs	33	
 	 	31	
 	
Accrued taxes	64	
 	 	77	
 	
Other accrued liabilities	90	
 	 	116	
 	
Total accrued and other current liabilities	$	407	
 	 	$	476	
 	
Note 13. Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt
Total debt outstanding is summarized as follows:

 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
3.550% Senior Notes due 2016 (a)	$	600	
 	 	$	600	
 	
4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (a)	600	
 	 	600	
 	
Research and Development Facility Agreement	76	
 	 	84	
 	
Other	2	
 	 	5	
 	
Debt issuance costs and unamortized discount (b)	(4	)	 	(5	)	
Total debt	1,274	
 	 	1,284	
 	
Less: short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt	78	
 	 	89	
 	
Total long-term debt	$	1,196	
 	 	$	1,195	

(a)	The fair value of our Senior Notes (as defined below) was determined using quoted prices in active markets for identical securities, which are considered Level 1 inputs. The fair value of our Senior Notes due 2016 (as defined below) was $607 million and $621 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The fair value of our Senior Notes due 2021 (as defined below) was $640 million and $653 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.	
 	 	
(b)	The debt issuance costs and unamortized discount is recognized as a reduction in the carrying value of the Senior Notes in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is being amortized to interest expense in our Consolidated Income Statements over the expected remaining terms of the Senior Notes.	
Senior Notes
On September 20, 2011, we issued 3.550% Senior Notes of $600 million aggregate principal amount due September 2016 (the "Senior Notes due 2016") and 4.875% Senior Notes of $600 million aggregate principal amount due October 2021 (the "Senior Notes due 2021" and together with the Senior Notes due 2016, the “Senior Notes”).

74

The Senior Notes include covenants which restrict our ability, subject to exceptions, to incur debt secured by liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions, as well as provide for customary events of default (subject, in certain cases, to receipt of notice of default and/or customary grace and cure periods). We may redeem the Senior Notes, as applicable, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium. If a change of control triggering event (as defined in the Senior Notes indenture) occurs, we will be required to make an offer to purchase the Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants.
Interest on the Senior Notes due 2016 is payable on March 20 and September 20 of each year. Interest on the Senior Notes due 2021 is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year.
As of December 31, 2015, we have classified $600 million of our Senior Notes due 2016 as long-term based on our current ability and intent to refinance the outstanding borrowings on a long-term basis.  
Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility
Effective March 27, 2015, Xylem entered into a Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility (the "Credit Facility") with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. The Credit Facility provides for an aggregate principal amount of up to $600 million of: (i) revolving extensions of credit (the "revolving loans") outstanding at any time and (ii) the issuance of letters of credit in a face amount not in excess of $100 million outstanding at any time. The Credit Facility provides for increases of up to $200 million for a possible maximum total of $800 million in aggregate principal amount at our request and with the consent of the institutions providing such increased commitments.
At our election, the interest rate per annum applicable to the revolving loans will be based on either (i) a Eurodollar rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin or (ii) a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to the greatest of: (a) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A., (b) the U.S. Federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or (c) the Eurodollar rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, in each case, plus an applicable margin.
In accordance with the terms, we may not exceed a maximum leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 (based on a ratio of total debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) throughout the term. The Credit Facility also contains limitations on, among other things, incurring secured debt, granting liens, entering into sale and leaseback transactions, mergers, consolidations, liquidations, dissolutions and sales of assets. In addition, the Credit Facility contains other terms and conditions such as customary representations and warranties, additional covenants and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants.
As of December 31, 2015, the Credit Facility was undrawn.
Research and Development Facility Agreement
On December 3, 2015, the Company amended and restated its Risk Sharing Finance Facility Agreement (the "R&D Facility Agreement") with The European Investment Bank (the "EIB") to amend the maturity date. The facility provides an aggregate principal amount of up to €120 million (approximately $132 million) to finance research projects and infrastructure development in the European Union. The Company's wholly owned subsidiaries in Luxembourg, Xylem Holdings S.á r.l. and Xylem International S.á r.l., are the borrowers under the R&D Facility Agreement.  The obligations of the borrowers under the R&D Facility Agreement are guaranteed by the Company under an Amended and Restated Deed of Guarantee, dated as of December 4, 2013, in favor of the EIB. The funds are available during the period from 2013 through 2016 at the Company's facilities in Sweden, Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom, Austria, Norway and Hungary. 
Under the R&D Facility Agreement, the borrower can draw loans on or before March 31, 2016 with a maturity of no longer than 12 years. The R&D Facility Agreement provides for Fixed Rate loans and Floating Rate loans. The interest rate per annum applicable to Fixed Rate loans is at a fixed percentage rate per annum specified by the EIB which includes the applicable margin. The interest rate per annum applicable to Floating Rate loans is at the rate determined by reference to EURIBOR for loans drawn in Euros and LIBOR for loans drawn in Pounds Sterling or U.S. Dollars, plus an applicable spread specified by the EIB which includes the applicable margin. The applicable margin for both Fixed Rate loans and Floating Rate loans is determined by reference to the credit rating of the Company. 

75

In accordance with the terms of the R&D Facility Agreement, we may not exceed a maximum leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 (based on a ratio of total debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) throughout the term. The R&D Facility Agreement also contains limitations on, among other things, incurring debt, granting liens, and entering into sale and leaseback transactions. In addition, the R&D Facility Agreement contains other terms and conditions, such as customary representations and warranties, additional covenants and customary events of default. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants. 
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, $76 million and $84 million was outstanding, respectively, under the R&D Facility Agreement. Although the borrowing term for this arrangement is up to five years, we have classified it as short-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheet since we intend to repay this obligation in less than a year. 
Note 14. Postretirement Benefit Plans
Defined contribution plans – Xylem and certain of our subsidiaries maintain various defined contribution savings plans, which allow employees to contribute a portion of their pre-tax and/or after-tax income in accordance with specified guidelines. Several of the plans require us to match a percentage of the employee contributions up to certain limits, generally between 3.0% – 7.0% of employee base pay. Xylem’s U.S. plan also provides for transition credits for eligible U.S. employees for the first five years after the Spin-off to supplement retirement benefits in the absence of a defined benefit plan. Age plus years of eligible service greater than or equal to 60, entitles an employee to transition credits. The liability for transition credits was approximately $2 million and $2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Matching obligations, the majority of which were funded in cash in connection with the plans, along with transition credits and other company contributions are as follows:

(in millions)	Defined Contribution	
2015	$	32	
 	
2014	36	
 	
2013	35	
 	
The Xylem Stock Fund, an investment option under the defined contribution plan in which Company employees participate is considered an Employee Stock Ownership Plan. As a result, participants in the Xylem Stock Fund may receive dividends in cash or may reinvest such dividends into the Xylem Stock Fund. Company employees held approximately 414 thousand and 415 thousand shares of Xylem Inc. common stock in the Xylem Stock Fund at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans – We historically have maintained qualified and nonqualified defined benefit retirement plans covering certain current and former employees, including hourly and union plans as well as salaried plans, which generally require up to 5 years of service to be vested and for which the benefits are determined based on years of credited service and either specified rates, final pay, or final average pay. The other postretirement benefit plans are all unfunded plans in the U.S. and Canada.
During 2015, we made several amendments to plans that had no material impact to the Company's financial statements.
During the third quarter 2014, we amended one of our international pension plans as well as one of our domestic other postretirement plans. The pension plan amendment froze the accrual of benefits and closed the plan to new entrants. The other postretirement plan amendment modified the accrual of benefits and closed the plan to new entrants. The overall impact of these changes was a $10 million increase to funded status. This included a net loss of $3 million ($1 million net of tax) and a prior service credit of $13 million ($8 million net of tax) recognized in other comprehensive income.
Effective October 1, 2013, the Xylem Canada Company Pension Plan for Salaried Employees was amended to close the plan to new entrants and implemented a soft freeze, where benefits earned to date are based on frozen service but the future average earnings will continue to be recognized.  The impact of the curtailment on the Company’s financial statements was immaterial.  However, the participants are now considered inactive and actuarial gains and losses will be amortized over 25 years which represents the expected weighted-average remaining lives of the plan participants. 
Effective October 14, 2013, an amendment to one of the Company's U.S. business unit's pension plans for its hourly workers modified the benefit formula.  Pension benefits for future service will be based only on years of service.  The remeasurement at year end resulted in a $4 million prior service credit, which will be amortized into net periodic pension cost over approximately 11 years.

76

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for pension and other employee-related benefit plans (collectively, postretirement plans) reflect the funded status of the postretirement benefit plans. The following table provides a summary of the funded status of our postretirement plans, the presentation of such balances and a summary of amounts recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income.

(in millions)	December 31, 2015	 	December 31, 2014	
 	Pension	 	Other	 	Total	 	Pension	 	Other	 	Total	
Fair value of plan assets	$	559	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	559	
 	 	$	584	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	584	
 	
Projected benefit obligation	(779	)	 	(61	)	 	(840	)	 	(872	)	 	(58	)	 	(930	)	
Funded status	$	(220	)	 	$	(61	)	 	$	(281	)	 	$	(288	)	 	$	(58	)	 	$	(346	)	
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other non-current assets	$	68	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	68	
 	 	$	55	
 	 	$	—	
 	 	$	55	
 	
Accrued and other current liabilities	(10	)	 	(4	)	 	(14	)	 	(10	)	 	(3	)	 	(13	)	
Accrued postretirement benefits	(278	)	 	(57	)	 	(335	)	 	(333	)	 	(55	)	 	(388	)	
Net amount recognized	$	(220	)	 	$	(61	)	 	$	(281	)	 	$	(288	)	 	$	(58	)	 	$	(346	)	
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net actuarial losses	$	(234	)	 	$	(31	)	 	$	(265	)	 	$	(297	)	 	$	(30	)	 	$	(327	)	
Prior service credit	—	
 	 	15	
 	 	15	
 	 	—	
 	 	17	
 	 	17	
 	
Total	$	(234	)	 	$	(16	)	 	$	(250	)	 	$	(297	)	 	$	(13	)	 	$	(310	)	
The unrecognized amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income will be subsequently recognized as expense on a straight-line basis only to the extent they exceed 10% of the higher of the market-related value or the projected benefit obligation, over the average remaining service period of active participants, or for plans with all or substantially all inactive participants, over the average remaining life expectancy. Actuarial gains and losses incurred in future periods and not recognized as expense in those periods will be recognized as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income, net of tax.
The net actuarial loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income at the end of 2015 and expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during 2016 is $14 million ($10 million, net of tax). The prior service credit included in accumulated other comprehensive income to be recognized in 2016 is $3 million ($2 million, net of tax).

77

The benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets, funded status, and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements for our defined benefit domestic and international pension plans were:

 	Domestic Plans	 	International Plans	
 	December 31,	 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2015	 	2014	
Change in benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	88	
 	 	$	74	
 	 	$	784	
 	 	$	703	
 	
Service cost	3	
 	 	2	
 	 	12	
 	 	12	
 	
Interest cost	4	
 	 	3	
 	 	22	
 	 	27	
 	
Benefits paid	(4	)	 	(3	)	 	(29	)	 	(30	)	
Actuarial (gain) loss	(5	)	 	13	
 	 	(39	)	 	144	
 	
Plan amendments, settlements and curtailments	1	
 	 	—	
 	 	(1	)	 	(2	)	
Foreign currency translation/other	(1	)	 	(1	)	 	(56	)	 	(70	)	
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	86	
 	 	$	88	
 	 	$	693	
 	 	$	784	
 	
Change in plan assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	60	
 	 	58	
 	 	$	524	
 	 	$	466	
 	
Employer contributions	3	
 	 	4	
 	 	19	
 	 	28	
 	
Actual return on plan assets	(2	)	 	3	
 	 	22	
 	 	92	
 	
Benefits paid	(4	)	 	(3	)	 	(29	)	 	(30	)	
Plan amendments, settlements and curtailments	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(2	)	
Foreign currency translation/other	—	
 	 	(2	)	 	(34	)	 	(30	)	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	57	
 	 	$	60	
 	 	$	502	
 	 	$	524	
 	
Unfunded status of the plans	$	(29	)	 	$	(28	)	 	$	(191	)	 	$	(260	)	
The following table provides a rollforward of the projected benefit obligation for the other postretirement employee benefit plans:

(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
Change in benefit obligation:	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	58	
 	 	$	63	
 	
Service cost	1	
 	 	1	
 	
Interest cost	2	
 	 	3	
 	
Benefits paid	(3	)	 	(3	)	
Actuarial loss	4	
 	 	12	
 	
Plan amendment	(1	)	 	(18	)	
Benefit obligation at the end of year	$	61	
 	 	$	58	
 	
The accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) for all the defined benefit pension plans was $746 million and $830 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. For defined benefit pension plans in which the ABO was in excess of the fair value of the plans’ assets, the projected benefit obligation, ABO and fair value of the plans’ assets were as follows:

 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
Projected benefit obligation	$	392	
 	 	$	453	
 	
Accumulated benefit obligation	365	
 	 	419	
 	
Fair value of plan assets	106	
 	 	110	

78

The components of net periodic benefit cost for our defined benefit pension plans are as follows:

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Domestic defined benefit pension plans:	 	 	 	 	 	
Service cost	$	3	
 	 	$	2	
 	 	$	3	
 	
Interest cost	4	
 	 	3	
 	 	3	
 	
Expected return on plan assets	(5	)	 	(4	)	 	(4	)	
Amortization of prior service cost	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	1	
 	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	2	
 	 	2	
 	 	2	
 	
Net periodic benefit cost	$	4	
 	 	$	3	
 	 	$	5	
 	
International defined benefit pension plans:	 	 	 	 	 	
Service cost	$	12	
 	 	$	12	
 	 	$	14	
 	
Interest cost	22	
 	 	27	
 	 	28	
 	
Expected return on plan assets	(32	)	 	(32	)	 	(31	)	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	13	
 	 	7	
 	 	13	
 	
Settlement	—	
 	 	1	
 	 	—	
 	
Net periodic benefit cost	$	15	
 	 	$	15	
 	 	$	24	
 	
Total net periodic benefit cost	$	19	
 	 	$	18	
 	 	$	29	
 	
Other changes in assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income, as they pertain to our defined benefit pension plans are as follows:

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Domestic defined benefit pension plans:	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss (gain)	$	2	
 	 	$	14	
 	 	$	(11	)	
Prior service cost (credit)	—	
 	 	1	
 	 	(4	)	
Amortization of prior service cost	—	
 	 	—	
 	 	(1	)	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	(2	)	 	(2	)	 	(2	)	
Losses (gains) recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income	$	—	
 	 	$	13	
 	 	$	(18	)	
International defined benefit pension plans:	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (gain) loss	$	(29	)	 	$	84	
 	 	$	(21	)	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	(13	)	 	(7	)	 	(13	)	
Settlement	—	
 	 	(1	)	 	—	
 	
Foreign currency translation/other	(21	)	 	(20	)	 	(2	)	
(Gains) losses recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income	$	(63	)	 	$	56	
 	 	$	(36	)	
Total (gains) losses recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income	$	(63	)	 	$	69	
 	 	$	(54	)	
Total (gains) losses recognized in comprehensive income	$	(44	)	 	$	87	
 	 	$	(25	)	
The components of net periodic benefit cost for other postretirement employee benefit plans are as follows:

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Service cost	$	1	
 	 	$	1	
 	 	$	1	
 	
Interest cost	2	
 	 	3	
 	 	3	
 	
Amortization of prior service credit	(3	)	 	(1	)	 	—	
 	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	3	
 	 	2	
 	 	2	
 	
Net periodic benefit cost	$	3	
 	 	$	5	
 	 	$	6	

79

Other changes in benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income, as they pertain to other postretirement employee benefit plans are as follows:

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Net loss (gain)	$	4	
 	 	$	12	
 	 	$	(2	)	
Prior service credit	(1	)	 	(18	)	 	—	
 	
Amortization of prior service credit	3	
 	 	1	
 	 	—	
 	
Amortization of net actuarial loss	(3	)	 	(2	)	 	(2	)	
Losses (gains) recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income	$	3	
 	 	$	(7	)	 	$	(4	)	
Total losses (gains) recognized in comprehensive income	$	6	
 	 	$	(2	)	 	$	2	
 	
Assumptions
The following table provides the weighted-average assumptions used to determine projected benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost, as they pertain to our pension plans.

 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
 	U.S.	 	Int’l	 	U.S.	 	Int’l	 	U.S.	 	Int’l	
Benefit Obligation Assumptions	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate	4.27	%	 	3.44	%	 	4.01	%	 	3.14	%	 	4.79	%	 	4.23	%	
Rate of future compensation increase	NM	
 	 	3.29	%	 	NM	
 	 	3.34	%	 	NM	
 	 	3.48	%	
Net Periodic Benefit Cost Assumptions	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate	4.01	%	 	3.14	%	 	4.79	%	 	4.23	%	 	4.13	%	 	4.04	%	
Expected long-term return on plan assets	8.00	%	 	7.31	%	 	8.00	%	 	7.30	%	 	8.00	%	 	7.33	%	
Rate of future compensation increase	NM	
 	 	3.34	%	 	NM	
 	 	3.48	%	 	4.50	%	 	3.50	%	
 	 	
NM	Not meaningful. The pension benefits for future service for all the U.S. pension plans are based on years of service and not impacted by future compensation increases.	
Management develops each assumption using relevant company experience in conjunction with market-related data for each individual country in which plans exist. Assumptions are reviewed annually and adjusted as necessary.
The expected long-term rate of return on assets reflects the expected returns for each major asset class in which the plans hold investments, the weight of each asset class in the target mix, the correlations among asset classes and their expected volatilities. The assets of the pension plans are held by a number of independent trustees, managed by several investment institutions and are accounted for separately in the Company’s pension funds.
Our expected return on plan assets is estimated by evaluating both historical returns and estimates of future returns. Specifically, we analyze the plans’ actual historical annual return on assets, net of fees, over the past 15, 20 and 25 years; estimate future returns based on independent estimates of asset class returns; and evaluate historical broad market returns over long-term timeframes based on our asset allocation range. For the U.S. Master Trust which has only existed since 2011, historical returns were estimated using a constructed portfolio that reflects the Company’s strategic asset allocation and the historical compound geometric returns of each asset class for the longest time period available. Based on this approach, the weighted average expected long-term rate of return for all of our plan assets to be used in determining net periodic benefit costs for 2016 is estimated at 7.32%.

80

The table below provides the weighted average actual rate of return generated on all of our plan assets during each of the years presented as compared to the weighted average expected long-term rates of return utilized in calculating the net periodic benefit costs.

 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets	7.38	%	 	7.38	%	 	7.40	%	
Actual rate of return on plan assets	3.51	%	 	18.13	%	 	10.17	%	
The assumed rate of future increases in the per capita cost of health care (the health care trend rate) is 7.00% for 2016, decreasing ratably to 4.50% in 2027. An increase or decrease in the health care trend rates by one percent per year would impact the aggregate annual service and interest components by less than $1 million, and impact the benefit obligation by approximately $4 million.
Investment Policy
The investment strategy for managing worldwide postretirement benefit plan assets is to seek an optimal rate of return relative to an appropriate level of risk for each plan. Investment strategies vary by plan, depending on the specific characteristics of the plan, such as plan size and design, funded status, liability profile and legal requirements. In general, the plans are managed closely to their strategic allocations.
The following table provides the actual asset allocations of plan assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related asset target allocation ranges by asset category.

 	2015	 	2014	 	Target
Allocation
Ranges	
Equity securities	22.5	%	 	28.8	%	 	20-40%	
Fixed income	31.5	%	 	37.3	%	 	20-60%	
Hedge funds	34.0	%	 	25.0	%	 	20-60%	
Private equity	3.1	%	 	3.2	%	 	0-15%	
Insurance contracts and other	8.9	%	 	5.7	%	 	0-30%	
Fair Value of Plan Assets
In measuring plan assets at fair value, the fair value hierarchy is applied which categorizes and prioritizes the inputs used to estimate fair value into three levels. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further detail on fair value hierarchy.    
In certain instances, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices obtained from external pricing services. In obtaining such data from the pricing service, we have evaluated the methodologies used to develop the estimate of fair value in order to assess whether such valuations are representative of fair value, including net asset value ("NAV"). Additionally, in certain circumstances, the NAV reported by an asset manager may be adjusted when sufficient evidence indicates NAV is not representative of fair value.
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies and inputs used to measure fair value for major categories of investments.
 	 	
•	Equity securities — Equities (including common and preferred shares, domestic listed and foreign listed, closed end mutual funds and exchange traded funds) are generally valued at the closing price reported on the major market on which the individual securities are traded at the measurement date. Equity securities held by the Company that are publicly traded in active markets are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Those equities that are held in proprietary funds pooled with other investor accounts measured at fair value using the NAV per share practical expedient are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.	
 	 	
•	Fixed income — United States government securities are generally valued using quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics. Corporate bonds and notes are generally valued by using pricing models (e.g. discounted cash flows), quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or broker quotes. Fixed income securities listed on active markets are classified in Level 1. Fixed income held in proprietary funds pooled with other investor accounts measured at fair value using the NAV per share practical expedient are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.	

81

 	 	
•	Hedge funds — Hedge funds are pooled funds that employ a range of investment strategies including equity and fixed income, credit driven, macro and multi oriented strategies. The valuation of limited partnership interests in hedge funds may require significant management judgment. Generally, hedge funds are valued using the NAV reported by the asset manager, and are adjusted when it is determined that NAV is not representative of fair value. In making such an assessment, a variety of factors is reviewed, including, but not limited to, the timeliness of NAV as reported by the asset manager and changes in general economic and market conditions subsequent to the last NAV reported by the asset manager. $158 million (83%) of the hedge funds have no lockup or gate, and a redemption period of 90 days or less. Hedge funds have unfunded commitments of $6 million at both December 31, 2015 and 2014.	
 	 	
•	Private equity — Private equity includes a diversified range of strategies, including buyout funds, distressed funds, venture and growth equity funds and mezzanine funds with long-term commitments, and redemptions beginning no earlier than 2018. The valuation of limited partnership interests in private equity funds may require significant management judgment. Generally, private equity is valued using the NAV reported by the asset manager, and is adjusted when it is determined that NAV is not representative of fair value. In making such an assessment, a variety of factors is reviewed, including, but not limited to, the timeliness of NAV as reported by the asset manager and changes in general economic and market conditions subsequent to the last NAV reported by the asset manager. Private equity is not liquid and has unfunded commitments of $4 million and $5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.	
 	 	
•	Insurance contracts and other — Primarily comprised of insurance contracts and cash. Insurance contracts are valued at book value, which approximates fair value, and is calculated using the prior year balance adjusted for investment returns and cash flows and are generally classified as Level 3. Insurance contracts are held by certain foreign pension plans. Cash and cash equivalents are held in accounts with brokers or custodians for liquidity and investment collateral and are classified as Level 1.	
The following table provides the fair value of plan assets held by our pension benefit plans by asset class.

 	2015	 	2014	
(in millions)	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	NAV Practical Expedient	Total	 	Level 1	Level 2	Level 3	NAV Practical Expedient	Total	
Equity securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Global stock funds/securities	$	79	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	4	
 	$	83	
 	 	$	112	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	11	
 	$	123	
 	
Index funds	6	
 	—	
 	—	
 	34	
 	40	
 	 	4	
 	—	
 	—	
 	38	
 	42	
 	
Emerging market funds	3	
 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	3	
 	 	3	
 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	3	
 	
Fixed income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporate bonds	34	
 	4	
 	—	
 	11	
 	49	
 	 	53	
 	4	
 	—	
 	22	
 	79	
 	
Government bonds	99	
 	18	
 	—	
 	10	
 	127	
 	 	87	
 	42	
 	—	
 	10	
 	139	
 	
Hedge funds	9	
 	—	
 	—	
 	181	
 	190	
 	 	11	
 	—	
 	—	
 	135	
 	146	
 	
Private equity	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	17	
 	17	
 	 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	19	
 	19	
 	
Insurance contracts and other	25	
 	—	
 	25	
 	—	
 	50	
 	 	16	
 	—	
 	17	
 	—	
 	33	
 	
Total plan assets subject to leveling	$	255	
 	$	22	
 	$	25	
 	$	257	
 	$	559	
 	 	$	286	
 	$	46	
 	$	17	
 	$	235	
 	$	584	

82

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of fair value measurement within our pension plans using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

(in millions)	 	Insurance Contracts and Other	
Balance, December 31, 2014 (a)	 	$	17	
 	
Purchases, sales, settlements	 	2	
 	
Net transfers	 	7	
 	
Currency impact	 	(1	)	
Balance, December 31, 2015	 	$	25	
 	
(a)    There were no material changes to Level 3 assets during 2014.
Contributions and Estimated Future Benefit Payments
Funding requirements under governmental regulations are a major consideration in making contributions to our postretirement plans. We made contributions of $25 million and $35 million to our pension and postretirement defined benefit plans during 2015 and 2014, respectively. We currently anticipate making contributions to our pension and postretirement defined benefit plans in the range of $26 million to $36 million during 2016, of which approximately $8 million is expected to be made in the first quarter.
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as follows:

(in millions)	Pension	 	Other Benefits	
2016	$	32	
 	 	$	4	
 	
2017	33	
 	 	4	
 	
2018	33	
 	 	4	
 	
2019	34	
 	 	4	
 	
2020	35	
 	 	4	
 	
Years 2021 - 2025	187	
 	 	22	
 	
Note 15. Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Our stock-based compensation program is a broad-based program designed to attract and retain employees while also aligning employees’ interests with the interests of our shareholders. In addition, members of our Board of Directors participate in our stock-based compensation program in connection with their service on our board. Share-based awards issued to employees include non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards and performance-based awards. Under the 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the number of shares initially available for awards was 18 million. As of December 31, 2015, there were approximately 9 million shares of common stock available for future grants.
Total share-based compensation costs recognized for 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $15 million, $18 million, and $27 million, respectively. The unamortized compensation expense at December 31, 2015 related to our stock options, restricted shares and performance-based shares was $5 million, $19 million and $3 million, respectively, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8, 1.9 and 1.9 years, respectively.
The amount of cash received from the exercise of stock options was $21 million for 2015 with a tax benefit of $8 million realized associated with stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock. We classify as a financing activity the cash flows attributable to excess tax benefits arising from stock option exercises and restricted stock vestings.

83

Stock Option Grants
Options are awarded with a contractual term of ten years and generally vest over or at the conclusion of a three-year period and are exercisable in seven to ten-year periods, except in certain instances of death, retirement or disability. The exercise price per share is the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date each option is granted. At December 31, 2015, there were options to purchase an aggregate of 2.6 million shares of common stock. The following is a summary of the changes in outstanding stock options for 2015:

(shares in thousands)	Shares	 	Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price / Share	 	Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)	
Outstanding at January 1, 2015	2,989	
 	 	$	28.60	
 	 	6.5	
Granted	708	
 	 	$	35.88	
 	 	9.2	
Exercised	(840	)	 	$	24.86	
 	 	4.5	
Forfeited and expired	(296	)	 	$	34.76	
 	 	8.6	
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	2,561	
 	 	$	31.16	
 	 	6.8	
Options exercisable at December 31, 2015	1,608	
 	 	$	28.49	
 	 	5.7	
Vested and non-vested expected to vest as of December 31, 2015	2,480	
 	 	$	31.00	
 	 	6.7	
The amount of non-vested options outstanding was 1.0 million, 1.0 million and 1.5 million at a weighted average grant date fair value of $35.65, $32.45 and $26.90 as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of the outstanding, exercisable, and vested and non-vested stock options expected to vest at December 31, 2015 was $15 million, $13 million and $15 million respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised (which is the amount by which the stock price exceeded the exercise price of the options on the date of exercise) during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $9 million, $10 million and $7 million, respectively.
The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the binomial lattice pricing model which incorporates multiple and variable assumptions over time, including assumptions such as employee exercise patterns, stock price volatility and changes in dividends. The following are weighted-average assumptions used for 2015, 2014, and 2013:

 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Dividend yield	1.57	%	 	1.34	%	 	1.69	%	
Volatility	27.77	%	 	28.49	%	 	31.10	%	
Risk-free interest rate	1.64	%	 	1.82	%	 	1.28	%	
Expected term (in years)	5.58	
 	 	5.60	
 	 	6.62	
 	
Weighted-average fair value per share	$	8.49	
 	 	$	9.71	
 	 	$	7.58	
 	
Expected volatility is calculated based on a weighted analysis of historic and implied volatility measures for a set of peer companies and Xylem. We use historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination behavior within the valuation model. Employee groups and option characteristics are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term represents an estimate of the period of time options are expected to remain outstanding. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of option grant.
Restricted Stock Grants
Restricted shares granted to employees generally become fully vested upon the third anniversary of the date of grant. Prior to the time a restricted share becomes fully vested, the awardees cannot transfer, pledge, hypothecate or encumber such shares. Prior to the time a restricted share is fully vested, the awardees do not have certain rights of a stockholder, such as the right to vote and receive dividends; however, dividends accrue during the vesting period and are paid upon vesting. If an employee leaves prior to vesting, whether through resignation or termination for cause, the restricted stock and related accrued dividends are forfeited. If an employee retires, a pro rata portion of the restricted stock may vest in accordance with the terms of the grant agreements. Restricted shares granted to Board members become fully vested upon the day prior to the next annual meeting. Our restricted stock activity was as follows for 2015:

84

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(shares in thousands)	Shares	 	Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value / Share	
Outstanding at January 1, 2015	1,171	
 	 	$	31.80	
 	
Granted	426	
 	 	$	35.87	
 	
Vested	(426	)	 	$	28.85	
 	
Forfeited	(158	)	 	$	32.75	
 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	1,013	
 	 	$	34.52	
 	
Performance-Based Share Grants
As part of the annual grants under the long-term incentive plan, performance-based shares were granted to all executive officers of the Company. The performance-based shares vest based upon performance by the Company over a three-year period against targets approved by the compensation committee of the Company's Board of Directors prior to the grant date. For the performance periods, the performance-based shares were granted at a target of 100% with actual payout contingent upon the achievement of a pre-set, three-year adjusted Return on Invested Capital and cumulative adjusted net income performance target. The calculated compensation cost is adjusted based on an estimate of awards ultimately expected to vest and our assessment of the probable outcome of the performance condition. The fair value of performance-based share awards at 100% target is determined using the closing price of our common stock on date of grant. Our performance-based share activity was as follows for 2015:

(shares in thousands)	Shares	 	Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value / Share	
Outstanding at January 1, 2015	124	
 	 	$	33.95	
 	
Granted	103	
 	 	$	35.91	
 	
Forfeited	(67	)	 	$	33.21	
 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	160	
 	 	$	35.48	
 	
Note 16. Capital Stock

The Company has the authority to issue an aggregate of 750 million shares of common stock having a par value of $0.01 per share. The stockholders of Xylem common stock are entitled to receive dividends as declared by the Xylem Board of Directors. Dividends declared were $0.5632, $0.5120 and $0.4656 during 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The changes in common stock outstanding for the three years ended December 31 are as follows:

(in thousands of shares)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Beginning Balance, January 1	182,300	
 	 	184,557	
 	 	185,658	
 	
Stock incentive plan net activity	1,280	
 	 	1,226	
 	 	1,203	
 	
Repurchase of common stock	(5,203	)	 	(3,483	)	 	(2,304	)	
Ending Balance, December 31	178,377	
 	 	182,300	
 	 	184,557	

On August 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $500 million in shares with no expiration date. The program's objective is to deploy our capital in a manner that benefits our shareholders and maintains our focus on growth. During 2015, we repurchased 2.3 million shares for $80 million under this program. There are up to $420 million in shares that may still be purchased under this plan as of December 31, 2015.

On August 20, 2013, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $250 million in shares with no expiration date. The program's objective was to deploy our capital in a manner that benefited our shareholders and maintain our focus on growth. During 2015 and 2014, we repurchased 2.0 million shares and 3.4 million shares for $70 million and $130 million, respectively, under this program. As of December 31, 2015, we have exhausted the authorized amount to repurchase shares under this plan.

85

On August 18, 2012, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2.0 million shares of common stock with no expiration date. The program's objective is to offset dilution associated with various Xylem employee stock plans by acquiring shares in the open market from time to time. During 2015 we repurchased 0.8 million shares for $25 million. There are up to 0.3 million shares (approximately $9 million in value) that may still be purchased under this plan as of December 31, 2015. There were no shares repurchased under this plan during 2014.
Aside from the aforementioned repurchase programs, we repurchased 0.1 million and 0.2 million shares for $4 million and $4 million during 2015 and 2014, respectively in relation to settlement of employee tax withholding obligations due as a result of the vesting of restricted stock. These repurchases are included in the stock incentive plan net activity in the above table.

86

Note 17. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table provides the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for 2015, 2014 and 2013:

(in millions)	Foreign Currency Translation	 	Postretirement Benefit Plans	 	Derivative Instruments	 	Total	
Balance at January 1, 2013	$	336	
 	 	$	(222	)	 	$	1	
 	 	$	115	
 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	15	
 	 	 	 	 	 	15	
 	
Changes in postretirement benefit plans	 	 	40	
 	 	 	 	40	
 	
Income tax expense on changes in postretirement benefit plans	 	 	(17	)	 	 	 	(17	)	
Amortization of prior service cost and net actuarial loss on postretirement benefit plans into:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of revenue	 	 	7	
 	 	 	 	7	
 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	7	
 	 	 	 	7	
 	
Research and development expenses	 	 	1	
 	 	 	 	1	
 	
Other non-operating (expense) income, net	 	 	3	
 	 	 	 	3	
 	
Income tax impact on amortization of postretirement benefit plan items	 	 	(5	)	 	 	 	(5	)	
Unrealized gain on derivative hedge agreements	 	 	 	 	1	
 	 	1	
 	
Reclassification of unrealized gain on derivative hedge agreements into revenue	 	 	 	 	(2	)	 	(2	)	
Reclassification of unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements into cost of revenue	 	 	 	 	2	
 	 	2	
 	
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	351	
 	 	$	(186	)	 	$	2	
 	 	$	167	
 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(206	)	 	 	 	 	 	(206	)	
Changes in postretirement benefit plans	 	 	(92	)	 	 	 	(92	)	
Income tax expense on changes in postretirement benefit plans	 	 	20	
 	 	 	 	20	
 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment for postretirement benefit plans	 	 	20	
 	 	 	 	20	
 	
Amortization of prior service cost and net actuarial loss on postretirement benefit plans into:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of revenue	 	 	4	
 	 	 	 	4	
 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	5	
 	 	 	 	5	
 	
Other non-operating (expense) income, net	 	 	1	
 	 	 	 	1	
 	
Income tax impact on amortization of postretirement benefit plan items	 	 	(3	)	 	 	 	(3	)	
Unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements	 	 	 	 	(22	)	 	(22	)	
Income tax benefit on unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements	 	 	 	 	1	
 	 	1	
 	
Reclassification of unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements into revenue	 	 	 	 	5	
 	 	5	
 	
Reclassification of unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements into cost of revenue	 	 	 	 	1	
 	 	1	
 	
Balance at December 31, 2014	$	145	
 	 	$	(231	)	 	$	(13	)	 	$	(99	)	

87

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(in millions)	Foreign Currency Translation	 	Postretirement Benefit Plans	 	Derivative Instruments	 	Total	
Balance at January 1, 2015	$	145	
 	 	$	(231	)	 	$	(13	)	
 	$	(99	)	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(180	)	 	 	 	 	 	(180	)	
Foreign currency gain reclassified into gain on sale of businesses	(8	)	 	 	 	 	 	(8	)	
Changes in postretirement benefit plans	 	 	24	
 	 	 	 	24	
 	
Income tax expense on changes in postretirement benefit plans	 	 	(10	)	 	 	 	(10	)	
Foreign currency translation adjustment for postretirement benefit plans	 	 	21	
 	 	 	 	21	
 	
Amortization of prior service cost and net actuarial loss on postretirement benefit plans into:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of revenue	 	 	4	
 	 	 	 	4	
 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	9	
 	 	 	 	9	
 	
Research and development expenses	 	 	1	
 	 	 	 	1	
 	
Other non-operating income (expense), net	 	 	1	
 	 	 	 	1	
 	
Income tax impact on amortization of postretirement benefit plan items	 	 	(4	)	 	 	 	(4	)	
Unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements	 	 	 	 	(22	)	 	(22	)	
Income tax benefit on unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements	 	 	 	 	6	
 	 	6	
 	
Reclassification of unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements into revenue	 	 	 	 	19	
 	 	19	
 	
Reclassification of unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements into cost of revenue	 	 	 	 	1	
 	 	1	
 	
Income tax benefit on reclassification of unrealized loss on derivative hedge agreements	 	 	 	 	(1	)	 	(1	)	
Balance at December 31, 2015	$	(43	)	 	$	(185	)	 	$	(10	)	 	$	(238	)	

Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings that are incidental to the operation of our businesses, including acquisitions and divestitures, intellectual property matters, product liability and personal injury claims, employment and pension matters, government and commercial contract disputes.
On December 17, 2014, the Korea Fair Trade Commission (“KFTC”) issued a written decision regarding an investigation into bid-rigging allegations against Xylem Water Solutions South Korea Co., Ltd. (“Xylem South Korea”), a subsidiary of Xylem Inc. The KFTC found that certain employees of Xylem South Korea had participated in activities that violated Korea’s antitrust laws.  Xylem South Korea was assessed a fine of approximately $1.6 million, and following criminal prosecution a minimal criminal penalty was imposed. In January 2015, Xylem South Korea paid the fine and filed an appeal of the KFTC’s decision with the Seoul High Court.  
In connection with the KFTC matter, the Company commenced an internal investigation relating to the allegations against Xylem South Korea. In late 2014, the Company broadened this internal investigation to assess related allegations made by certain employees of Xylem South Korea during the investigation into the KFTC matter. The broadened investigation includes a review of compliance by Xylem South Korea and its employees with the requirements of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The Company engaged independent outside counsel to assist with its investigation and an independent professional services firm to provide forensic accounting assistance.  In late January 2015, the Company voluntarily contacted the SEC and the Department of Justice ("DOJ") to advise both agencies of this internal investigation. The SEC has informed the Company that it will not bring an enforcement action against the Company in connection with the events at Xylem South Korea and the DOJ has informed the Company that it has declined to prosecute the Company in connection with the events at Xylem South

88

Korea.  Xylem South Korea’s revenue is less than one percent of the Company’s total revenue. Although the Company currently cannot reasonably estimate the potential liability, if any, related to the investigation, we currently believe that these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
On October 1, 2014, there was a court approved settlement agreement with respect to a purchase price dispute with the minority shareholders arising from one of our historical acquisitions.  All outstanding claims have been settled and court proceedings have been terminated.  The outstanding balance of the settlement is reflected in the 2015 Consolidated Balance Sheet.
On or about February 17, 2009, following a statement submitted to the Spanish Competition Authority (Comision Nacional de la Competencia, "CNC") by Grupo Industrial Ercole Marelli, S.A. regarding an anti-competitive agreement in which it said it had been participating, the CNC conducted an investigation at ITT Water & Wastewater España S.A. (now named Xylem Water Solutions España S.A.), at the Spanish Association of Fluid Pump Manufacturers (the "Association"), and at the offices of other members of the Association. On September 16, 2009, the Directorate of Investigation of the CNC commenced formal proceedings for alleged restrictive practices, such as several exchanges of information and a recommendation on general terms and conditions of sale, allegedly prohibited under applicable law. Following the conclusion of the formal proceedings, the CNC Council imposed fines on the Association and nineteen Spanish manufacturers and distributors of fluid pumps, including a fine of Euro 2,373,675 applied to ITT Water & Wastewater España S.A. and ITT Corporation. In March 2012, the Company appealed the CNC's decision to the Audiencia Nacional (the "High Court") and in March 2013, the High Court upheld the determination of the CNC and the fine previously assessed. In June 2013, the Company appealed the decision to the Tribunal Supremo, the Supreme Court of Spain, and in November 2015 the Tribunal Supremo upheld the determination and the fine previously assessed.  The outstanding balance of the fine is reflected in the 2015 Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company petitioned the Spanish Constitutional Court and the Council of the CNC in December 2015 and January 2016, respectively, for review of certain aspects relevant to the fine determination, and is awaiting decisions.
From time to time claims may be asserted against Xylem alleging injury caused by any our products resulting from asbestos exposure. We believe there are numerous legal defenses available for such claims and would defend ourselves vigorously. Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement among ITT, Exelis and Xylem, ITT has an obligation to indemnify, defend and hold Xylem harmless for asbestos product liability matters, including settlements, judgments, and legal defense costs associated with all pending and future claims that may arise from past sales of ITT’s legacy products. We believe ITT remains a substantial entity with sufficient financial resources to honor its obligations to us.
Although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on present information, including our assessment of the merits of the particular claims, we do not expect that any asserted or unasserted legal claims or proceedings, individually or in aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, or financial condition. We have estimated and accrued $6 million and $9 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively for these general legal matters.
Indemnifications
As part of our 2011 spin-off from our former parent, ITT, Exelis Inc. and Xylem will indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the other parties with respect to such parties’ assumed or retained liabilities under the Distribution Agreement and breaches of the Distribution Agreement or related spin agreements. The former parent’s indemnification obligations include asserted and unasserted asbestos and silica liability claims that relate to the presence or alleged presence of asbestos or silica in products manufactured, repaired or sold prior to October 31, 2011, the Distribution Date, subject to limited exceptions with respect to certain employee claims, or in the structure or material of any building or facility, subject to exceptions with respect to employee claims relating to Xylem buildings or facilities. The indemnification associated with pending and future asbestos claims does not expire. Xylem has not recorded a liability for material matters for which we expect to be indemnified by the former parent or Exelis Inc. through the Distribution Agreement and we are not aware of any claims or other circumstances that would give rise to material payments from us under such indemnifications. On May 29, 2015, Harris Inc. acquired Exelis.  As the parent of Exelis, Harris Inc. is responsible for Exelis’s indemnification obligations under the Distribution Agreement.
Guarantees
We obtain certain stand-by letters of credit, bank guarantees and surety bonds from third-party financial institutions

89

in the ordinary course of business when required under contracts or to satisfy insurance related requirements. As of December 31, 2015, the amount of stand-by letters of credit, bank guarantees and surety bonds was $161 million.
 Environmental
In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to federal, state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations. We are responsible, or are alleged to be responsible, for ongoing environmental investigation and remediation of sites in various countries. These sites are in various stages of investigation and/or remediation and in many of these proceedings our liability is considered de minimis. We have received notification from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and from similar state and foreign environmental agencies, that a number of sites formerly or currently owned and/or operated by Xylem or for which we are responsible under the Distribution Agreement, and other properties or water supplies that may be or have been impacted from those operations, contain disposed or recycled materials or wastes and require environmental investigation and/or remediation. These sites include instances where we have been identified as a potentially responsible party under federal and state environmental laws and regulations.
Accruals for environmental matters are recorded on a site-by-site basis when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. Our accrued liabilities for these environmental matters represent the best estimates related to the investigation and remediation of environmental media such as water, soil, soil vapor, air and structures, as well as related legal fees. These estimates, and related accruals, are reviewed quarterly and updated for progress of investigation and remediation efforts and changes in facts and legal circumstances. Liabilities for these environmental expenditures are recorded on an undiscounted basis. We have estimated and accrued $4 million and $5 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, for environmental matters.
It is difficult to estimate the final costs of investigation and remediation due to various factors, including incomplete information regarding particular sites and other potentially responsible parties, uncertainty regarding the extent of investigation or remediation and our share, if any, of liability for such conditions, the selection of alternative remedial approaches, and changes in environmental standards and regulatory requirements. We believe the total amount accrued is reasonable based on existing facts and circumstances.
Operating Leases
We lease certain offices, manufacturing buildings, machinery, computers and other equipment. Such leases expire at various dates through 2047 and may include renewal and payment escalation clauses. We often pay maintenance, insurance and tax expense related to leased assets. Total rent expense for the three years ended December 31, 2015 was as follows:

(in millions)	Total	
2015	$	59	
 	
2014	73	
 	
2013	77	
 	
At December 31, 2015, we are obligated to make minimum rental payments under operating leases which are as follows:

(in millions)	2016	 	2017	 	2018	 	2019	 	2020	 	Thereafter	
Minimum rental payments	$	55	
 	 	$	43	
 	 	$	33	
 	 	$	23	
 	 	$	17	
 	 	$	19	
 	
Warranties
We warrant numerous products, the terms of which vary widely. In general, we warrant products against defect and specific non-performance. Warranty expense was $32 million, $27 million, and $34 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The table below provides changes in the product warranty accrual over each period.

90

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	
Warranty accrual – January 1	$	31	
 	 	$	37	
 	
Net charges for product warranties in the period	32	
 	 	27	
 	
Settlement of warranty claims	(29	)	 	(31	)	
Foreign currency and other	(1	)	 	(2	)	
Warranty accrual – December 31	$	33	
 	 	$	31	

Note 19. Related Party Transactions
Sales to and purchases from unconsolidated joint ventures for 2015, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

(in millions)	 	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Sales to unconsolidated affiliates	 	$	11	
 	 	$	16	
 	 	$	15	
 	
Purchases from unconsolidated affiliates	 	19	
 	 	18	
 	 	20	

91

Note 20. Segment and Geographic Data
Our business has two reportable segments: Water Infrastructure and Applied Water. The Water Infrastructure segment, focuses on the transportation, treatment and testing of water, offering a range of products including water and wastewater pumps, treatment and testing equipment, and controls and systems. The Applied Water segment, encompasses the uses of water and focuses on the residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural markets offering a wide range of products, including pumps, valves and heat exchangers. Our Regional selling locations consist primarily of selling and marketing organizations and related support that offer products and services across both of our reportable segments. Corporate and other consists of corporate office expenses including compensation, benefits, occupancy, depreciation, and other administrative costs, as well as charges related to certain matters, such as environmental matters that are managed at a corporate level and are not included in the business segments in evaluating performance or allocating resources.
 The accounting policies of each segment are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (see Note 1). The following tables contain financial information for each reportable segment:

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Revenue:	 	 	 	 	 	
Water Infrastructure	$	2,231	
 	 	$	2,442	
 	 	$	2,384	
 	
Applied Water	1,422	
 	 	1,474	
 	 	1,453	
 	
Total	$	3,653	
 	 	$	3,916	
 	 	$	3,837	
 	
Operating income:	 	 	 	 	 	
Water Infrastructure	$	303	
 	 	$	321	
 	 	$	263	
 	
Applied Water	190	
 	 	193	
 	 	175	
 	
Corporate and other	(44	)	 	(51	)	 	(75	)	
Total operating income	449	
 	 	463	
 	 	363	
 	
Interest expense	55	
 	 	54	
 	 	55	
 	
Other non-operating income (expense)	—	
 	 	1	
 	 	(10	)	
Gain from sale of businesses	9	
 	 	11	
 	 	—	
 	
Income before taxes	$	403	
 	 	$	421	
 	 	$	298	
 	
Depreciation and amortization:	 	 	 	 	 	
Water Infrastructure	$	88	
 	 	$	100	
 	 	$	104	
 	
Applied Water	26	
 	 	25	
 	 	26	
 	
Regional selling locations (a)	12	
 	 	12	
 	 	13	
 	
Corporate and other	7	
 	 	5	
 	 	7	
 	
Total	$	133	
 	 	$	142	
 	 	$	150	
 	
Capital expenditures:	 	 	 	 	 	
Water Infrastructure	$	67	
 	 	$	73	
 	 	$	67	
 	
Applied Water	22	
 	 	28	
 	 	31	
 	
Regional selling locations (b)	23	
 	 	10	
 	 	12	
 	
Corporate and other	5	
 	 	8	
 	 	16	
 	
Total	$	117	
 	 	$	119	
 	 	$	126	

(a)	Depreciation and amortization expense incurred by the Regional selling locations was included in an overall allocation of Regional selling location costs to the segments; however, a certain portion of that expense was not specifically identified to a segment. That is the expense captured in this Regional selling location line.	
 	 	
(b)	Represents capital expenditures incurred by the Regional selling locations not allocated to the segments.	

92

The following table illustrates revenue by product category, net of intercompany revenue.

 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Pumps, accessories, parts and service	$	2,917	
 	 	$	3,094	
 	 	$	3,076	
 	
Other (a)	736	
 	 	822	
 	 	761	
 	
Total	$	3,653	
 	 	$	3,916	
 	
 	$	3,837	

(a)	Other includes treatment equipment, analytical instrumentation, heat exchangers, valves and controls.	
The following table contains the total assets for each reportable segment as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 	Total Assets	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013 (c)	
Water Infrastructure	$	2,024	
 	 	$	2,128	
 	 	$	2,224	
 	
Applied Water	1,054	
 	 	1,114	
 	 	1,122	
 	
Regional selling locations (a)	905	
 	 	961	
 	 	983	
 	
Corporate and other (b)	674	
 	 	630	
 	 	528	
 	
Total	$	4,657	
 	 	$	4,833	
 	 	$	4,857	

(a)	The Regional selling locations have assets that consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable and inventory which are not allocated to the segments.	
 	 	
(b)	Corporate and other consists of items pertaining to our corporate headquarters function, which principally consist of cash, deferred tax assets, pension assets and certain, plant and equipment.	
 	 	
(c)	In 2013, debt issuance costs of $6 million were reclassified to long-term debt from other non-current assets and deferred tax assets of $33 million were reclassified to deferred tax liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. See Note 2, “Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements,” of the consolidated financial statements.	
Geographical Information
Revenue is attributed to countries based upon the location of the customer. Property, Plant & Equipment is attributed to countries based upon the location of the assets.

 	Revenue	
 	Year Ended December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
United States	$	1,490	
 	 	$	1,477	
 	 	$	1,434	
 	
Europe	1,179	
 	 	1,379	
 	 	1,387	
 	
Asia Pacific	482	
 	 	478	
 	 	467	
 	
Other	502	
 	 	582	
 	 	549	
 	
Total	$	3,653	
 	 	$	3,916	
 	 	$	3,837	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Property, Plant & Equipment	
 	December 31,	
(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
United States	$	168	
 	 	$	180	
 	 	$	186	
 	
Europe	189	
 	 	206	
 	 	225	
 	
Asia Pacific	56	
 	 	53	
 	 	45	
 	
Other	26	
 	 	22	
 	 	32	
 	
Total	$	439	
 	 	$	461	
 	 	$	488	

93

Note 21. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
The table below provides changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts over each period.

(in millions)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	
Balance at beginning of year	$	24	
 	 	$	22	
 	 	$	25	
 	
Additions charged to expense	4	
 	 	9	
 	 	8	
 	
Deductions/other	(6	)	 	(7	)	 	(11	)	
Balance at end of year	$	22	
 	 	$	24	
 	 	$	22	
 	
Note 22. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Our quarterly financial periods end on the Saturday closest to the last day of the calendar quarter, except
for the fourth quarter which ends on December 31.

 	 	2015 Quarter Ended	
(in millions, except per share amounts)	 	Dec. 31	 	Sept. 30  	 	June 30  	 	Mar. 31  	
Revenue	 	$	994	
 	 	$	902	
 	 	$	920	
 	 	$	837	
 	
Gross profit	 	390	
 	 	351	
 	 	348	
 	 	315	
 	
Operating income	 	142	
 	 	120	
 	 	104	
 	 	83	
 	
Net income	 	$	114	
 	 	$	88	
 	 	$	74	
 	 	$	64	
 	
Earnings per share:	
Basic	 	$	0.64	
 	 	$	0.48	
 	 	$	0.41	
 	 	$	0.35	
 	
Diluted	 	$	0.63	
 	 	$	0.48	
 	 	$	0.41	
 	 	$	0.35	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2014 Quarter Ended	
(in millions, except per share amounts)	 	Dec. 31  	 	Sept. 30  	 	June 30  	 	Mar. 31  	
Revenue	 	$	1,042	
 	 	$	963	
 	 	$	1,005	
 	 	$	906	
 	
Gross profit	 	407	
 	 	376	
 	 	388	
 	 	342	
 	
Operating income	 	141	
 	 	130	
 	 	116	
 	 	76	
 	
Net income	 	$	96	
 	 	$	106	
 	 	$	86	
 	 	$	49	
 	
Earnings per share:	
Basic	 	$	0.53	
 	 	$	0.58	
 	 	$	0.47	
 	 	$	0.27	
 	
Diluted	 	$	0.52	
 	 	$	0.58	
 	 	$	0.47	
 	 	$	0.27	

Note 23. Subsequent Events

On February 1, 2016, we acquired Tideland Signal Corporation (“Tideland”), a leading producer of analytics solutions in the coastal and ocean management sectors, for approximately $69 million.  Tideland, a privately-owned company headquartered in Texas, has approximately 160 employees and annual revenue of approximately $48 million.

94

ITEM 9.        CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and Interim Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") of the Company, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the year ended December 31, 2015 pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“the Exchange Act”).  Based upon that evaluation, our CEO and our CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the year ended December 31, 2015 were effective, in all material respects, and designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As required by the SEC's rules and regulations for the implementation of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

The Company's management, including the CEO and CFO, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 based on the framework established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (2013). This assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls. Based on our assessment, the Company's management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015.

The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears following Item 9B of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.     OTHER INFORMATION

None

95

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Xylem Inc.
Rye Brook, New York

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Xylem Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying  Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 of the Company and our report dated February 26, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 26, 2016 

96

PART III

ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2016 Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors,” "Identifying and Evaluating Director Nominees," "Board Committees - Audit Committee" and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”
The information called for by Item 10 with respect to executive officers is set forth in Part I of this Report under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and is incorporated by reference in this section.
We have adopted corporate governance principles and charters for each of our board committees. The principles address director qualification standards, responsibilities, access to management and independent advisors, compensation, orientation and continuing education, succession planning and board and committee self-evaluation. The corporate governance principles and board committee charters are available on the Company’s website at www.investors.xyleminc.com . A copy of the corporate governance principles and board committee charters are also available to any shareholder who requests a copy from the Company’s Corporate Secretary at our Principal Executive Offices.
We have also adopted a written code of conduct which is applicable to all our directors, officers and employees, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer and other executive officers identified pursuant to this Item 10. In accordance with the SEC’s rules and regulations, a copy of the Code of Conduct has been posted to our website and it is also available to any shareholder who requests a copy from our Corporate Secretary. We intend to disclose any changes in our Code of Conduct and waivers of the Code of Conduct on our website at  www.xyleminc.com  within four business days following the date of the amendment or waiver.
ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our 2016 Proxy Statement set forth under captions “Executive Compensation," "Director Compensation", "Board Committees - Leadership Development and Compensation Committee" and “Leadership Development and Compensation Committee Report.”
ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our 2016 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Stock Ownership of Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Beneficial Owners” and "Equity Compensation Plan Information."
ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our 2016 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions "Governance - Director Independence" and “Governance - Related Party Transactions.” 
ITEM 14.     PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in our 2016 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Fees of Audit and Other Services Fees” and "Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services."

97

PART IV
 
ITEM 15.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)	(1)	The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant under Item 8 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference as the list of Financial Statements required as part of this Report.	
 	(2)	Financial Statement Schedules — All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.	
 	(3)	Exhibits — The exhibit list in the Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference as the list of exhibits required as part of this Report.	

98

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

 	XYLEM INC.	
 	(Registrant)	
 	 	
 	/s/ John P. Connolly	
 	John P. Connolly	
 	Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer	
 	(Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)	
February 26, 2016 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Patrick K. Decker	
 	 	Patrick K. Decker	
 	 	President and Chief Executive Officer	
 	 	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Shashank Patel	
 	 	Shashank Patel	
 	 	Interim Chief Financial Officer	
 	 	(Principal Financial Officer)	
 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Markos I. Tambakeras	
 	 	Markos I. Tambakeras, Chairman	
 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Curtis J. Crawford	
 	 	Curtis J. Crawford, Director	
 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Robert F. Friel	
 	 	Robert F. Friel, Director	
 	 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Victoria D. Harker	
 	 	Victoria D. Harker, Director	
 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Sten E. Jakobsson	
 	 	Sten E. Jakobsson, Director	
 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Steven R. Loranger	
 	 	Steven R. Loranger, Director	
 	 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Edward J. Ludwig	
 	 	Edward J. Ludwig, Director	
 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Surya N. Mohapatra	
 	 	Surya N. Mohapatra, Director	
 	 	 	
February 26, 2016	 	/s/ Jerome A. Peribere	
 	 	Jerome A. Peribere, Director	

99

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number	Description	Location	
 	 	 	
(2.1)	Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011, among ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of ITT Corporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on October 28, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File No. 1-5672).	
 	 	 	
(3.1)	Third Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Xylem Inc.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on July 29, 2014 (CIK No. 131190969, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(3.2)	Amended and Restated By-laws of Xylem Inc.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2016 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(4.1)	Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2011, between Xylem Inc., ITT Corporation, as initial guarantor, and Union Bank, N.A., as trustee	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ITT Corporation’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on September 21, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File No. 1-5672).	
 	 	 	
(4.2)	Form of Xylem Inc. 3.550% Senior Notes due 2016	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Xylem Inc.'s Form S-4 Registration Statement filed on May 24, 2012 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 333-181643).	
 	 	 	
(4.3)	Form of Xylem Inc. 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of Xylem Inc.'s Form S-4 Registration Statement filed on May 24, 2012 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 333-181643).	
 	 	 	
(10.1)	Form of Xylem  2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (2015)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-K Annual Report filed on February 26, 2015 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.2)	Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011, among ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of ITT Corporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on October 28, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File No. 1-5672).	
 	 	 	
(10.3)	Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011, among ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of ITT Corporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on October 28, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File No. 1-5672).	
 	 	 	
(10.4)	Master Transition Services Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011, among ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of ITT Corporation’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on October 28, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File No. 1-5672).	
 	 	 	
(10.5)	Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2015, among Xylem Inc., the Lenders Named Therein, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Xylem Inc.'s Form 8-K filed on March 31, 2015 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.6)	Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Amended as of February 24, 2016)	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(10.7)	Form of Xylem Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (Amended as of February 24, 2016)	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(10.8)	Form of Xylem Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Amended as of February 24, 2016)	Filed herewith.	

100

 	
 	 	 	
Exhibit
Number	Description	Location	
(10.9)	Form of Xylem Performance Share Unit Agreement (Amended as of February 24, 2016)	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(10.10)	Xylem Retirement Savings Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on July 30, 2013 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.11)	Xylem Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on November 21, 2011 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.12)	Xylem Deferred Compensation Plan	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Xylem Inc.’s Registration Statement on
Form S-8 filed on October 28, 2011 (CIK
No. 1524472, File No. 333-177607).	
 	 	 	
(10.13)	Xylem Deferred Compensation Plan for
Non-Employee Directors	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on November 21, 2011 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.14)	Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement
	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on July 30, 2015 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.15)	Xylem Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (Amended as of February 24, 2016)	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(10.16)	Xylem Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (Amended as of February 24, 2016)	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(10.17)	Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan 2011 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement — Founders Grant	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on November 21, 2011 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.18)	Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement — General Grant	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on November 21, 2011 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.19)	Xylem Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers (Amended as of February 24, 2016)	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(10.20)	Form of Director’s Indemnification Agreement	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(10.21)	Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (2013)	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Xylem Inc.'s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on April 30, 2013 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.22)	Letter Agreement between Xylem Inc. and Patrick K. Decker	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Xylem Inc.'s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on April 29, 2014 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.23)	Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement between Xylem Inc. and Patrick K. Decker	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Xylem Inc.'s Form 8-K Current Report filed on March 20, 2014 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	

101

 	
 	 	 	
Exhibit
Number	Description	Location	
(10.24)	Research and Development Facility Agreement - Xylem Water Technologies Risk-Sharing Financing Facility First Amended and Restated Finance Contract, dated December 4, 2013, among the European Investment Bank, Xylem Holdings S.a.r.l. and Xylem International S.a.r.l., as borrowers, and Xylem Inc., as guarantor.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-K Annual Report filed on February 27, 2014 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.25)	Agreement dated May 4, 2015, Amending the Research and Development Facility Agreement - Xylem Water Technologies Risk-Sharing Financing Facility First Amended and Restated Finance Contract, dated June 28, 2014, among the European Investment Bank, Xylem Holdings S.á r.l. and Xylem International S.á r.l., as borrowers, and Xylem Inc., as guarantor.	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Xylem Inc.’s Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on July 30, 2015 (CIK No. 1524472, File No. 1-35229).	
 	 	 	
(10.26)	Agreement dated December 3, 2015, Amending the Research and Development Facility Agreement - Xylem Water Technologies Risk-Sharing Financing Facility First Amended and Restated Finance Contract, dated June 28, 2014, among the European Investment Bank, Xylem Holdings S.á r.l. and Xylem International S.á r.l., as borrowers, and Xylem Inc., as guarantor.	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(11.0)	Statement re computation of per share earnings	Information required to be presented in Exhibit 11 is provided under "Earnings Per Share" in Note 7 of the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 260,  Earnings Per Share .	
 	 	 	
(12.0)	Statements re computation of ratios	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(21.0)	Subsidiaries of the Registrant	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(23.1)	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(31.1)	Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(31.2)	Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	Filed herewith.	
 	 	 	
(32.1)	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	This Exhibit is intended to be furnished in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b) (32) (ii) and shall not be deemed to be filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference.	

102

 	
 	 	 	
Exhibit
Number	Description	Location	
(32.2)	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	This Exhibit is intended to be furnished in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b) (32) (ii) and shall not be deemed to be filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference.	
 	 	 	
(101)	The following materials from Xylem Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Income Statements, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	Submitted electronically with this report.	

103

Amended and Restated on February 24, 2016

EXHIBIT 10.6
XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1.ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND DURATION
1.1 Establishment. Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), establishes an incentive compensation plan to be known as the Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), as set forth in this document. The Plan permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs), Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Other Awards. The Plan first became effective October 31, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) following the spin-off of Xylem Inc. from ITT Corporation (the “ Predecessor Corporation ”) on October 31, 2011. The Predecessor Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to the spin-off (the “ Predecessor Plan ”) and Participants shall receive full credit for their service and participation with the Predecessor Corporation as provided in Section 5.3 hereof.
1.2 Purpose of the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term interests of the Company and its shareholders by strengthening the Company’s ability to attract and retain employees of the Company and its Affiliates and members of the Board of Directors upon whose judgment, initiative, and efforts the financial success and growth of the business of the Company largely depend, and to provide an additional incentive for such individuals through share ownership and other rights that promote and recognize the financial success and growth of the Company and create value for shareholders.
1.3 Duration of the Plan. The Plan shall commence as of the Effective Date, as described in Section 1.1 hereof, and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of the Board, (the “ Committee ”) to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article 14 hereof, until all Shares subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired according to the Plan’s provisions.

ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below, and when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word shall be capitalized.
2.1 “Affiliate” means any Subsidiary and any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.
2.2 “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Plan of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Converted Awards and Other Awards.
2.3 “Award Agreement” means either (i) an agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to Awards granted under this Plan, or (ii) a statement issued by the Company to a Participant describing the terms and conditions of such Award.
2.4 “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.
2.5 “Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement” means the Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement by and among the Company, the Predecessor Corporation and Exelis Inc. (now Harris Inc.).
2.6 “Board” or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.7 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 	 	
(a)	a person or group (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Act) of 30% or more of the outstanding common stock of Xylem Inc. (the “Stock”);	
 	 	
(b)	any person or group (other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary) purchases shares to acquire Stock (or securities convertible into	

1

Stock) through a tender offer or exchange offer where after consummation of the offer, the person in question will be the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of Stock;
 	 	
(c)	the consummation of (A) any consolidation, business combination or merger involving the Company, except where holders of Stock immediately prior to the consolidation, business combination or merger (x) continue to hold 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation) after the merger and (y) have the same proportionate ownership of Stock of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation), relative to other holders of Stock immediately after the transaction as immediately before, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company;	
 	 	
(d)	there is a change in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company within a 12-month period unless the election or nomination by the Company’s stockholders of each new director during such 12-month period was approved by the vote of 2/3rds of the directors then still in office who (x) were directors at the beginning of the 12-month period or (y) whose nomination or election as directors was recommended or approved by a majority of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the 12-month period; or	
 	 	
(e)	approval by the Company’s shareholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, other than a plan of liquidation or dissolution which results in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets by an Affiliate of the Company.	
2.8 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
2.9 “Committee” means the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of the Board.
2.10 “Company” means Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation, and any successor thereto as provided in Article 16 herein; provided, however, that for purposes of grants made under the Predecessor Plan, Company shall mean the Predecessor Corporation as the original grantor.
2.11 “Converted Award” means Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Other Awards denominated in Shares that were originally granted to a Participant under any of the Predecessor Corporation Equity Plans, as adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement.
2.12 “Covered Employee” means a Participant who is a “Covered Employee,” as defined in Code Section 162(m) and the regulations promulgated under Code Section 162(m), or any successor statute.
2.13 “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors.
2.14 “Employee” means any employee of the Company or its Affiliates.
2.15 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.
2.16 “Fair Market Value” means a price that is based on the opening, closing, actual, high, low, or average selling prices of a Share on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”) or other established stock exchange (or exchanges) on the applicable date, the preceding trading day, the next succeeding trading day, or an average of trading days, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Such definition of Fair Market Value may differ depending on whether Fair Market Value is in reference to the grant, exercise, vesting, or settlement or payout of an Award. If, however, the accounting standards used to account for equity awards granted to Participants are substantially modified subsequent to the Effective Date of the Plan, the Committee shall have the ability to determine an Award’s Fair Market Value based on the relevant facts and circumstances. If Shares are not traded on an established stock exchange, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee based on objective criteria.
2.17 “Freestanding SAR” means a SAR that is granted independently of any Options, as described in Article 7 herein.
2.18 “Full Value Award” means an Award other than an Option granted with an Option Price equal to at least Fair Market Value on the date of grant or a SAR with a Grant Price equal to at least Fair Market Value on the date of grant.
2.19 “Grant Price” means the amount to which the Fair Market Value of a Share is compared pursuant to Section 7.6 to determine the amount of payment that should be made upon exercise of a SAR.

2

2.20 “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means an Option that meets the requirements of Code Section 422, or any successor provision, and that is not designated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.
2.21 “Insider” means an individual who is, on the relevant date, an executive officer, Director, or more than ten percent (10%) Beneficial Owner of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as determined by the Board or the Committee in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
2.22 “Nonqualified Stock Option” or “NQSO” means an Option that is not intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422, or that otherwise does not meet such requirements.
2.23 “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option to purchase Shares, as described in Article 6 herein.
2.24 “Option Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.
2.25 “Other Award” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 9 herein.
2.26 “Participant” means an Employee or Director who has been selected to receive an Award or who has an outstanding Award granted under the Plan.
2.27 “Performance-Based Compensation” means an Award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m).
2.28 “Performance Measures” means measures as described in Article 10, the attainment of which may determine the amount of payout and/or vesting with respect to Awards.
2.29 “Performance Period” means the period of time during which the performance goals must be met in order to determine the amount of payout and/or vesting with respect to an Award.
2.30 “Period of Restriction” means the period when Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (based on the passage of time, the achievement of performance goals, or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, at its discretion) and transfer restrictions, as provided in Article 8 herein.
2.31 “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof.
2.32 “Plan Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.
2.33 “Plan” means the Xylem Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, however, that for purposes of grants made under the Predecessor Plan, Plan shall mean the Predecessor Plan as it existed on the date of such grant.
2.34 “Predecessor Corporation Equity Plan” means any of the plans maintained by the Predecessor Corporation under which equity or equity-based awards were granted, including the ITT 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, ITT Corporation 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan, 1994 ITT Incentive Stock Plan, ITT 1996 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors, and 2002 ITT Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors.
2.35 “Restricted Stock” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.
2.36 “Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.
2.37 “Share” means a share of common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value per share.
2.38 “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 7 herein.
2.39 “Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, or other entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain owns at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power in one of the other entities in such chain.
2.40 “Substitute Awards” means Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.
2.41 “Tandem SAR” means a SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option pursuant to Article 7.

3

ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION
3.1 General. The Committee shall be responsible for administering the Plan. The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, and other persons, and the Committee, the Company, and its officers and Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions, or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Participants, the Company, and all other interested persons.
3.2 Authority of the Committee. The Committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary power to interpret the terms and the intent of the Plan and to determine eligibility for Awards and to adopt such rules, regulations, and guidelines for administering the Plan as the Committee may deem necessary or proper. Such authority shall include, but not be limited to, selecting Award recipients, establishing all Award terms and conditions and making exceptions to any such terms and conditions if the Committee, in good faith, determines that it is appropriate to do so, defining any terms not otherwise defined herein, establishing and verifying the extent of satisfaction of any Performance Measures or other conditions applicable to the grant, issuance, retention, vesting, exercisability or settlement of any Award, prescribing and amending the terms of or form of any document or notice required to be delivered to the Company by Participants under this Plan, determining the extent to which adjustments are required pursuant to Section 4.2, approving corrections in the documentation or administration of any Award, and, subject to Article 14, adopting modifications and amendments to the Plan or any Award Agreement, including without limitation, any that are necessary to comply with the laws of the countries in which the Company and its Affiliates operate and making all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. The Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, without amendment to the Plan but subject to the limitations otherwise set forth in Article 14, waive or amend the operation of Plan provisions respecting exercise after termination of employment or service to the Company or an Affiliate. The Committee or any member thereof may, in its sole and absolute discretion and, except as otherwise provided in Article 14, waive, settle or adjust any of the terms of any Award so as to avoid unanticipated consequences or address unanticipated events (including any temporary closure of an applicable stock exchange, disruption of communications or natural catastrophe). Any power of the Committee may also be exercised by the Board, except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would (i) cause any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (ii) cause an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code not to qualify for such treatment, or (iii) violate any requirement or rules of the stock exchange or market or quotation system on which the Shares are traded, listed or quoted.
3.3 Delegation. To the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more agents or advisors such administrative duties as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan. The Committee may, by resolution, authorize one or more officers of the Company to do one or both of the following: (a) designate employees to be recipients of Awards; and (b) determine the size of the Award; provided, however, the Committee shall not delegate such responsibilities to any such officer for Awards granted to an Employee that is considered an executive officer of the Company, or to the extent it would unintentionally cause Performance-Based Compensation to lose its status as such.

4

ARTICLE 4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN AND MAXIMUM AWARDS
4.1 Number of Shares Available for Awards. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2 herein, the number of Shares hereby reserved for issuance to Participants under the Plan shall be eighteen million (18,000,000). For purposes of the prior sentence, Shares subject to outstanding awards under the Predecessor Plan shall not be considered available for issuance under the Predecessor Plan. Any Shares related to Awards under the Plan or awards under the Predecessor Plan that terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance of such Shares, are settled in cash in lieu of Shares, or are exchanged with the Committee’s permission for Awards not involving Shares, shall be available again for grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) upon the exercise of a stock-settled SAR or net-settled Option, the number of Shares subject to the Award (or portion of the Award) that is then being exercised shall be counted against the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan as provided above, on the basis of one Share for every Share subject thereto, regardless of the actual number of Shares issued upon exercise and (b) any Shares withheld with respect to an Award (or, with respect to Restricted Stock, returned) in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations shall be counted as Shares issued.
In addition, any Shares related to Full Value Awards under the Plan or the Predecessor Plan that terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance of such Shares, are settled in cash in lieu of Shares, or are exchanged with the Committee’s permission for Awards not involving Shares, shall be available again for grant of Full Value Awards under the Plan.
All of the reserved Shares may be used as ISOs.
The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.
The following limits (“Award Limits”) shall apply to Awards (other than Converted Awards), dividends and dividend equivalent intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation:
 	 	
(a)	Options: The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be granted in the form of Options, pursuant to any Award granted in any one Plan Year to any one Participant shall be three million (3,000,000).	
 	 	
(b)	SARs: The maximum number of Shares that may be granted in the form of SARs, pursuant to any Award granted in any one Plan Year to any one Participant shall be three million (3,000,000).	
 	 	
(c)	Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units: The maximum aggregate grant with respect to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted in any one Plan Year to any one Participant shall be one million (1,000,000).	
 	 	
(d)	Other Awards: The maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Other Awards may be granted in any one Plan Year to any one Participant shall be one million (1,000,000) and the maximum aggregate cash that may be payable with respect to Other Awards granted in any one Plan Year to any one Participant shall be fifteen million ($15,000,000) dollars.	
 	 	
(e)	Dividends and Dividend Equivalents: The maximum aggregate value of cash dividends (other than large, nonrecurring cash dividends) or dividend equivalents that any one Participant may receive pursuant to Awards in any one Plan Year shall not exceed six million ($6,000,000) dollars.	
Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan or authorized for grant to a Participant in any Plan Year. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary, or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines, has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were employees or directors of such acquired or combined company before such acquisition or combination.

5

4.2 Adjustments in Authorized Shares. In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718 (formerly FAS 123R) that causes the per share value of Shares to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin off, rights offering, or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, the Committee shall cause there to be made an equitable adjustment to: (a) the number and, if applicable, kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan or pursuant to any type of Award under the Plan, (b) the Award Limits, (c) the number and, if applicable, kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, as applicable, the Option Price or Grant Price of any then outstanding Awards, vesting and other terms, which adjustments need to be uniform as between different Awards or types of Awards. In the event of any other change in corporate structure or capitalization, such as a merger, consolidation, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, the Committee, in its sole discretion, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan, shall cause there to be made such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence. Any fractional shares resulting from adjustments made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be eliminated. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.
Except to the extent it would unintentionally cause Performance Based Compensation to fail to qualify for the performance based exception to Code Section 162(m), appropriate adjustments may also be made by the Committee in the terms of any Awards under the Plan to reflect such changes or distributions and to modify any other terms of outstanding Awards on an equitable basis, including modifications of performance goals and changes in the length of Performance Periods. The determination of the Committee as to the foregoing adjustments, if any, shall be conclusive and binding on Participants under the Plan and need to be uniform as between different Awards or types of Awards.

ARTICLE 5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
5.1 Eligibility. Individuals eligible to participate in this Plan include all employees and Directors.
5.2 Actual Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all eligible individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the form and amount of each Award.
5.3 Prior Participation. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all prior service and participation by a Participant with the Predecessor Corporation shall be credited in full towards a Participant’s service and participation with the Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. STOCK OPTIONS
6.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Participants in such number, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. ISOs may not be granted following the ten-year (10) anniversary of the date the Plan was last approved by shareholders in a manner that satisfies the shareholder approval requirements applicable to ISOs. ISOs may be granted only to Employees.
6.2 Award Agreement. Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the conditions upon which an Option shall become vested and exercisable, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan. The Award Agreement also shall specify whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or an NQSO.
6.3 Option Price. The Option Price for each grant of an Option under this Plan shall be as determined by the Committee; provided, however, the Option Price shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option Price with respect to an Option that is a Substitute Award for options held by optionees of the acquired entity may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date such Option is granted if such Option Price is based on a formula set forth in the terms of the options held by such optionees or in the terms of the agreement providing for such merger or other acquisition that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A and Section 424(a) of the Code, as applicable.

6

6.4 Duration of Options. Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant; provided, however, no Option shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary of its grant.
6.5 Exercise of Options. Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.
6.6 Payment. Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercised by the delivery of notice of exercise to an agent designated by the Company or by complying with any alternative procedures which may be authorized by the Committee, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised.
A condition of the issuance of the Shares as to which an Option shall be exercised shall be the payment of the Option Price. The Option may be exercised (and the Option Price may be satisfied) by (a) delivering cash or its equivalent, (b) tendering (either by actual delivery or attestation) previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the Option Price, (c) broker-assisted cashless exercise, (d) net exercise, (e) a combination of the foregoing or (f) by any other method approved by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee shall determine acceptable methods for tendering Shares as payment upon exercise of an Option and may impose such limitations and prohibitions on the use of Shares to exercise an Option as it deems appropriate.
Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after receipt of written notification of exercise and full payment (including satisfaction of any applicable tax withholding), the Company shall deliver to the Participant evidence of book entry Shares, or upon the Participant’s request, Share certificates in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option(s).
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, all payments under the methods indicated above shall be paid in United States dollars.
6.7 Restrictions on Share Transferability. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under this Article 6 as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.
6.8 Termination of Employment or Service as a Director. The impact of a termination of a Participant’s employment on an Option’s vesting and exercise period shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, in the Participant’s Award Agreement, and need not be uniform among Option grants or Participants. The impact of a termination on a Participant’s service as a Director on an Option’s vesting and exercise period shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, in the Participant’s Award Agreement, and need not be uniform among Option grants or Participants.
6.9 Transferability of Options. During his or her lifetime, only the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Options. After the Participant’s death, the Participant’s estate or beneficiary shall have the right to exercise such Options.
 	 	
(a)	Incentive Stock Options. No ISO granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.	
 	 	
(b)	Nonqualified Stock Options. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, no NQSO granted under this Article 6 may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Under no circumstances may an NQSO be transferable for value or consideration.	
6.10 Notification of Disqualifying Disposition. If any Participant shall make any disposition of Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an ISO under the circumstances described in Section 421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), such Participant shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten (10) days thereof.
6.11 Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 6, in the case of the grant of an Option intending to qualify as an ISO, if the Participant owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (a “ 10% Stockholder ”), the Option Price of such Option must be at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant and the Option must expire within a period of not more than five (5) years from the date of grant. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 6 to the contrary, Options designated as ISO shall not be eligible for treatment under the Code as ISOs (and will be deemed to be NQSOs)

7

to the extent that either (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares (determined as of the time of grant) with respect to which such Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted, or (b) such Options otherwise remain exercisable but are not exercised within three (3) months (or such other period of time provided in Section 422 of the Code) of separation of service (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder).

ARTICLE 7. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
7.1 Grant of SARs. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs, or any combination of these forms of SARs. All Tandem SARs shall have the same exercise price, vesting, exercisability, forfeiture and termination provisions as the Award to which they relate.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Participant and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.
The SAR Grant Price for each grant of a Freestanding SAR shall be determined by the Committee and shall be specified in the Award Agreement. The SAR Grant Price shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the SAR is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grant Price with respect to a SAR that is a Substitute Award for stock appreciation rights held by award holders of the acquired entity may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date such SAR is granted if such Grant Price is based on a formula set forth in the terms of the stock appreciation rights held by such award holders or in the terms of the agreement providing for such merger or other acquisition that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Grant Price of Tandem SARs shall be equal to the Option Price of the related Option.
7.2 SAR Agreement. Each SAR Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Grant Price, the term of the SAR, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
7.3 Term of SAR. The term of a SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, provided that, no SAR shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of its grant.
7.4 Exercise of Freestanding SARs. Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them; provided, however, such terms and conditions shall be subject to Section 7.1 as to grant price and Section 7.3 as to the term of the SAR.
7.5 Exercise of Tandem SARs. Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option. A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO: (a) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying ISO; (b) the value of the payout with respect to the Tandem SAR may be for no more than one hundred percent (100%) of the difference between the Option Price of the underlying ISO and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the underlying ISO at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised; and (c) the Tandem SAR may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the ISO exceeds the Option Price of the ISO.
7.6 Payment of SAR Amount. Upon the exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
 	 	
(a)	The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Grant Price; by	
 	 	
(b)	The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.	
At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon a SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, in some combination thereof, or in any other manner approved by the Committee at its sole discretion. The Committee’s determination regarding the form of SAR payout shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the SAR.

8

7.7 Termination of Employment or Service as a Director. The impact of a termination of a Participant’s employment on a SAR’s vesting and exercise period shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, in the Participant’s Award Agreement, and need not be uniform among SAR grants or Participants. The impact of a termination on a Participant’s service as a Director on a SAR’s vesting and exercise period shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, in the Participant’s Award Agreement, and need not be uniform among SAR grants or Participants.
7.8 Nontransferability of SARs. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, no SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Under no circumstances may a SAR be transferable for value or consideration. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, all SARs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.
7.9 Other Restrictions. The Committee shall impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any Shares received upon exercise of a SAR granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable. This includes, but is not limited to, requiring the Participant to hold the Shares received upon exercise of a SAR for a specified period of time.

ARTICLE 8. RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units to Participants in such amounts as the Committee shall determine. Restricted Stock Units shall be similar to Restricted Stock except that no Shares are actually awarded to the Participant on the date of grant.
8.2 Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Each Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock or the number of Restricted Stock Units granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
8.3 Transferability. Except as provided in this Article 8, the Shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units granted herein may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the Award Agreement (and in the case of Restricted Stock Units until the date of delivery or other payment), or upon earlier satisfaction of any other conditions, as specified by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement.
8.4 Other Restrictions. The Committee shall impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, a requirement that Participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each Share of Restricted Stock or each Restricted Stock Unit, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals, time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment of the performance goals, time-based restrictions, and/or restrictions under applicable federal or state securities laws.
To the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, the Company may retain the certificates representing Shares of Restricted Stock in the Company’s possession until such time as all conditions and/or restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied or lapse.
Except as otherwise provided in this Article 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock Award shall become freely transferable by the Participant after all conditions and restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied or lapse (including satisfaction of any applicable tax withholding obligations), and Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares as the Committee, in its sole discretion shall determine.
8.5 Voting Rights. To the extent permitted or required by law, as determined by the Committee, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may be granted the right to exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares during the Period of Restriction. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder.
8.6 Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder may, if the Committee so determines, be credited with dividends paid with respect to the underlying Shares or dividend equivalents while they are so held in a manner determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may apply any restrictions to the dividends or dividend equivalents

9

that the Committee deems appropriate. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine the time and form of payment of dividends or dividend equivalents, including cash, Shares, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that if dividends or dividend equivalents are granted with respect to any Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Share Units that are subject to performance goals, the dividends or dividend equivalents shall be accumulated or reinvested and paid following the time such performance goals are met, as set forth by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement.
8.7 Termination of Employment or Service as a Director. The impact of a termination of a Participant’s employment on a Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit’s vesting and settlement shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, in the Participant’s Award Agreement, and need not be uniform among Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit grants or Participants. The impact of a termination of a Participant’s service as a Director on a Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit’s vesting and settlement shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, in the Participant’s Award Agreement, and need not be uniform among Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit grants or Participants.
8.8 Section 83(b) Election. The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Award of Restricted Stock is conditioned upon the Participant making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Award under Section 83(b) of the Code. If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code concerning a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall be required to file promptly a copy of such election with the Company.

ARTICLE 9. OTHER AWARDS
The Committee may grant Other Awards, which may include, without limitation, unrestricted Shares, the payment of Shares in lieu of cash, the payment of cash based on attainment of Performance Goals, service conditions or other goals established by the Committee and the payment of Shares in lieu of cash under other Company incentive or bonus programs. Payment under or settlement of any such Other Awards shall be made in such manner, at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine.

ARTICLE 10. PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Unless and until the Committee proposes for shareholder vote and the shareholders approve a change in the general Performance Measures set forth in this Article 10, the performance goals upon which the payment or vesting of an Award to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be limited to one or more of the following Performance Measures:
 	 	
(a)	Net earnings;	
 	 	
(b)	Earnings per share;	
 	 	
(c)	Net sales growth;	
 	 	
(d)	Net income (before or after taxes);	
 	 	
(e)	Net operating profit;	
 	 	
(f)	Return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity, or sales);	
 	 	
(g)	Cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow);	
 	 	
(h)	Cash flow return on capital;	
 	 	
(i)	Earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, and/or amortization;	
 	 	
(j)	Gross or operating margins;	
 	 	
(k)	Productivity ratios;	
 	 	
(l)	Share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total shareholder return);	
 	 	
(m)	Expense targets;	
 	 	
(n)	Margins;	
 	 	
(o)	Operating efficiency;	
 	 	
(p)	Customer satisfaction;	
 	 	
(q)	Employee satisfaction metrics;	
 	 	
(r)	Human resources metrics;	
 	 	
(s)	Working capital targets; and	
 	 	
(t)	EVA®.	

10

Any Performance Measure(s) may be used to measure the performance of the Company or an Affiliate as a whole or any business unit of the Company or an Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Measures as compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Company may select Performance Measure (l) above as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of performance goals pursuant to the Performance Measures specified in this Article 10.
The Committee may provide in any such Award that any evaluation of performance may include or exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Period: (a) asset write—downs, (b) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (c) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or provisions affecting reported results, (d) any reorganization and restructuring programs, (e) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year, (f) acquisitions or divestitures, and (g) foreign exchange gains and losses. To the extent such inclusions or exclusions affect Awards to Covered Employees, they shall be prescribed in a form that meets the requirements of Code Section 162(m) for deductibility.
Awards that are designed to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, and that are held by Covered Employees, may not be adjusted upward. The Committee shall retain the discretion to adjust such Awards downward. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Measures without obtaining shareholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining shareholder approval.

ARTICLE 11. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
Each Participant under the Plan may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

ARTICLE 12. RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS
12.1 Employment. Nothing in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company and/or its Affiliates to terminate any Participant’s employment or of the Board of Directors to terminate service as a Director at any time or for any reason not prohibited by law, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue his or her employment or service as a Director for any specified period of time.
Neither an Award nor any benefits arising under this Plan shall constitute an employment contract with the Company and, accordingly, subject to Article 3 and Section 14.1, this Plan and the benefits hereunder may be terminated at any time in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Committee without giving rise to any liability on the part of the Company, its Affiliates, and/or its Subsidiaries.
12.2 Participation. No individual shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.
12.3 Rights as a Shareholder. Except as otherwise provided in Section 8 of the Plan or in an Award Agreement, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record holder of such Shares.

ARTICLE 13. CHANGE IN CONTROL
The Compensation Committee shall specify in each Participant’s Award Agreement the treatment of outstanding Awards upon a Change in Control; provided that any Converted Award will continue to apply the definition of “change in

11

control” or “Acceleration Event” as provided in the Predecessor Corporation Equity Plan under which such Converted Award was originally granted, as adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control in which the acquiring or surviving company in the transaction does not assume or continue outstanding Awards upon the Change in Control, immediately prior to the Change in Control, all Awards that are not assumed or continued shall be treated as follows effective immediately prior to the Change in Control: (a) in the case of an Option or SAR, the Participant shall have the ability to exercise such Option or SAR, including any portion of the Option or SAR not previously exercisable, (b) in the case of any Award the vesting of which is in whole or in part subject to Performance Measures, all conditions to the grant, issuance, retention, vesting or transferability of, or any other restrictions applicable to, such Award shall immediately lapse and the Participant shall have the right to receive a payment based on performance or deemed performance in accordance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, and (c) in the case of outstanding Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units and or Other Awards (other than those referenced in subsection (b)), all conditions to the grant, issuance, retention, vesting or transferability of, or any other restrictions applicable to, such Award shall immediately lapse. In no event shall any action be taken pursuant to this Article 13 that would change the payment or settlement date of an Award in a manner that would result in the imposition of any additional taxes or penalties pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE 14. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION, AND TERMINATION
14.1 Amendment, Modification, Suspension, and Termination. Subject to Section 14.3, the Committee may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan and any Award Agreement in whole or in part;  provided , however , that, except for a change or adjustment made pursuant to Section 4.2, no Option Price of an outstanding Option or Grant Price of an outstanding SAR shall be reduced (whether through amendment, cancellation or replacement of Awards with other Awards or other payments of cash or property) without shareholder approval.
14.2 Adjustment of Awards upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4.2 hereof) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to the foregoing adjustments, if any, shall be conclusive and binding on Participants under the Plan.
14.3 Awards Previously Granted. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no termination, amendment, suspension, or modification of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award, provided that no such consent shall be required if the Committee determines in its sole discretion and prior to the date of any Change in Control that such amendment or alteration either (a) is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy any law or regulation or to meet the requirements of or avoid adverse financial accounting consequences under any accounting standard, or (b) is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under such Award, or that any such diminishment has been adequately compensated.

ARTICLE 15. WITHHOLDING
15.1 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, the minimum statutory amount (or such other amount that will not cause an adverse accounting consequence or cost) to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan.
15.2 Share Withholding. With respect to withholding required upon the exercise of Options, or SARs, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, or any other taxable event arising as a result of Awards granted hereunder, Participants may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the transaction (or such other

12

amount that will not cause an adverse accounting consequence or cost). All such elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, and signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

ARTICLE 16. SUCCESSORS
All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

ARTICLE 17. GENERAL PROVISIONS
17.1 Forfeiture Events. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events shall include, but shall not be limited to, termination of employment for cause, violation of material Company and/or Affiliate policies, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and/or its Affiliates.
17.2 Legend. The certificates for Shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer of such Shares.
17.3 Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.
17.4 Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
17.5 Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
17.6 Securities Law Compliance. With respect to Insiders, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successor under the Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.
17.7 Registration and Listing. The Company may use reasonable endeavors to register Shares allotted pursuant to the exercise of an Award with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification, and listing requirements of any national securities laws, stock exchange, or automated quotation system.
17.8 Delivery of Title. The Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver evidence of title for Shares issued under the Plan prior to:
 	 	
(a)	Obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and	
 	 	
(b)	Completion of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any applicable national or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable.	
17.9 Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

13

17.10 Employees or Directors Based Outside of the United States. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have employees or Directors, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to:
 	 	
(a)	Determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan;	
 	 	
(b)	Determine which employees and/or Directors outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan;	
 	 	
(c)	Modify the administrative terms and conditions of any Award granted to employees and/or Directors outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws;	
 	 	
(d)	Establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable. Any subplans and modifications to Plan terms and procedures established under this Section 17.10 by the Committee shall be attached to this Plan document as appendices; and	
 	 	
(e)	Take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local government regulatory exemptions or approvals.	
 	 	
(f)	Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act, the Code, any securities law, or governing statute or any other applicable law.	
17.11 Uncertificated Shares. To the extent that the Plan provides for issuance of certificates to reflect the transfer of Shares, the transfer of such Shares may be effected on a non-certificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange.
17.12 Unfunded Plan. Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative, or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan. The Plan is not subject to ERISA.
17.13 No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
17.14 Retirement and Welfare Plans. The value of compensation paid under this Plan will not be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any participant under the Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a participant’s benefit.
17.15 Governing Law. The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, recipients of an Award under the Plan are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal or state courts of New York, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to the Plan or any related Award Agreement.
17.16 Specified Employee Delay. To the extent any payment under this Plan is considered deferred compensation subject to the restrictions contained in Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A of the Code, such payment may not be made to a specified employee (as determined in accordance with a uniform policy adopted by the Company with respect to all arrangements subject to Section 409A of the Code) upon separation from service (as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code) before the date that is six months after the specified employee’s separation from service (or, if earlier, the specified employee’s death). Any payment that would otherwise be made during this period of delay shall be accumulated and paid on the sixth month plus one day following the specified employee’s separation from service (or, if earlier, as soon as administratively practicable after the specified employee’s death).

14

EXHIBIT 10.7
XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

[YEAR] NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) between Xylem Inc. (the “Company”) and [Participant Name] (the “ Participant ”) is effective as of  [Grant Date] . Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Agreement are defined in the Company’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). This Agreement is only being provided in English. The Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate. In recognition of the Participant’s valued services, the Company, through the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”), is providing the Participant an inducement to remain employed and an incentive for increased efforts while employed. In consideration of the terms and conditions in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
 	 	
1.	Grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options. The Company confirms the grant on [Grant Date], (the “Grant Date ”) to the Participant of the option to purchase from the Company all or any part of an aggregate of  [#,###]  shares (the “ Options ”), at the purchase price of  $[Grant Date Closing Price]  per share (the “ Exercise Price ”).	
Nature of the Grant:
 	 	
(a)	The grant of Options is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Options, or benefits in lieu of Options, even if Options have been granted in the past. All decisions with respect to future grants will be at the sole discretion of the Company;	
 	 	
(b)	The Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;	
 	 	
(c)	The Options are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;	
 	 	
(d)	Future value of the underlying shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;	
 	 	
(e)	No claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the Options resulting from the termination of the Participant's employment; and	
 	 	
(f)	The Company will not be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Options or of any amounts due to the Participant on exercise of the Options or on the subsequent sale of any shares acquired on exercise.	

2.	Terms and Conditions. The Options are subject to the following additional terms and conditions:	
 	 	
(a)	Expiration Date. The Options will expire on [ ],or, if the Participant’s employment terminates before that date, on the date specified in subsection 2(e) below.	
 	 	
(b)	Exercise of Options. The Options cannot be exercised until vested.	
 	 	
(c)	Vesting. Options will vest if the Participant has been actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate from the Grant Date through the vesting date. Active employment does not include any potential severance period.	
Subject to subsections 2(a), 2(d), and 2(e), the Options will vest in 3 installments as follows:
 	 	
•	1/3rd of the Options will vest [ ] ,	
 	 	
•	1/3rd of the Options will vest [ ], and	
 	 	
•	1/3rd of the Options will vest [ ].	
[ ], [ ], and [ ] arethe respective “Vest Period Start Dates” for each of the 3 installments.
 	 	
(d)	Effect of Change in Control. If the acquiring or surviving company in the transaction assumes or continues the outstanding Options, any unvested Options will continue to vest based on the Options’ service-based vesting criteria, if any.	

NQSO Grant Agreement                          Page 1 of 5

If the Participant's active employment with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason (for applicable Participants only) within 2 years of a Change in Control, any assumed and unvested Options will become 100% vested on the termination date. Any vested Options will expire on the earlier of [ ], or the date 3 months after the termination date.
If the acquiring or surviving company in the transaction does not assume or continue outstanding awards under the Plan, immediately prior to the Change in Control, any unvested Options will become 100% vested and exercisable.
“Cause” means (i) the Participant’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (ii) the Participant willfully engaging in conduct that demonstrably and materially injures the Company or its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise. “Willful” means the action is done or omitted in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
“Good Reason” means, without the Participant’s express written consent (i) a reduction in annual target total cash compensation (base salary and target bonus), (ii) the assignment of any duties inconsistent in any material adverse respect with the Participant’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, (iii) any other action by the Company or an Affiliate which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities; or (iv) the Company or an Affiliate requiring the Participant to relocate to a work location 50 miles or more from the location where the Participant was principally working immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Participant must give notice within 90 days of any Good Reason event.
Good Reason only applies to Company employees who are, at the time of termination of employment, covered by the Xylem Special Senior Executive Pay Plan or the Xylem Enhanced Severance Pay Plan and will exclude an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is resolved by the Company or an Affiliate within 30 days of receiving notice.
 	 	
(e)	Effect of Termination of Employment. Options will only vest while the Participant is actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate. If the Participant's active employment with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for any reason, and such termination constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and any related regulations or other effective guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”), subject to subsection 2(d), the following would apply to any outstanding Options on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment:	
 	 	
(i)	Termination due to Death or Disability. Any unvested Options will immediately become 100% vested. Any vested Options will expire on the earlier of [ ], or the date  3 years  after the Participant’s termination of employment.	
 	 	
(ii)	Termination due to Retirement. A prorated portion of unvested Options with a vesting date within 12 months of termination will immediately vest. All other unvested Options will automatically be forfeited. Any vested Options will expire on the earlier of [ ] ,  or the date  3 years  after the Participant’s termination of employment.	
 	 	
(iii)	Termination other than Death, Disability and Retirement. Any unvested Options will automatically expire. Any vested portion of the Options will expire on the earlier of [ ], or the date  3 months  after the Participant’s termination of employment.	
“Disability” means the complete and permanent inability of the Participant to perform all duties under the terms of his or her employment, as determined by the Company based on evidence, including independent medical reports and data, as deemed appropriate or necessary.
“Retirement” means the termination of the Participant's employment (either by the Company of the Participant), if, at the time of termination, the Participant is at least age 55 and has completed 10 years of service with the Company or the Participant is age 65 or older.
Prorated Vesting Upon Retirement. The prorated portion of the Options that vests on the Participant’s termination of employment due to the Participant's Retirement will be determined by multiplying the total number of unvested Options with vesting date within 12 months of termination by a fraction, of which the numerator is the number of full months the Participant has been continually employed since the Vest Period

NQSO Grant Agreement                          Page 2 of 5

Start Date and the denominator is 12. For this purpose, full months of employment will be based on monthly anniversaries of the Grant Date, not calendar months.
 	 	
(f)	Payment of Exercise Price. Permissible methods for payment of the Exercise Price on exercise of the Options are described in Section 6.6 of the Plan, or, if the Plan is amended, successor provisions. In addition to the methods of exercise permitted by Section 6.6 of the Plan, the Participant may exercise all or part of the Options by way of (i) broker-assisted cashless exercise in a manner consistent with the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation T, unless the Committee determines that this is prohibited by law, or (ii) net-settlement, where the Participant directs the Company to withhold shares that otherwise would be issued upon exercise of the Options having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of the exercise equal to the Exercise Price, or the portion being exercised by way of net-settlement (rounding up to the nearest whole share).	
 	 	
(g)	Tax Withholding. The Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company, all applicable federal, state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to the exercise of the Options. The Participant may elect to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold shares that otherwise would be issued upon exercise of the Options, with the number of shares withheld having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the transaction (or such other amount that will not cause an adverse accounting consequence or cost) (rounding up to the nearest whole share). Any election will be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.	
 	 	
(h)	Automatic Exercise in Certain Circumstances. Subject to subsection 2(i) of this Agreement, if any Options held by an active Participant are otherwise exercisable but remain unexercised at the close of business on  [Expiration Date] , and if on that date the Fair Market Value of the shares subject to the exercisable but unexercised Options exceeds the aggregate payment that would have been required to exercise the Options, the Participant will automatically be paid an amount of Company shares having a Fair Market Value equal to such excess (rounding up to the nearest whole share), if any, and the Options will be cancelled. An automatic exercise will not occur if the Participant (and, if applicable, the Participant’s authorized legal representative) waives this subsection 2(h) in writing.	
The Participant acknowledges that tax and other legal requirements must be met prior to any settlement of Options under this subsection and consents to any tax or other consequences that may arise in connection with this subsection.
 	 	
(i)	Compliance with Laws and Regulations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares under this Agreement issuance of the shares, or the exercise of the Options by the Participant, violates or is not in compliance with any laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any state or country. The Participant understands that, if applicable, the laws of the country where the Participant is working at the time of grant, vesting, and/or exercise of the Options (including any rules or regulations governing securities, foreign exchange, tax, labor or other matters) may restrict or prevent exercise of the Options or may subject the Participant to additional procedural or regulatory requirements that the Participant is solely responsible for and that the Participant will have to independently fulfill. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, awards under the Plan, and any shares acquired under the Plan, if the Company determines the requirement is necessary or advisable to comply with applicable law or facilitate the administration of the Plan.	
 	 	
(j)	Participant Acknowledgements. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that:  	
 	 	
(i)	Participant Obligations. In partial consideration for the award of these Options, if at any time during the period between the Grant Date and the 12-month period following the Participant’s termination of Employment (the “Obligation Period”), the Participant: (i) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or its Affiliates, or encourages any employee to leave the Company; (ii) directly or indirectly, assist in soliciting in competition with the Company the business of any current customer, distributor or dealer or other sales or distribution channel partners of the Company; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or its Affiliates (except as required by the Participant’s work responsibilities with the Company or its Affiliates); or (vi) engages in any activity in violation of Company policies, including the Company’s Code of Conduct, or engages in conduct materially adverse to the best interests	

NQSO Grant Agreement                          Page 3 of 5

of the Company or its Affiliates; the Options, whether previously vested or not, may be cancelled in full, and the Participant may be required to return to the Company any shares received on exercise of vested Options or the net after-tax income from any disposition of any shares received upon exercise of vested Options, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, elects not to cancel the Options and/or elects not to recover any income from exercised Options or unless applicable law prohibits such action.
The obligations in this subsection are in addition to any other agreements related to non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Participant and the Company, or otherwise applicable to the Participant, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement. THE PARTICIPANT UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS SUBSECTION IS NOT INTENDED TO AND DOES NOT PROHIBIT THE CONDUCT DESCRIBED, BUT PROVIDES FOR THE CANCELLATION OF THE AWARD IN FULL AND A RETURN TO THE COMPANY OF ANY SHARES RECEIVED UPON SETTLEMENT OF EXERCISED VESTED OPTIONS OR THE NET AFTER-TAX INCOME FROM THE DISPOSITION OF ANY SHARES RECEIVED UPON SETTLEMENT OF EXERCISED VESTED OPTIONS IF THE PARTICIPANT SHOULD CHOOSE TO VIOLATE THIS PARAGRAPH DURING THE OBLIGATION PERIOD. Nothing in this Agreement prohibits the Participant from voluntarily communicating, without notice to or approval by the Company, with any federal government agency about a potential violation of a federal law or regulation.
 	 	
(ii)	Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Participant consents to electronic delivery of any Plan documents. The Participant consents to any and all procedures that the Company has established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of Plan related documents. The Participant agrees that his or her electronic signature is the same as, and will have the same force and effect as, his or her manual signature. Participant agrees that these procedures and delivery may be effected by a third party engaged by the Company to provide administrative services related to the Plan.  	
 	 	
(iii)	Right of Set-Off. If the Company in its reasonable judgment determines that the Participant owes the Company any amount due to any loan, obligation or indebtedness, including amounts owed under the Company’s tax equalization program or the Company’s policies with respect to travel and business expenses, and if the Participant has not satisfied such obligation(s), the Company may instruct the plan administrator to withhold and/or sell shares acquired by the Participant on exercise of the Options (to the extent such shares are not subject to Code Section 409A), or the Company may deduct funds equal to the amount of the obligation from other funds due to the Participant from the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Code Section 409A.	
 	 	
(iv)	Data Privacy. Participant acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. Participant is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Company holds certain personal information about Participant, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, or details of all options or performance stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“ Data ”).  The Company and its Affiliates will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company or its Affiliates may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. The Participant authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing participation in the Plan, including any transfer of Data that may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on Participant’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Participant may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw this consent in writing by contacting the Company; however, withdrawing consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan.	

NQSO Grant Agreement                          Page 4 of 5

 	 	
(v)	Stock Ownership Guidelines. If the Participant is or becomes subject to the Company’s Stock Ownership Guidelines and applicable retention requirements, the Participant may be limited in selling shares obtained upon settlement of the Options.	
 	 	
(vi)	Clawback Policy. If the Participant is covered by the Company’s Clawback Policy, the Participant agrees that the Options are subject to the Policy and may be subject to recovery (in whole or in part) by the Company. The Participant agrees that the Clawback Policy may be amended from time to time by the Committee, including amendments to comply with applicable laws, regulations or stock exchange listing requirements.    	
 	 	
(k)	Governing Law. This Agreement is issued, and the Options are granted, in Rye Brook, New York and will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.	

By signing a copy of this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that s/he has received a copy of the Plan and that s/he has read and understands the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to their terms and conditions. The Participant also acknowledges that the Options awarded under to this Agreement must be exercised prior to the expiration date, that it is the Participant's responsibility to exercise the Options, and that the Company has no further responsibility to notify the Participant of the expiration of the Options.

Agreed to:                            XYLEM INC.

_____________________________                _____________________________
Participant                             [Name of Xylem Signatory]

(Online Acceptance Constitutes Agreement)

Dated: _________________                    Dated: [Date]

Enclosures

NQSO Grant Agreement                          Page 5 of 5

EXHIBIT 10.8
XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

[YEAR] RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) between Xylem Inc. (the “Company”) and [Participant Name] (the “ Participant ”) is effective as of  [Grant Date] . Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Agreement are defined in the Company’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). This Agreement is only being provided in English. The Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate. In recognition of the Participant’s valued services, the Company, through the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”), is providing the Participant an inducement to remain employed and an incentive for increased efforts while employed. In consideration of the terms and conditions in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
 	 	
1.	Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Company hereby confirms the grant on [Grant date](the “Grant Date ”) to the Participant of  [#,###]  Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”). For Band A executives, RSUs granted under this Agreement are intended to be Performance Based Awards that satisfy the conditions for the Performance-Based Exception under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The RSUs are notional units of measurement denominated in shares of common stock ( i.e ., one Restricted Stock Unit is equivalent in value to one share of common stock of the Company).	
The RSUs represent an unfunded, unsecured right to receive shares and dividend equivalent payments under subsection 2(b) in the future if the conditions in the Plan and this Agreement are satisfied.
Nature of the Grant:
 	 	
(a)	The grant of the RSUs is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of RSUs, or benefits in lieu of RSUs, even if RSUs have been granted in the past. All decisions with respect to future RSUs or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;	
 	 	
(b)	The Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;	
 	 	
(c)	The RSUs and the shares subject to the RSUs, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;	
 	 	
(d)	Future value of the underlying shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;	
 	 	
(e)	No claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the RSUs resulting from the termination of the Participant's employment; and	
 	 	
(f)	The Company will not be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the RSUs or of any amounts due to the Participant pursuant to the settlement of the RSUs or the subsequent sale of any shares acquired upon settlement.	

2.	Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the RSUs are subject to the following terms and conditions:	
 	 	
(a)	Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement, neither this Award nor any RSUs subject to this Award may be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, transferred, hypothecated or encumbered, other than to the Company as a result of forfeiture of the RSUs.	
 	 	
(b)	Voting and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Participant will not have any privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the RSUs or any shares that may be delivered under this Agreement, including without limitation any right to vote the shares or to receive dividends, unless and until the shares are delivered on vesting of the RSUs. Dividend equivalents will be earned with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit that vests and the amount will be equal to the total dividends declared on a share, where the record date of the dividend is between the Grant Date of this Award and the date a share is issued on vesting of the RSU. Any	

RSU Grant Agreement                          Page 1 of 5

dividend equivalents earned will be paid in cash to the Participant when the shares subject to the vested RSUs are issued. No dividend equivalents will be earned or paid with respect to any RSUs that do not vest. Dividend equivalents will not accrue interest.
 	 	
(c)	Vesting and Payment. RSUs will vest if the Participant has been actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate from the Grant Date through the vesting date. Active employment does not include any potential severance period. The RSUs will vest in 3 installments as follows:	
 	 	
•	1/3rd of the RSUs will vest [ ] ,	
 	 	
•	1/3rd of the RSUs will vest [ ], and	
 	 	
•	1/3rd of the RSUs will vest [ ].	
[ ], [ ], and [ ]arethe respective “Vest Period Start Date” for each of the 3 installments.
For Band A executives, vesting is also contingent on achievement of an Adjusted Net Income performance target for the fiscal year in which the Grant Date occurs as approved by the Committee. 
Except as provided in subsection 2(i), on vesting of the RSUs, including vesting pursuant to subsections 2(d) or 2(e), the Company will deliver to the Participant (i) one share for each vested RSU, with any fractional shares resulting from proration pursuant to subsection 2(e), if applicable, to be rounded to the nearest whole share, and (ii) an amount in cash attributable to dividend equivalents earned in accordance with subsection 2(b), less shares withheld in accordance with subsection 2(f).
 	 	
(d)	Effect of Change in control. If the acquiring or surviving company in the transaction assumes or continues outstanding RSUs under the Plan, any unvested RSUs will continue to vest based on the RSUs’ service-based vesting criteria, if any.	
If the Participant’s active employment with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason (for applicable Participants only) within 2 years of a Change in Control, any assumed unvested RSUs will become 100% vested on the termination date.
If the acquiring or surviving company in the transaction does not assume or continue outstanding awards under the Plan, immediately prior to the Change in Control any unvested RSUs will become 100% vested.
“Cause” means (i) the Participant’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (ii) the Participant willfully engaging in conduct that demonstrably and materially injures the Company or its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise. “Willful” means the action is done or omitted in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
“Good Reason” means, without the Participant’s express written consent (i) a reduction in annual target total cash compensation (base salary and target bonus), (ii) the assignment of any duties inconsistent in any material adverse respect with the Participant’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, (iii) any other action by the Company or an Affiliate which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities; or (iv) the Company or an Affiliate requiring the Participant to relocate to a work location 50 miles or more from the location where the Participant was principally working immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Participant must give notice within 90 days of any Good Reason event.
Good Reason only applies to Company employees who are at the time of termination of employment, or were at any time during the 2 year period immediately preceding the Change in Control, covered by the Xylem Special Senior Executive Pay Plan or the Xylem Enhanced Severance Pay Plan and will exclude an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is resolved by the Company or an Affiliate within 30 days of receiving notice.
 	 	
(e)	Effect of Termination of Employment. RSUs will only vest while the Participant is actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate. If the Participant's active employment with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for any reason, and the termination constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and any related regulations or other effective guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”), subject to subsection 2(d), the following would apply to any unvested RSUs on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment:	

RSU Grant Agreement                          Page 2 of 5

 	 	
(i)	Termination due to Death or Disability. Any unvested RSUs will immediately become 100% vested.	
 	 	
(ii)	Termination due to Retirement. A prorated portion (as described below) of unvested RSUs with vesting date within 12 months of termination shall immediately vest subject to the prior achievement of the Section 162(m) Goal, if applicable to the Participant. All other unvested RSUs will automatically be forfeited.	
 	 	
(iii)	Termination other than Death, Disability and Retirement. Any unvested RSUs will automatically be forfeited.	
“Disability” means the complete and permanent inability of the Participant to perform all duties under the terms of his or her employment, as determined by the Committee upon the basis of such evidence, including independent medical reports and data, as the Committee deems appropriate or necessary.
“Retirement” means the termination of the Participant's employment (either by the Company or the Participant), if, at the time of such termination, the Participant is at least age 55 and has completed 10 years of service with the Company or the Participant is age 65 or older.
Prorated Vesting Upon Retirement. The prorated portion of the RSUs that vests upon the Participant’s termination of employment due to the Participant's Retirement will be determined by multiplying the total number of unvested RSUs with vesting date within 12 months of termination by a fraction, of which the numerator is the number of full months the Participant has been continually employed since the most recent Vest Period Start Date and the denominator is 12. For this purpose, full months of employment shall be based on monthly anniversaries of the Vest Period Start Date, not calendar months.
 	 	
(f)	Tax Withholding. The Company may make such provisions and take such actions as it may deem necessary for the withholding of all applicable taxes attributable to the RSUs and any related dividend equivalents. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the minimum statutory tax withholding required to be withheld upon delivery of the shares (or such other amount that will not cause an adverse accounting consequence or cost) and payment of dividend equivalents will be satisfied by withholding a number of shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory tax required to be withheld (or such other amount that will not cause an adverse accounting consequence or cost). If this withholding would result in a fractional share being withheld, the number of shares withheld will be rounded up to the nearest whole share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may elect to satisfy these tax withholding requirements by timely remitting this amount by cash or check or any other method that is acceptable to the Company, rather than by withholding of shares. This election must be made in accordance with any conditions and restrictions the Company may establish. If FICA taxes are required to be withheld while the RSUs are outstanding, the withholding will be made in a manner determined by the Company.	
 	 	
(g)	Participant Acknowledgements. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that:	
 	 	
(i)	Participant Obligations. In partial consideration for the award of these RSUs, if at any time during the period between the Grant Date and the 12-month period following the Participant’s termination of Employment (the “Obligation Period”), the Participant: (i) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee or customer of the Company or its Affiliates, or encourages any employee to leave the Company; (ii) directly or indirectly, assist in soliciting in competition with the Company the business of any current customer, distributor or dealer or other sales or distribution channel partners of the Company; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or its Affiliates (except as required by the Participant’s work responsibilities with the Company or its Affiliates); or (iv) engages in any activity in violation of Company policies, including the Company’s Code of Conduct, or engages in conduct materially adverse to the best interests of the Company or its Affiliates; the RSUs, whether previously vested or not, may be cancelled in full, and the Participant may be required to return to the Company any shares received on settlement of vested RSUs or the net after-tax income from the disposition of any shares received upon settlement of vested RSUs, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects not to cancel the RSUs and/or elects not to recover any income from settled RSUs or unless applicable law prohibits such action.	

RSU Grant Agreement                          Page 3 of 5

The obligations in this subsection are in addition to any other agreements related to non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Participant and the Company, or otherwise applicable to the Participant, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement. THE PARTICIPANT UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS SUBSECTION IS NOT INTENDED TO AND DOES NOT PROHIBIT THE CONDUCT DESCRIBED, BUT PROVIDES FOR THE CANCELLATION OF THE AWARDS IN FULL AND A RETURN TO THE COMPANY OF ANY SHARES RECEIVED UPON SETTLEMENT OF VESTED RSUS OR THE NET AFTER-TAX INCOME FROM THE DISPOSITION OF ANY SHARES RECEIVED UPON SETTLEMENT OF VESTED RSUS IF THE PARTICIPANT SHOULD CHOOSE TO VIOLATE THIS SUBSECTION DURING THE OBLIGATION PERIOD. Nothing in this Agreement prohibits the Participant from voluntarily communicating, without notice to or approval by the Company, with any federal government agency about a potential violation of a federal law or regulation.
 	 	
(ii)	Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Participant consents to electronic delivery of any Plan documents. The Participant consents to any and all procedures that the Company has established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of Plan related documents. The Participant agrees that his or her electronic signature is the same as, and will have the same force and effect as, his or her manual signature. Participant agrees that these procedures and delivery may be effected by a third party engaged by the Company to provide administrative services related to the Plan.  	
 	 	
(iii)	Right of Set-Off. If the Company in its reasonable judgment determines that the Participant owes the Company any amount due to any loan, obligation or indebtedness, including amounts owed under the Company’s tax equalization program or the Company’s policies with respect to travel and business expenses, and the Participant has not satisfied these obligation(s), the Company may instruct the plan administrator to withhold and/or sell shares acquired by the Participant on settlement of the RSUs (to the extent such RSUs are not subject to Code Section 409A), or the Company may deduct funds equal to the amount of the obligation from other funds due to the Participant from the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Code Section 409A.	
 	 	
(iv)	Data Privacy. Participant acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. Participant is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Company holds certain personal information about Participant, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, or details of all options or performance stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“ Data ”). The Company and its Affiliates will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company or its Affiliates may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. The Participant authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing participation in the Plan, including any transfer of Data that may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on Participant’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Participant may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw this consent in writing by contacting the Company; however, withdrawing consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. 	
 	 	
(v)	Stock Ownership Guidelines. If the Participant is or becomes subject to the Company’s Stock Ownership Guidelines and applicable retention requirements, the Participant may be limited in selling shares obtained upon settlement of the RSUs.	
 	 	
(vi)	Clawback Policy. If the Participant is covered by the Company’s Clawback Policy, the Participant agrees that the RSUs are subject to the Policy and may be subject to recovery (in whole or in part) by the Company. The Participant agrees that the Clawback Policy may be amended from time to time by the Committee,	

RSU Grant Agreement                          Page 4 of 5

including amendments to comply with applicable laws, regulations or stock exchange listing requirements.  
 	 	
(h)	Section 409A Compliance. It is intended that the Plan and this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent applicable, and the Plan and this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly.	
 	 	
(i)	If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award constitutes deferred compensation for the purposes of Section 409A, and if the Participant is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, at the time of the Participant ’s separation from service, then, to the extent required under Section 409A, any shares that would otherwise be distributed (along with the cash value of all dividend equivalents that would be payable) upon the Participant ’s separation from service, shall instead be delivered (and, in the case of the dividend equivalents, paid) on the earlier of (x) the first business day of the seventh month following the date of the Participant ’s separation from service or (y) the Participant ’s death.	
 	 	
(ii)	If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award constitutes deferred compensation for the purposes of Section 409A, upon an Change in Control that does not constitute a “change in the ownership” or a “change in the effective control” of the Company or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets” (as those terms are used in Section 409A), the RSUs will vest at the time of the Change in Control, but distribution of any RSUs (or related dividend equivalents) that constitute deferred compensation for the purposes of Section 409A will not be accelerated ( i.e ., distribution will occur when it would have occurred absent the Change in Control).	
 	 	
(i)	Governing Law. This Agreement is issued and the RSUs are granted in Rye Brook, New York, and will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.	

By signing a copy of this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that s/he has received a copy of the Plan and that s/he has read and understands the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to their terms and conditions.

Agreed to:                            XYLEM INC.
_____________________________                _____________________________
Participant                             [Name of Xylem Signatory]
(Online Acceptance Constitutes Agreement)
Dated: _________________                    Dated: [Date]
Enclosures

RSU Grant Agreement                          Page 5 of 5

EXHIBIT 10.9
XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

[YEAR] PERFORMANCE SHARE UNIT AGREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) between Xylem Inc. (the “Company”) and [Participant Name] (the “ Participant ”) is effective as of  [Grant Date] . Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Agreement are defined in the Company’s 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). This Agreement is only being provided in English. The Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate. In recognition of the Participant’s valued services, the Company, through the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”), is providing the Participant an inducement to remain employed and an incentive for increased efforts while employed. In consideration of the terms and conditions in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
 	 	
1.	Grant of Performance Share Units. The Company confirms the grant on [Grant Date] (the “Grant Date”) to the Participant, the target number of  [#,###]  Performance Share Units (“ PSUs ”). All PSUs granted under this agreement are intended to be Performance Based Awards. The PSUs are notional units of measurement denominated in shares of common stock ( i.e ., one Performance Share Unit is equivalent in value to one share of common stock of the Company).	
The PSUs represent an unfunded, unsecured right to receive shares and dividend equivalent payments under subsection 2(b) in the future if the conditions in the Plan and this Agreement are satisfied.
Nature of the Grant:
 	 	
(a)	The grant of the PSUs is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of PSUs, or benefits in lieu of PSUs, even if PSUs have been granted in the past. All decisions with respect to future PSUs or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;	
 	 	
(b)	The Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;	
 	 	
(c)	The PSUs and the shares subject to the PSUs, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;	
 	 	
(d)	Future value of the underlying shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;	
 	 	
(e)	No claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the PSUs resulting from the termination of the Participant's employment; and	
 	 	
(f)	The Company will not be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the PSUs or of any amounts due to the Participant pursuant to the settlement of the PSUs or the subsequent sale of any shares acquired upon settlement.	

2.	Terms and Conditions. The PSUs are subject to the following additional terms and conditions:	
 	 	
(a)	Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement, the PSUs cannot be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, transferred, hypothecated or encumbered, other than to the Company as a result of forfeiture.	
 	 	
(b)	Voting and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Participant will not have any privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the PSUs, including without limitation any right to vote such shares or to receive dividends, unless and until shares are delivered to the Participant on the vesting of the PSUs. Dividend equivalents will be earned for each Performance Share Unit that vests and the amount will equal the total dividends declared on a share, where the record date of the dividend is between the Grant Date of this Award	

PSU Grant Agreement                         Page 1 of 6

and the date a share is issued on vesting of the PSU. Any dividend equivalents earned will be paid in cash to the Participant when the shares subject to the vested PSUs are issued. No dividend equivalents will be earned or paid for any PSUs that do not vest. Dividend equivalents will not accrue interest.
 	 	
(c)	Earning of PSUs. The Participant can earn between 0% and 175% of the target number of PSUs granted under this Agreement, based on the achievement of a 3-year average Xylem adjusted Return on Invested Capital (“ ROIC ”) performance target and 3-year Xylem Total Shareholder Return (“ TSR ”) relative to companies in the S&P 500 index (excluding Financial Services companies) pursuant to the performance scales set forth on Exhibit A. For Band A executives, funding of the PSUs to be paid out is contingent on achievement of a 3-year cumulative Adjusted Net Income performance target as approved by the Committee. The Committee will determine and certify the results of the level of achievement of such targets and the associated number of PSUs earned.	
Vesting and Payment. Earned PSUs will vest on [Grant Date + 3 years] (the “Vesting Date”) if the Participant has been actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate from the Grant Date through the vesting date. Active employment does not include any potential severance period.
Except as provided in subsection 2(h), on vesting of the PSUs, including vesting pursuant to subsections 2(d) or 2(e), the Company will deliver to the Participant (i) one share for each vested Performance Share Unit, with any fractional shares resulting from proration pursuant to subsection 2(d) and 2(e) to be rounded to the nearest whole share, and (ii) an amount in cash attributable to dividend equivalents earned in accordance with subsection 2(b), less shares withheld in accordance with subsection 2(f).
 	 	
(d)	Effect of Change in Control. If the acquiring or surviving company in the transaction assumes or continues the outstanding PSUs, any unvested PSUs will be deemed to have satisfied all applicable performance targets at the target level, and will be converted to restricted stock units, which will continue to vest based on the PSUs’ service-based vesting criteria, if any.	
If the Participant’s active employment with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason (for applicable Participants only) within 2 years of a Change in Control, any converted and any unvested PSUs will become 100% vested at the target level on the termination date.
If the acquiring or surviving company in the transaction does not assume or continue outstanding awards under the Plan, immediately prior to the Change in Control, any unvested PSUs will become 100% vested based on deemed performance at the target level.
“Cause” means (i) the Participant’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (ii) the Participant willfully engaging in conduct that demonstrably and materially injures the Company or its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise. “Willful” means the action is done or omitted in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
“Good Reason” means, without the Participant’s express written consent (i) a reduction in annual target total cash compensation (base salary and target bonus), (ii) the assignment of any duties inconsistent in any material adverse respect with the Participant’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, (iii) any other action by the Company or an Affiliate which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities; or (iv) the Company or an Affiliate requiring the Participant to relocate to a work location 50 miles or more from the location where the Participant was principally working immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Participant must give notice within 90 days of any Good Reason event.
Good Reason only applies to Company employees who are at the time of termination of employment, or were at any time during the 2 year period immediately preceding the Change in Control, covered by the Xylem Special Senior Executive Pay Plan or the Xylem Enhanced Severance Pay Plan and will exclude an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is resolved by the Company or an Affiliate within 30 days of receiving notice.
 	 	
(e)	Effect of Termination of Employment. PSUs will only vest while the Participant is actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate. If the Participant's active employment is terminated for any reason, and the termination constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and any	

PSU Grant Agreement                         Page 2 of 6

related regulations or other effective guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”), subject to subsection 2(d), the following would apply to any unvested PSUs:
 	 	
(i)	Termination due to Death, Disability, or Retirement. Any unvested PSUs continue to vest. A prorated portion (as described below) of the unvested PSUs will be paid out on Vesting Date.  	
 	 	
(ii)	Termination other than Death, Disability, or Retirement. Any unvested PSUs will automatically be forfeited.	
“Disability” means the complete and permanent inability of the Participant to perform all duties under the terms of his or her employment, as determined by the Committee upon the basis of such evidence, including independent medical reports and data, as the Committee deems appropriate or necessary.
“Retirement” means the termination of the Participant's employment (either by the Company or the Participant), if, at the time of such termination, the Participant is at least age 55 and has completed 10 years of service with the Company or the Participant is age 65 or older.
Prorated Vesting. The prorated portion of the PSUs that vests on the Vesting Date following the Participant's Death, Disability or Retirement (or while Retirement Eligible) will be determined by multiplying the total number of PSUs the Participant would have earned based on actual performance by a fraction, of which the numerator is the number of months the Participant had been continually employed since the beginning of the performance cycle under his or her Death, Disability or Retirement and the denominator is 36.
 	 	
(f)	Tax Withholding. The Company may make such provisions and take such actions as necessary for the withholding of all applicable taxes attributable to the PSUs and any related dividend equivalents. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the minimum statutory tax withholding required to be withheld on delivery of the shares (or such other amount that will not cause an adverse accounting consequence or cost) and payment of dividend equivalents will be satisfied by withholding a number of shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory tax required to be withheld (or such other amount that will not cause an adverse accounting consequence or cost). If this withholding would result in a fractional share being withheld, the number of shares withheld will be rounded up to the nearest whole share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may elect to satisfy these tax withholding requirements by timely remitting this amount by cash or check or any other method that is acceptable to the Company, rather than by withholding of shares. This election must be made in accordance with any conditions and restrictions the Company may establish. If FICA taxes are required to be withheld while the PSUs are outstanding, the withholding will be made in a manner determined by the Company.	
 	 	
(g)	Participant Acknowledgements. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that:	
 	 	
(i)	Participant Obligations. In partial consideration for the award of these PSUs, if at any time during the period between the Grant Date and the 12-month period following the Participant’s termination of Employment (the “Obligation Period”), the Participant: (i) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee of the Company or its Affiliates, or encourages any employee to leave the Company; (ii) directly or indirectly, assist in soliciting in competition with the Company the business of any current customer, distributor or dealer or other sales or distribution channel partners of the Company; (iii) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or its Affiliates (except as required by the Participant’s work responsibilities with the Company or its Affiliates); or (iv) engages in any activity in violation of Company policies, including the Company’s Code of Conduct, or engages in conduct materially adverse to the best interests of the Company or its Affiliates; the PSUs, whether previously vested or not, may be cancelled in full, and the Participant may be required to return to the Company any shares received on settlement of vested PSUs or the net after-tax income from any disposition of any shares received upon settlement of vested PSUs, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects not to cancel the PSUs and/or elects not to recover any income from settled and vested PSUs or unless applicable law prohibits such action.  	
The obligations in this subsection are in addition to any other agreements related to non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Participant and the Company, or otherwise applicable to the Participant, and nothing in this Agreement is intended

PSU Grant Agreement                         Page 3 of 6

to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement. THE PARTICIPANT UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS SUBSECTION IS NOT INTENDED TO AND DOES NOT PROHIBIT THE CONDUCT DESCRIBED, BUT PROVIDES FOR THE CANCELLATION OF THE AWARD IN FULL AND A RETURN TO THE COMPANY OF ANY SHARES RECEIVED ON SETTLEMENT OF VESTED PSUS OR THE NET AFTER-TAX INCOME FROM THE DISPOSITION OF ANY SHARES RECEIVED UPON SETTLEMENT OF VESTED PSUS IF THE PARTICIPANT SHOULD CHOOSE TO VIOLATE THIS PARAGRAPH DURING THE OBLIGATION PERIOD. Nothing in this Agreement prohibits the Participant from voluntarily communicating, without notice to or approval by the Company, with any federal government agency about a potential violation of a federal law or regulation.
 	 	
(ii)	Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Participant consents to electronic delivery of any Plan documents. The Participant consents to any and all procedures that the Company has established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of Plan related documents. The Participant agrees that his or her electronic signature is the same as, and will have the same force and effect as, his or her manual signature. Participant agrees that these procedures and delivery may be effected by a third party engaged by the Company to provide administrative services related to the Plan.  	
 	 	
(iii)	Right of Set-Off. If the Company in its reasonable judgment determines that the Participant owes the Company any amount due to any loan, obligation or indebtedness, including amounts owed under the Company’s tax equalization program or the Company’s policies with respect to travel and business expenses, and the Participant has not satisfied these obligation(s), the Company may instruct the plan administrator to withhold and/or sell shares acquired by the Participant on settlement of the PSUs (to the extent such PSUs are not subject to Code Section 409A), or the Company may deduct funds equal to the amount of the obligation from other funds due to the Participant from the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Code Section 409A.	
 	 	
(iv)	Data Privacy. Participant acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. Participant is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data. However, failure to provide the consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Company holds certain personal information about Participant, that may include his/her name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other employee identification number, salary grade, hire data, salary, nationality, job title, or details of all options or performance stock units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, or unvested, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“ Data ”).  The Company and its Affiliates will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company or its Affiliates may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located throughout the world, including the United States. The Participant authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing participation in the Plan, including any transfer of Data that may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of shares of stock on Participant’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. Participant may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw this consent in writing by contacting the Company; however, withdrawing consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. 	
 	 	
(v)	Stock Ownership Guidelines. If the Participant is or becomes subject to the Company’s Stock Ownership Guidelines and applicable retention requirements, the Participant may be limited in selling shares obtained upon settlement of the PSUs.	
 	 	
(vi)	Clawback Policy. If the Participant is covered by the Company’s Clawback Policy, the Participant agrees that the PSUs are subject to the Policy and may be subject to recovery (in whole or in part) by the Company. The Participant agrees that the Clawback Policy may be amended from time to time by the Committee, including amendments to comply with applicable laws, regulations or stock exchange listing requirements.  	

PSU Grant Agreement                         Page 4 of 6

 	 	
(h)	Section 409A Compliance. It is intended that the Plan and this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent applicable and the Plan and this Agreement will be interpreted accordingly.	
 	 	
(i)	If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award constitutes deferred compensation for the purposes of Section 409A, and if the Participant is a “specified employee,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, at the time of the Participant’s separation from service, then, to the extent required under Section 409A, any shares that would otherwise be distributed (along with the cash value of all dividend equivalents that would be payable) on the Participant’s separation from service, will instead be delivered (and, in the case of the dividend equivalents, paid) on the earlier of (x) the first business day of the seventh month following the date of the Participant’s separation from service or (y) the Participant’s death.	
 	 	
(ii)	If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award constitutes deferred compensation for the purposes of Section 409A, upon an Change in Control that does not constitute a “change in the ownership” or a “change in the effective control” of the Company or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets” (as those terms are used in Section 409A), the PSUs will vest at the time of the Change in Control, but distribution of any PSUs (or related dividend equivalents) that constitute deferred compensation for the purposes of Section 409A will not be accelerated (i.e., distribution will occur when it would have occurred absent the Change in Control).	
 	 	
(i)	Governing Law. This Agreement is issued, and the PSUs are granted, in Rye Brook, New York, and will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.	

By signing a copy of this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that s/he has received a copy of the Plan and that s/he has read and understands the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to their terms and conditions.

Agreed to:                            XYLEM INC.

_____________________________                _____________________________
Participant                             [Name of Xylem Signatory]

(Online Acceptance Constitutes Agreement)

Dated: _________________                    Dated: [Date]
Enclosures

PSU Grant Agreement                         Page 5 of 6

Exhibit A

2016-2018 Performance Targets and Payout Scale

The payout scale for performance metrics below provides for PSUs to be earned above 100% for above target performance and below 100% for below target performance.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
       Adjusted ROIC (50%)	 	Relative TSR* (50%)	
 	ROIC 3-Year
Average %	Payout %	 	 	TSR 3-Year
%ile Rank	Payout %	
Maximum Payout	x%	x%	 	Maximum Payout	xth	x%	
 	x%	x%	 	 	xth	x%	
Above Plan	x%	x%	 	 	xth	x%	
 	x%	x%	 	 	xth	x%	
 	x%	x%	 	 	xth	x%	
Plan/Target	x%	x%	 	Plan/Target	xth	x%	
 	x%	x%	 	 	xth	x%	
Below Plan	x%	x%	 	Below Plan	xth	x%	
 	x%	x%	 	 	xth	x%	
 	x%	x%	 	Threshold	xth	x%	
Minimum Payout	x%	0%	 	Below Threshold	< xth	0%	

Results are interpolated between threshold and the bottom end of the target range, and between the top end of the target range and maximum.

For Band A executives, funding for the payout of the Performance Share Units is contingent on achievement of a 3-year cumulative Adjusted Net Income** performance target as approved by the Committee.

*Measured against S&P 500 less Financial Services companies. Payout capped at target if Xylem’s 3-year TSR is negative.
**Adjusted Net Income is defined as Xylem US GAAP Net Income adjusted for items as identified in the February 2016 Potential Adjustment Guidelines applicable to both AIP and LTIP.

PSU Grant Agreement                         Page 6 of 6

Amended and Restated on February 24, 2016

EXHIBIT 10.15
XYLEM
SPECIAL SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PAY PLAN
 	 	
1.	Purpose	
The purpose of this Xylem Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (“Plan”) is to assist in occupational transition by providing Severance Benefits for employees covered by this Plan whose employment is terminated under conditions set forth in this Plan.
The Plan first became effective as of October 31, 2011 following the spin-off of Xylem Inc. from ITT Corporation (the “ Predecessor Corporation ”) on October 31, 2011. The Predecessor Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to the spin-off (the “ Predecessor Plan ”), and the Plan was created to continue service accruals under the Predecessor Plan. The Plan will remain in effect as provided in Section 9 hereof, and covered employees will receive full credit for their service and participation with the Predecessor Corporation as provided in Section 5 hereof.
 	 	
2.	Covered Employees	
Covered employees under this Plan (“Executives”) are active full-time, regular salaried employees of Xylem Inc., (“ Xylem ”) and of any subsidiary company (“ Xylem Subsidiary ”) (collectively or individually as the context requires “ Company ”; provided, however, that for purposes of service under the Predecessor Plan, Company will include the Predecessor Corporation) (including Executives who are short term disabled as of a Potential Change in Control within the meaning of the Company’s short term disability plans) (other than Executives on periodic severance as of a Potential Change in Control) who are in Band A or B or were in Band A or B at any time within the two year period immediately preceding a Change in Control and such other employees of the Company who will be designated as covered employees in Band A or B under the Plan by the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of Xylem’s Board of Directors. Executives who are employed outside of the United States are eligible for country specific severance benefits (only) if the country specific severance benefits are higher than the severance benefits listed below.
“Band A” will have the meaning given such terms under the executive classification system of the Xylem Human Resources Department as in effect immediately preceding a Change in Control.
“Band B” for the purposes of this Agreement, will only include those executives who were Band B executives on or before May 1, 2012 and who continue to be “Band B” executives under the executive classification system of the Xylem Human Resources Department immediately preceding a Change in Control.
After the occurrence of a Change in Control, the terms “Xylem”, “Xylem Subsidiary” and “Company” as used herein will also include, respectively and as the context requires, any successor company to Xylem or any successor company to any Xylem Subsidiary and any affiliate of any such successor company.
 	 	
3.	Definitions	
“Cause” means (i) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (ii) the Executive willfully engaging in conduct that demonstrably and materially injures the Company or its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise. “Willful” means the action is done or omitted in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.
“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 	 	
(i)	a person or group (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Act) of 30% or more of the outstanding common stock of Xylem Inc. (the “Stock”);	
 	 	
(ii)	any person or group (other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary) purchases shares to acquire Stock (or securities convertible into	

1

        

Stock) through a tender offer or exchange offer where after consummation of the offer, the person in question will be the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of Stock;
 	 	
(iii)	the consummation of (A) any consolidation, business combination or merger involving the Company, except where holders of Stock immediately prior to the consolidation, business combination or merger (x) continue to hold 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation) after the merger and (y) have the same proportionate ownership of Stock of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation), relative to other holders of Stock immediately after the transaction as immediately before, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company;	
 	 	
(iv)	there is a change in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company within a 12-month period unless the election or nomination by the Company’s stockholders of each new director during such 12-month period was approved by the vote of 2/3rds of the directors then still in office who (x) were directors at the beginning of the 12-month period or (y) whose nomination or election as directors was recommended or approved by a majority of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the 12-month period; or	
 	 	
(v)	approval by the Company’s shareholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, other than a plan of liquidation or dissolution which results in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets by an Affiliate of the Company.	
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Good Reason” means, without the Participant’s express written consent (i) a reduction in annual target total cash compensation (base salary and target bonus), (ii) the assignment of any duties inconsistent in any material adverse respect with the Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, (iii) any other action by the Company or an Affiliate which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities; or (iv) the Company or an Affiliate requiring the Executive to relocate to a work location 50 miles or more from the location where the Executive was principally working immediately prior to the Change in Control. The Executive must give notice within 90 days of any Good Reason event.
Good Reason excludes an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is resolved by the Company or an Affiliate within 30 days of receiving notice.
“Potential Change in Control” means any execution of an agreement, the commencement of a tender offer or any other transaction or event that if consummated would result in a Change in Control.
 	 	
4.	Severance Benefits Upon Termination of Employment	
If an Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to a Qualifying Termination, he or she will receive the severance benefits set forth in Section 5 hereof (“Severance Benefits”). “ Qualifying Termination ” means a termination of an Executive’s employment with the Company either;
 	 	
(i)	by the Company without Cause (A) within the two (2) year period commencing on the date of the occurrence of a Change in Control or (B) prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control and either (1) following the public announcement of the transaction or event which ultimately results in such Change in Control or (2) at the request of a party to, or participant in, the transaction or event which ultimately results in a Change in Control; or	
 	 	
(ii)	by an Executive for Good Reason within the two (2) year period commencing with the date of the occurrence of a Change in Control.	

2

        
 	 	
5.	Severance Benefits	
Band A Benefits
Severance Benefits for Executives (i) in Band A at the time of a Qualifying Termination or at any time during the two (2) year period immediately preceding the Change in Control or (ii) designated as a covered employee in Band A in accordance with Section 2 hereof:
 	 	
A.	Accrued Rights - The Executive’s base salary through the date of termination of employment, any annual bonus earned but unpaid as of the date of termination for any previously completed fiscal year, reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the Executive in accordance with Company policy prior to the date of the Executive’s termination of employment and such employee benefits, if any, as to which the Executive may be entitled under the employee benefit plans of the Company, including without limitation, the payment of any accrued or unused vacation under the Company’s vacation policy.	
 	 	
B.	Severance Pay – The sum of:	
 	 	
(i)	three (3) times (for hire or promotion date prior to May 1, 2012) or two (2) times (for hire or promotion date on or after May 1, 2012) the current annual base salary rate paid or in effect (whether or not deferred) with respect to the Executive at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment, and	
 	 	
(ii)	three (3) times (for hire or promotion date prior to May 1, 2012) or two (2) times (for hire or promotion date on or after May 1, 2012) the most recent annual bonus paid to or earned (target annual bonus for new hire without a full performance year) by the Executive (whether or not deferred) in respect of the Company’s most recent completed fiscal year prior to the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.	
 	 	
C.	Benefits	
 	 	
(i)	Continued health and life insurance benefits for a three (3) year period (for hire or promotion date prior to May 1, 2012) or two (2) year period (for hire or promotion date on or after May 1, 2012) following the Executive’s termination of employment at the same cost to the Executive, and at the same coverage levels, as provided to the Executive (and the Executive’s eligible dependents) immediately prior to his or her termination of employment. In the event the Company changes health and/or life insurance programs, coverage levels, benefit providers and/or modifies benefit contributions, the Executive would be treated consistent with other Band A executives. In the event continuation of health and/or life insurance is not permissible, the Company may provide alternative benefits or payments as described under the subheading “General” below.	
 	 	
(ii)	Payment of a lump sum amount (“Savings Plan Lump Sum Amount”) equal to three (3) times (for hire or promotion date prior to May 1, 2012) or two (2) times (for hire or promotion date on or after May 1, 2012) the following amount: the product of (x) the current annual base salary rate and annual bonus as determined above as “Severance Pay” and (y) the current aggregate percentage used to determine company contributions which the Executive would have been eligible for under the Xylem Retirement Savings Plan and Xylem Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (or corresponding savings plan arrangements outside of the United States or any successor plans thereto) in respect of the plan year during which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs.	
 	 	
D.	Outplacement – Outplacement services for one (1) year.	

3

        

Band B Benefits (only applicable to executives were Band B prior to May 1, 2012)
Severance Benefits for Executives (i) in Band B at the time of a Qualifying Termination or at any time during the two (2) year period immediately preceding the Change in Control or (ii) designated as a covered employee in Band B in accordance with Section 2 hereof; provided, that an Executive who is in Band B at the time of a Qualifying Termination but was in Band A anytime during the two (2) year period immediately preceding the Change in Control will be entitled to Severance Benefits as an Executive in Band A and will not be entitled to the Severance Benefits set forth below:
 	 	
A.	Accrued Rights - The Executive’s base salary through the date of termination of employment, any annual bonus earned but unpaid as of the date of termination for any previously completed fiscal year, reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the Executive in accordance with Company policy prior to the date of the Executive’s termination of employment and such employee benefits, if any, as to which the Executive may be entitled under the employee benefit plans of the Company, including without limitation, the payment of any accrued or unused vacation under the Company’s vacation policy.	
 	 	
B.	Severance Pay – The sum of:	
 	 	
(i)	two (2) times the current annual base salary rate paid or in effect (whether or not deferred) with respect to the Executive at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment, and	
 	 	
(ii)	two (2) times the most recent annual bonus paid to or earned by the Executive (whether or not deferred) in respect of the Company’s most recent completed fiscal year prior to the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.	
 	 	
C.	Benefits	
 	 	
(i)	Continued health and life insurance benefits for a two (2) year period following the Executive’s termination of employment at the same cost to the Executive, and at the same coverage levels, as provided to the Executive (and the Executive’s eligible dependents) immediately prior to his or her termination of employment. In the event the Company changes health and/or life insurance programs, coverage levels, benefit providers and/or modifies benefit contributions, the Executive would be treated consistent with other Band A executives. In the event continuation of health and/or insurance is not permissible, the Company may provide alternative benefits or payments as described under the subheading “General” below.	
 	 	
(ii)	Payment of the Savings Plan Lump Sum Amount equal to two (2) times the following amount: the product of (x) the current annual base salary rate and annual bonus as determined above as “Severance Pay” and (y) the current aggregate percentage used to determine company contributions which the Executive would have been eligible for under the Xylem Retirement Savings Plan and Xylem Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (or corresponding savings plan arrangements outside of the United States or any successor plans thereto) in respect of the plan year during which the Executive’s termination of employment occurs.	
 	 	
D.	Outplacement - Outplacement services for one year.	
General
If, for any reason at any time the Company is unable to treat the Executive as being eligible for ongoing participation in any Company employee benefit plans in existence immediately prior to the termination of employment of the Executive, and if, as a result, the Executive does not receive a benefit or receives a reduced benefit, the Company will provide such benefits by making available equivalent benefits from other sources or making cash payments providing equivalent value (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company) in a manner consistent with Section 15 below.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all prior service and participation by an Executive with the Predecessor Corporation will be credited in full towards an Executive’s service and participation with the Company.

4

        
 	 	
6.	Form of Payment of Severance Pay and Lump Sum Payments	
Severance Pay and the Savings Plan Lump Sum Amount will be paid in cash within thirty (30) calendar days after the date the employment of the Executive terminates. The timing of payments will be subject to Section 15, in all respects.
 	 	
7.	Termination of Employment — Other	
The Severance Benefits will only be payable upon an Executive’s termination of employment due to a Qualifying Termination; provided, that if, following the occurrence of a Change in Control, an Executive is terminated due to the Executive’s death or disability (as defined in the long-term disability plan that the Executive is entitled to participate (whether or not the Executive voluntarily participates in such plan)) and, at the time of such termination, the Executive had grounds to resign with Good Reason, such termination of employment will be deemed to be a Qualifying Termination.
 	 	
8.	Administration of Plan	
This Plan will be administered by the Company’s Human Resources Department, who will have the exclusive right to interpret this Plan, adopt any rules and regulations for carrying out this Plan as may be appropriate and decide any and all matters arising under this Plan, including but not limited to the right to determine appeals. Subject to applicable Federal and state law, all interpretations and decisions by the Company will be final, conclusive and binding on all parties affected thereby.
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, following a Change in Control, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Plan, or the breach thereof, will be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration Rules and the entire cost thereof will be borne by the Company. The location of the arbitration proceedings will be reasonably acceptable to the Executive. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Company will pay all legal fees, costs of litigation, prejudgment interest, and other expenses which are incurred in good faith by the Executive as a result of the Company’s refusal to provide any of the Severance Benefits to which the Executive becomes entitled under this Plan, or as a result of the Company’s (or any third party’s) contesting the validity, enforceability, or interpretation of this Plan, or as a result of any conflict between the Executive and the Company pertaining to this Plan. The Company will pay such fees and expenses from the general assets of the Company.
 	 	
9.	Termination or Amendment	
Xylem may terminate or amend this Plan (“Plan Change”) at any time except that following the occurrence of (i) Change in Control or (ii) a Potential Change in Control, no Plan Change that would adversely affect any Executive may be made without the prior written consent of such Executive affected thereby; provided, however, that (ii) above will cease to apply if such Potential Change in Control does not result in the occurrence of a Change in Control.
 	 	
10.	Offset	
Any Severance Benefits provided to an Executive under this Plan will be offset in a manner consistent with Section 15 by reducing (x) any Severance Pay hereunder by any severance pay, salary continuation pay, termination pay or similar pay or allowance and (y) any other Severance Benefits hereunder by corresponding employee benefits, or outplacement services, which the Executive receives or is entitled to receive, (i) under the Xylem Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan; (ii) pursuant to any other Company policy, practice, program or arrangement; (iii) pursuant to any Company employment agreement or other agreement with the Company; or (iv) by virtue of any law, custom or practice excluding, however, any unemployment compensation in the United States, unless the Executive voluntarily expressly waives (which the Executive will have the exclusive right to do) in writing any such respective entitlement.

5

        
 	 	
11.	Excise Tax	
If it is determined that any Payment would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, the aggregate of all Payments will be reduced so that the Present Value of the aggregate of all Payments does not exceed the Safe Harbor Amount; provided, however, that no such reduction will be effected if the Net After-tax Benefit to the Executive of receiving all of the Payments exceeds the Net After-tax Benefit to the Executive resulting from having such Payments so reduced. In the event a reduction is required pursuant hereto, the order of reduction will be first all cash payments on a pro rata basis, then any equity compensation on a pro rata basis, and lastly medical and dental coverage.
For purposes of this Section 11, the following terms have the following meanings:
 	 	
(i)	“Net After-tax Benefit” will mean the Present Value of a Payment net of all federal state and local income, employment and excise taxes imposed on Executive with respect thereto, determined by applying the highest marginal rate(s) applicable to an individual for the Executive’s taxable year that the Qualifying Termination occurs.	
 	 	
(ii)	“Payment” means any payment or distribution or provision of benefits by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise, but determined without regard to any reductions required by this Section 11.	
 	 	
(iii)	“Present Value” will mean such value determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.	
 	 	
(iv)	“Safe Harbor Amount” will be an amount expressed in Present Value which maximizes the aggregate Present Value of Payments without causing any Payment to be subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code or the deduction limitation of Section 280G of the Code.	
All determinations required to be made under this Section 11, including whether and when a reduction is required and the amount of such reduction and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, will be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm mutually agreed to by the Executive and the Company (the “Accounting Firm”) which will provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within ten (10) business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company; provided that for purposes of determining the amount of any reduction, the Executive will be deemed to pay federal income tax at the highest marginal rates applicable to individuals in the calendar year that any such Qualifying Termination occurs.
All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm will be borne solely by the Company. If the Accounting Firm determines that no excise tax is payable by the Executive, it will so indicate to the Executive in writing. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.
 	 	
12.	Miscellaneous	
The Executive will not be entitled to any notice of termination or pay in lieu thereof.
Severance Benefits under this Plan are paid entirely by the Company from its general assets.
This Plan is not a contract of employment, does not guarantee the Executive employment for any specified period and does not limit the right of the Company to terminate the employment of the Executive at any time.
If an Executive should die while any amount is still payable to the Executive hereunder had the Executive continued to live, all such amounts will be paid in accordance with this Plan to the Executive’s designated heirs or, in the absence of such designation, to the Executive’s estate.
The numbered section headings contained in this Plan are included solely for convenience of reference and will not in any way affect the meaning of any provision of this Plan.
If, for any reason, any one or more of the provisions or part of a provision contained in this Plan will be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or part of a provision of this Plan not held so invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and each other provision or part of a provision will to the full extent consistent with law remain in full force and effect.

6

        

The Plan will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof.
The Plan will be binding on all successors and assigns of the Xylem Inc. and an Executive.
 	 	
13.	Notices	
Any notice and all other communication provided for in this Plan will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three (3) days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

If to the Company:	If to Executive:	
Xylem Inc.
1 International Drive
Rye Brook, NY 10573
Attention: General Counsel	To the most recent address of Executive set forth in the personnel records of the Company.	

14.	Adoption and Amendments	
This Plan was initially adopted by Xylem Inc. on October 31, 2011 (the “Adoption Date”) and subsequently amended on each of March 26, 2012, October 14, 2014 and February 24, 2016.
 	 	
15.	Section 409A	
This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is the earlier of (a) the 1 st  day of the 7 th  month following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company and (b) the Executive’s death, at which point all payments deferred pursuant to this Section 15 will be paid to the Executive in a lump sum and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits will be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits will be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due under this Plan constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits will be paid in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Plan will be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The Company will consult with Executives in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section; provided that neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives will have any liability to Executives with respect to this Section.

7

Amended and Restated on February 24, 2016

EXHIBIT 10.16
XYLEM
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PAY PLAN
 	 	
1.	Purpose	
The purpose of this Xylem Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan ("Plan") is to assist in occupational transition by providing severance pay for employees covered by this Plan whose employment is terminated under the conditions described in this Plan.
The Plan first became effective as of October 31, 2011 following the spin-off of Xylem Inc. from ITT Corporation (the " Predecessor Corporation ") on October 31, 2011. The Predecessor Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to the spin-off (the " Predecessor Plan "), and the Plan will continue service accruals under the Predecessor Plan. The Plan will remain in effect as provided in Section 11, and Executives will receive full credit for their service and participation with the Predecessor Corporation as provided in Section 4.
 	 	
2.	Covered Employees	
Covered employees under this Plan ("Executives") are full-time, regular salaried employees of Xylem Inc. ("Xylem") and of any subsidiary company (" Xylem Subsidiary ") (collectively or individually as the context requires the " Company ") in Band A (Senior Vice Presidents and above to be further defined by the Company’s Leadership Development and Compensation Committee) currently or at any time within the two (2) year period immediately preceding the date the Company selects as the Executive's last day of active employment (" Scheduled Termination Date "). Executives who are employed outside of the United States are eligible for country specific severance benefits (only) if the country specific severance benefits are higher than the severance benefits listed below.
 	 	
3.	Severance Pay Upon Termination of Employment	
If the Company terminates an Executive's employment, the Executive will be provided severance pay in accordance with the terms of this Plan except where the Executive:
 	 	
•	is terminated for Cause; “Cause” means (i) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) or (ii) the Executive willfully engaging in conduct that demonstrably and materially injures the Company or its Affiliates, monetarily or otherwise. “Willful” means the action is done or omitted in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Company,	
 	 	
•	accepts employment or refuses comparable employment with a purchaser as provided in Section 7, "Divestiture",	
 	 	
•	is terminated with a Scheduled Termination Date on or after the Executive's Normal Retirement Date as defined herein, or	
 	 	
•	voluntarily terminates employment with the Company prior to the Scheduled Termination Date.	
No severance pay will be provided under this Plan where the Executive terminates employment by:
 	 	
•	voluntarily resigning or retiring, or	
 	 	
•	failing to return from an approved leave of absence (including a medical leave of absence).	
No severance pay will be provided under this Plan on any termination of employment as a result of the Executive's death or disability.
"Normal Retirement Date" means the first of the month that coincides with or follows the Executive's 65th birthday.

1

 	 	
4.	Schedule of Severance Pay	
The following Schedule of Severance Pay sets forth the months of Base Pay (“Severance Pay”) to be provided based upon the Executive ' s Years of Service as of the Scheduled Termination Date (the “ Severance Period ”).

Years of Service	Months of Base Pay	 	Years of Service	Months of Base Pay	
Less than 4	12	 	10	19	
4	13	 	11	20	
5	14	 	12	21	
6	15	 	13	22	
7	16	 	14	23	
8	17	 	15	24	
9	18	 	More than 15	24	
"Base Pay" means the annual base salary rate payable or in effect with respect to the Executive at the Scheduled Termination Date divided by twelve (12) months. Such annual base salary rate will in no event be less than the highest annual base salary rate paid or in effect with respect to the Executive at any time during the twenty-four month (24) period immediately preceding the Scheduled Termination Date.
"Years of Service" means the total number of completed years of employment since the Executive's Xylem system service date to the Scheduled Termination Date ,  rounded to the nearest whole year; provided that ,  for the purposes of "Years of Service , " service will include years with the Predecessor Corporation. The Xylem system service date is the date from which e mploym e nt  in  th e X yl e m  sys t e m is r ec o g niz ed  for purpos es  of d ete rminin g e li g ibility for vesting under the applicable Company retirement plan covering the Executive on the Scheduled Termination Date; provided ,  however ,  that for purposes of service under the Predecessor Plan,  employment in the Predecessor Corporation's system is recognized for purposes of determining eligibility for vesting under the applicable retirement plan covering the Executive.
Notwithstanding the above Schedule of Severance Pay, (i) in no event will months of Base Pay provided to an Executive exceed the number of months remaining between the Scheduled Termination Date and the Executive's Normal Retirement Date or (ii) will severance pay exceed the equivalent of twice the Executive's total annual compensation during the year immediately preceding the Scheduled Termination Date.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all prior service and participation by an Executive with the Predecessor Corporation will be credited in full towards an Executive's service and participation with the Company.
 	 	
5.	Form of Payment of Severance Pay	
Severance Pay will be paid in the form of salary continuation or a lump sum as determined by the Company.
In the event of an Executive's death during the period the Executive is receiving Severance Pay, the amount of severance pay remaining will be paid in a discounted lump sum to the Executive's spouse or to such other beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Executive in writing, or, if the Executive is not married and failing such designation, to the estate of the Executive. Any discounted lump sum paid under this Plan will be equal to the present value of the remaining periodic payments of severance pay as determined by Xylem using an interest rate equal to the prime rate at Citibank in effect on the date of the Executive's death.
If an Executive is receiving Severance Pay, the Executive must continue to be available to render to the Company reasonable assistance, consistent with the level of the Executive's prior position with the Company, at times and locations that are mutually acceptable. In requesting such services, the Company will take into account any other commitments that the Executive may have. After the Scheduled Termination Date and normal wind up of the Executive's former duties, the Executive will not be required to perform any regular services for the Company. In the event the Executive secures other employment during the period the Executive is receiving Severance Pay, the Executive must promptly notify the Company.

2

Severance Pay will cease if an Executive is rehired by the Company.
 	 	
6.	Benefits During Severance Period	
During the Severance Period, the Executive will be eligible for continued health and life insurance benefits at the same cost to the Executive, and at the same coverage levels, as provided to the Executive (and the Executive’s eligible dependents) immediately prior to his or her termination. In the event the Company changes health and/or life insurance programs, coverage levels, benefit providers and/or modified benefit contributions, the Executive would be treated consistent with other Executives in the same Salary Band. If, for any reason, the Company is unable to treat the Executive as being eligible for ongoing participation in any Company employee benefit plans in existence immediately prior to the termination of employment of the Executive, and if, as a result thereof, the Executive does not receive a benefit or receives a reduced benefit, the Company will provide such benefits by making available equivalent benefits from other sources or making cash payments providing equivalent value (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company) in a manner consistent with Section 14 below. Except as provided in this Section, the executive will not be eligible for any other benefit. An Executive will not be eligible to participate in any Company tax qualified retirement plans ,  non - qualified excess or supplemental benefit plans ,  short-term or long-term disability plans, the Company business travel accident plan or any new employee benefit plan or any improvement to any existing employee benefit plan adopted by the Company after the Scheduled Termination Date.
 	 	
7.	Divestiture	
If a Xylem subsidiary or division of Xylem where an Executive is employed is sold or divested and if (i) the Executive accepts employment or continued employment with the purchaser or (ii) refuses employment or continued employment with the purchaser on terms and conditions substantially comparable to those in effect immediately preceding the sale or divestiture, the Executive will not be provided severance pay under this Plan. The provisions of this Section apply to divestitures accomplished through sales of assets or through sales of corporate entities.
 	 	
8.	Disqualifying Conduct	
In partial consideration for the severance pay contemplated by the Plan, if during the period an Executive is receiving Severance Pay, the Executive (i) directly or indirectly, hires or solicits or arranges for the hiring or solicitation of any employee or customer of the Company or its Affiliates, or encourages any employee to leave the Company; (ii) directly or indirectly, assist in soliciting in competition with the Company the business of any current customer, distributor or dealer or other sales or distribution channel partners of the Company; (iii) engages in, becomes affiliated with, or becomes employed by any business competitive with the Company, without the Company’s prior written consent; (iv) uses, discloses, misappropriates or transfers confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or its Affiliates (except as required by the Executive’s work responsibilities with the Company or its Affiliates); (iv) disparages the Company; or (v) engages in any activity in violation of Company policies, including the Company’s Code of Conduct, or engages in conduct materially adverse to the best interests of the Company or its Affiliates; the Company will have no further obligation to provide severance pay.
The obligations in this Section are in addition to any other agreements related to non-competition, non-solicitation and preservation of Company confidential and proprietary information entered into between the Executive and the Company, or otherwise applicable to the Executive, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to waive, modify, alter or amend the terms of any such other agreement. THE EXECUTIVE UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS PARAGRAPH IS NOT INTENDED TO AND DOES NOT PROHIBIT THE CONDUCT DESCRIBED, BUT PROVIDES FOR THE CESSATION OF SEVERANCE PAY IF THE EXECUTIVE SHOULD CHOOSE TO VIOLATE THIS PARAGRAPH WHILE RECEIVING SEVERANCE PAY. Nothing in this Agreement prohibits the Executive from voluntarily communicating, without notice to or approval by the Company, with any federal government agency about a potential violation of a federal law or regulation.

3

 	 	
9.	Release	
The Company will not be required to make or continue any severance payments under this Plan unless the Executive executes and delivers to Xylem, within 45 days (or as specified in termination agreement for Executives who are employed outside of the United States) following the Scheduled Termination Date, an irrevocable release, satisfactory to Xylem, in which the Executive discharges and releases the Company and the Company's directors, officers, employees and employee benefit plans from all claims (other than for benefits to which Executive is entitled under any Company employee benefit plan) arising out of Executive's employment or termination of employment.
 	 	
10.	Administration of Plan	
This Plan will be administered by the Company, who will have the exclusive right to interpret this Plan, adopt any rules and regulations for carrying out this Plan as may be appropriate and decide any and all matters arising under this Plan, including but not limited to the right to determine appeals. Subject to applicable Federal and state law, all interpretations and decisions by the Company’s Chief Human Resources Officer or Chief Executive Officer will be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.
 	 	
11.	Termination or Amendment	
Xylem may terminate or amend this Plan ("Plan Change") at any time except that no Plan Change may reduce or adversely affect severance pay for any Executive whose employment terminates within two years of the effective date of the Plan Change provided that the Executive was a covered employee under this Plan on the date of the Plan Change.
 	 	
12.	Offset	
Any severance pay provided to an Executive under this Plan will be offset in a manner consistent with Section 14 by reducing such severance pay by any severance pay, salary continuation, termination pay or similar pay or allowance that the Executive receives or is entitled to receive (i) under any other Company plan, policy practice, program, arrangement; (ii) pursuant to any employment agreement or other agreement with the Company; (iii) by virtue of any law, custom or practice. Any severance pay provided to Executive under this Plan will also be offset by reducing such severance pay by any severance pay, salary continuation pay, termination pay or similar pay or allowance received by the Executive as a result of any prior termination of employment with the Company.
Coordination of severance pay with any pay or benefits provided by any applicable Xylem short-term or long-term disability plan will be in accordance with the provisions of those plans.
 	 	
13.	Miscellaneous	
Except as provided in this Plan, the Executive will not be entitled to any notice of termination or pay in lieu thereof, unless statutorily required. In cases where severance pay is provided under this Plan, pay in lieu of any unused current year vacation entitlement will be paid to the Executive in a lump sum. Benefits under this Plan are paid for entirely by the Company from its general assets. This Plan is not a contract of employment, does not guarantee the Executive employment for any specified period and does not limit the right of the Company to terminate the employment of the Executive at any time. The section headings contained in this Plan are included solely for convenience of reference and will not in any way affect the meaning of any provision of this Plan.
 	 	
14.	Adoption and Amendments	
This Plan was initially adopted by Xylem Inc. on October 31, 2011 (the “Adoption Date”) and most recently amended on February 24, 2016.

4

 	 	
15.	Section 409A	
This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Executive's termination of employment with the Company the Executive is a "specified employee" as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until a date that is the earlier of (a) the 1 st  day of the seventh month following the Executive's termination of employment with the Company and (b) the Executive’s death, at which point all payments deferred pursuant to this Section will be paid to the Executive in a lump sum and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits will be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits will be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due under this Plan constitute "deferred compensation" under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits will be paid in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(l)(iv). Each payment made under this Plan will be designated as a separate payment" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The Company will consult with Executives in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section; provided that neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives will have any liability to Executives with respect to the provisions of this Section.

5

Amended and Restated on February 24, 2016

EXHIBIT 10.19
XYLEM
ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 	 	
1.	Purpose	
The purpose of this Xylem Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers (“AIP”) is to provide incentive compensation in the form of a cash award to executive officers of Xylem Inc. (the “ Company ”) for achieving specific pre-established performance objectives and to continue to motivate participating executive officers to achieve their business goals, while tying a portion of their compensation to measures affecting shareholder value. The AIP seeks to enable the Company to continue to be competitive in its ability to attract and retain executive officers of the highest caliber. The AIP first became effective as of October 31, 2011.
It is intended that compensation payable under the AIP will qualify as “performance-based compensation,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and regulations promulgated thereunder, if such qualification is desired. The Company’s shareholders most recently approved the AIP for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code on May 6, 2014.

 	 	
2.	Plan Administration	
The Leadership Development and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of the Company, as constituted by the Board from time to time, shall be comprised completely of “outside directors” as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code.
The Committee shall have full power and authority to administer, construe and interpret the provisions of the AIP and to adopt and amend administrative rules and regulations, agreements, guidelines and instruments for the administration of the AIP and for the conduct of its business as the Committee considers appropriate.
Except with respect to matters which under Section 162(m) of the Code are required to be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, the Committee shall have full power, to the extent permitted by law, to delegate its authority to any officer or employee of the Company to administer and interpret the procedural aspects of the AIP, subject to the terms of the AIP, including adopting and enforcing rules to decide procedural and administrative issues.
The Committee may rely on opinions, reports or statements of officers or employees of the Company and of counsel to the Company (inside or retained counsel), public accountants and other professional or expert persons.
The Board reserves the right to amend or terminate the AIP in whole or in part at any time; provided, however, that except as necessary to maintain an outstanding incentive award’s qualification as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code (“ Performance-Based Compensation ”), no amendments shall adversely affect or impair the rights of any participant that have previously accrued hereunder, without the written consent of the participant. Unless otherwise prohibited by applicable law, any amendment required to cause an incentive award to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation may be made by the Committee. No amendment to the AIP may be made to alter the class of individuals who are eligible to participate in the AIP, the performance criteria specified in Section 4 hereof or the maximum incentive award payable to any participant without shareholder approval unless shareholder approval of the amendment is not required in order for incentive awards paid to participants to constitute Performance-Based Compensation.
No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or for any determination made by him or her in good faith with respect to the AIP, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee) arising out of any act or omission in connection with the administration or interpretation of the AIP, unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

1

 	
 	 	
3.	Eligible Executives	
Executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Rule 3b-7, as that definition may be amended from time to time, shall be eligible to participate in the AIP. The Committee shall select from all eligible executive officers, those to whom incentive awards shall be granted under the AIP.

 	 	
4.	Plan Year, Performance Periods, Performance Measures and Performance Targets	
Each fiscal year of the AIP (the “Plan Year”) shall begin on January 1 and end on December 31. The performance period (the “ Performance Period ”) with respect to which incentive awards may be payable under the AIP shall be the Plan Year unless the Committee designates one or more different Performance Periods.
The Committee shall establish the performance measures (the “Performance Measures”) to be used which may include, one or more of the following criteria: (i) consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); (ii) net income; (iii) operating income; (iv) earnings per share; (v) book value per share; (vi) return on shareholders’ equity; (vii) expense management; (viii) return on investment; (ix) improvements in capital structure; (x) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (xi) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (xii) stock price; (xiii) market share; (xiv) revenues or sales (including organic revenue); (xv) costs; (xvi) cash flow; (xvii) working capital (xviii) return on assets; (xix) total shareholder return; (xx) return on invested or total capital and (xxi) economic value added.
In addition, to the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, Performance Measures may be based upon other objectives such as negotiating transactions or sales, implementation of Company policy, development of long-term business goals or strategic plans, negotiation of significant corporate transactions, meeting specified market penetration goals, productivity measures, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets, customer satisfaction or employee satisfaction goals, goals relating to merger synergies, management of employment practices and employee benefits, or supervision of litigation and information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of subsidiaries and/or other affiliates or joint ventures; provided however, that the measurement of any such Performance Measures must be objectively determinable.
All Performance Measures shall be objectively determinable and, to the extent they are expressed in standard accounting terms, shall be according to generally accepted accounting principles as in existence on the date on which the applicable Performance Period is established and without regard to any changes in such principles after such date (unless the modification of a Performance Measure to take into account such a change is pre-established in writing at the time the Performance Measures are established in writing by the Committee and/or the modification would not affect the ability of the incentive award to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, incentive awards that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation may be based on the Performance Measures described above or such other measures as the Committee may determine.
The Committee shall establish the performance targets (the “Performance Targets”) to be achieved which shall be based on one or more Performance Measures relating to the Company as a whole or to the specific businesses of the Company, subsidiaries, operating groups, or operating units, as determined by the Committee. Performance Targets may be established on such terms as the Committee may determine, in its discretion, including in absolute terms, as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies. The Committee also shall establish with respect to each incentive award an objective formula to be used in calculating the amount of incentive award each participant shall be eligible to receive. There may be a sliding scale of payment dependent upon the percentage levels of achievement of Performance Targets.
The Performance Measures and Performance Targets, which may be different with respect to each participant and each Performance Period, must be set forth in writing by the Committee within the first ninety (90) days of the

2

applicable Performance Period or, if sooner, prior to the time when 25 percent of the relevant Performance Period has elapsed.

 	 	
5.	Certification of Performance Targets and Calculation of Incentive Awards	
After the end of each Performance Period, and prior to the payment for such Performance Period, the Committee must certify in writing the degree to which the Performance Targets for the Performance Period were achieved, including the specific target objective or objectives and the satisfaction of any other material terms of the incentive award. The Committee shall calculate the amount of each participant’s incentive award for such Performance Period based upon the Performance Measures and Performance Targets for such participant. In establishing Performance Targets and Performance Measures and in calculating the degree of achievement thereof, the Committee may ignore extraordinary items, property transactions, changes in accounting standards and losses or gains arising from discontinued operations. The Committee shall have no authority or discretion to increase the amount of any participant’s incentive award as so determined to the extent such incentive award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, but it may reduce the amount or totally eliminate any such incentive award if it determines in its absolute and sole discretion that such action is appropriate in order to reflect the participant’s performance or unanticipated factors during the Performance Period. The Committee shall have the authority to increase or decrease the amount of an incentive award to the extent the incentive award is not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.
The maximum payment that may be made with respect to incentive awards under the AIP to any participant in any one calendar year shall be $8,000,000; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply with respect to any incentive award that is paid in a calendar year prior to the year it would ordinarily be paid because of a Change in Control or other transaction or event that provides for accelerated payment of an incentive award.

 	 	
6.	Payment of Awards	
Approved incentive awards shall be payable by the Company in cash to each participant, or to the participant’s estate in the event of the participant’s death, as soon as practicable (and in any event no later than 2 1/2 months) after the end of each Performance Period. No incentive award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation may be paid under the AIP until the Committee has certified in writing that the relevant Performance Targets were achieved. If a participant is not an employee on the last day of the Performance Period, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine what portion, if any, the participant shall be entitled to receive with respect to any award for the Performance Period; provided, however, that other than in the case of a participant’s death, disability or in connection with a Change in Control (as described in Section 8), any payment in respect of an award shall be subject to the satisfaction of the applicable Performance Targets for the Performance Period. The Committee shall have the authority to adopt appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the AIP in such termination cases.
Notwithstanding the above, no incentive awards shall be paid under the AIP unless the AIP is approved by the requisite shareholders of the Company.

 	 	
7.	Other Terms and Conditions	
Any award made under this AIP shall be subject to the discretion of the Committee. No person shall have any legal claim to be granted an award under the AIP and the Committee shall have no obligation to treat participants uniformly. Except as may be otherwise required by law, incentive awards under the AIP shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary. Incentive awards granted under the AIP shall be payable from the general assets of the Company, and no participant shall have any claim with respect to any specific assets of the Company.

3

Nothing contained in the AIP shall give any participant the right to continue in the employment of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate the employment of a participant.
The Company retains the right to deduct from any incentive awards paid under the AIP any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment. In addition, if the Company in its reasonable judgment determines that a participant owes the Company any amount due to any loan, obligation or indebtedness, including amounts owed under the Company’s tax equalization program or the Company’s policies with respect to travel and business expenses, and the Participant has not satisfied these obligation(s), the Company may withhold and/or deduct funds equal to the amount of the obligation from payments under the AIP due to the Company from the participant to the maximum extent permitted by Code Section 409A.
If the participant is covered by the Company’s Clawback Policy, as may be in effect from time to time, the Awards granted under the AIP will be subject to the policy and may be subject to recovery (in whole or in part) by the Company.   

 	 	
8.	“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:	
 	 	
(i)	a person or group (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Act) of 30% or more of the outstanding common stock of Xylem Inc. (the “Stock”);	
 	 	
(ii)	any person or group (other than the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary) purchases shares to acquire Stock (or securities convertible into Stock) through a tender offer or exchange offer where after consummation of the offer, the person in question will be the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of Stock;	
 	 	
(iii)	the consummation of (A) any consolidation, business combination or merger involving the Company, except where holders of Stock immediately prior to the consolidation, business combination or merger (x) continue to hold 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation) after the merger and (y) have the same proportionate ownership of Stock of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation), relative to other holders of Stock immediately after the transaction as immediately before, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company;	
 	 	
(iv)	there is a change in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company within a 12-month period unless the election or nomination by the Company’s stockholders of each new director during such 12-month period was approved by the vote of 2/3rds of the directors then still in office who (x) were directors at the beginning of the 12-month period or (y) whose nomination or election as directors was recommended or approved by a majority of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the 12-month period; or	
 	 	
(v)	approval by the Company’s shareholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, other than a plan of liquidation or dissolution which results in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets by an Affiliate of the Company.	
Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Performance Measures for each Performance Period with respect to which incentive awards may be payable under the AIP shall be deemed to be achieved at the greater of (i) the Performance Target established for such Performance Measures or (ii) the Company’s actual achievement of such Performance Measures as of the Change in Control. Payment of the incentive awards, for the full year, will be made to each participant, in cash, within five (5) business days following such Change in Control.

 	 	
9.	Governing Law.	
This AIP will be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

4

EXHIBIT 10.20
DIRECTOR’S INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made as of ________________ between Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and ______________(the “ Indemnitee ”).
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, it is in the Corporation’s best interest to attract and retain capable directors;
WHEREAS, both the Corporation and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors of public corporations in today’s environment;
WHEREAS, it is now and has always been the policy of the Corporation to indemnify the members of its Board of Directors so as to provide them with the maximum possible protection available in accordance with applicable law;
WHEREAS, Article 4 of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated By-laws (“ By-laws ”) and applicable law expressly recognize that the right of indemnification provided therein shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which any indemnified person may otherwise be entitled; and
WHEREAS, the Corporation’s By-laws, its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (“ Articles of Incorporation ”) and applicable law permit contracts between the Corporation and the members of its Board of Directors covering indemnification;
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.Indemnity. In consideration of the Indemnitee’s agreement to serve or continue to serve as a Director of the Corporation, or, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, and including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan (a “ Designated Director ”), if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism or proceeding (brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative (including, without limitation, any internal corporate investigation) or otherwise, whether formal or informal, and including all appeals thereto (a “ Proceeding ”), the Corporation hereby agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless and to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by applicable law from and against any and all expenses (which term shall be broadly construed and include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, appeal bonds, and other out-of-pocket costs) (“ Expenses ”), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement (with such judgments, fines or amounts including, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or 

2

nature whatsoever, as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan), liabilities or losses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee by reason of the fact such person is or was a Director of the Corporation or a Designated Director, or by reason of any actual or alleged action or omission to act taken or omitted in any such capacity. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no indemnification shall be paid to the Indemnitee with respect to a Proceeding, or part thereof, commenced voluntarily by the Indemnitee (including claims and counterclaims, whether such counterclaims are asserted by the Indemnitee, or the Corporation in a Proceeding commenced by the Indemnitee), except a Proceeding pursuant to Section 9 hereof to enforce or interpret this Agreement or a Proceeding commencing or continuing after a change in control (as defined in the By-laws), unless the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines that indemnification is appropriate. 
2.    Maintenance of Insurance.(a)  Subject only to the provisions of Section 2(c) hereof, the Corporation hereby agrees that, so long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as a Director of the Corporation, and thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder, the Corporation will provide insurance coverage comparable to that presently provided and at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Corporation under the Corporation’s Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance policies (the “insurance policies”) in effect at the date hereof.
(b)    At the time the Corporation receives notice from Indemnitee, or is otherwise aware, of a Proceeding, the Corporation shall give prompt notice to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the insurance policies. The Corporation shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy.
(c)    However, the Corporation shall not be required to maintain all or any of such insurance policies or comparable insurance coverage if, in the business judgment of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (i) the premium cost for such insurance is substantially disproportionate to the amount of coverage, or (ii) the coverage provided by such insurance is so limited by exclusions that there is insufficient benefit from such insurance or (iii) such insurance is otherwise not reasonably available.
(d)    In the event of any payment by the Corporation under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy. The Corporation shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.
(e)    The Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has

3

otherwise actually received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
3.    Additional Indemnity.  Subject only to the exclusions set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Corporation hereby further agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee:
(a)    to the fullest extent provided under Article 4 of the Corporation’s By-laws as in effect at the date hereof; and
(b)    to the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event the Corporation does not maintain in effect the insurance coverage provided under Section 2 hereof, to the fullest extent of the coverage which would otherwise have been provided for the benefit of the Indemnitee pursuant to the insurance policies in effect at the date hereof.
4.    Limitations on Additional Indemnity.  No indemnity pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be paid by the Corporation:
(a)    except to the extent the aggregate of losses to be indemnified thereunder exceed the amount of such losses for which the Indemnitee is indemnified or insured pursuant to either Section 1 or 2 hereof;
(b)    for any conduct that was not in good faith and (i) in the case of conduct in the Indemnitee’s official capacity with the Corporation, in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation, (ii) in all other cases, that the Indemnitee reasonably believed his or her conducts conduct was at least not opposed to the Corporation’s best interests and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; or
(c)    in respect of acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law by the Indemnitee.
5.    Continuation of Indemnity.  All agreements and obligations of the Corporation contained herein shall continue during the period the Indemnitee is a Director of the Corporation and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee may be made or threatened to be made a party to, or be otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was a Director of the Corporation or a Designated Director, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity.
6.    Notification and Defense of Claim.
(a)    Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Corporation under this Agreement, notify the Secretary of the Corporation in writing of the commencement thereof and shall provide the Secretary with such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine

4

whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification; but an omission to so promptly notify the Corporation will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to the Indemnitee (i) under this Agreement, except to the extent the Corporation is actually and materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding or (ii) otherwise than under this Agreement, including, without limitation, its liability to indemnify the Indemnitee under the Corporation’s By-laws.
(b)    With respect to any such Proceeding:
 	 	
(1)	the Corporation shall be entitled to participate therein at its own expense;	
 	 	
(2)	except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may wish, the Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to the Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by the Indemnitee of such counsel (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Corporation will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee for separate counsel in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its counsel in such Proceeding but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of such counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded (with written notice to the Corporation setting forth the basis for such conclusion) that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such Proceeding, or (iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation. The Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Corporation or as to which the Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion provided for in (ii) above; and	
 	 	
(3)	the Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Corporation’s written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty, obligation or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor the Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.	

5

(c)    Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made pursuant to and in accordance with the procedures set forth in the By-Laws in effect as of the date hereof, or any such procedures that may be more favorable to the Indemnitee that are set forth in the By-Laws in effect on the date Indemnitee provides the Secretary notice of the request for indemnification.
7.    Advancement and Repayment of Expenses. Upon receipt by the Corporation of a statement from the Indemnitee requesting advancement or repayment of any Expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding involving the Indemnitee, all such Expenses shall be paid promptly (and in any event within twenty (20) days of receipt of such statement, which statement shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred or to be incurred) by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding. The Indemnitee agrees that the Indemnitee will reimburse (without interest) the Corporation for all reasonable Expenses advanced, paid or incurred by the Corporation on behalf of the Indemnitee in respect of a claim against the Corporation under this Agreement in the event and only to the extent that it shall be ultimately and finally determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such Expenses under the provisions of applicable law, the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or By-laws, this Agreement or otherwise. The Corporation’s obligations to advance Expenses under this Section 7 shall not be subject to any conditions or requirements not contained in this Section. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no advancement or repayment of Expenses shall be made to the Indemnitee with respect to a Proceeding, or part thereof, commenced voluntarily by the Indemnitee (including claims and counterclaims, whether such counterclaims are asserted by the Indemnitee, or the Corporation in a Proceeding commenced by the Indemnitee), except a Proceeding pursuant to Section 9 hereof to enforce or interpret this Agreement or a Proceeding commencing or continuing after a change in control (as defined in the By-laws), unless the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines that advancement or repayment is appropriate.  
8.    Nonexclusivity.  The provisions for indemnification and advancement and reimbursement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or By-laws, other agreements or otherwise, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. No amendment or alteration of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or By-laws or another agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement. To the extent that a change in Indiana or other law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or payment than would be afforded currently under the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, By-laws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
9.    Enforcement.  If a claim under this Agreement is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written request for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or within 20 days after a written request for advance for reasonable expenses incurred has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter seek an

6

adjudication of his or her entitlement to payment in accordance with the procedures specified in the By-Laws to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be indemnified for all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the prosecution of such claim. Nothing in this Section 9 is intended to limit the Corporation’s obligations with respect to the advancement or repayment of expenses to Indemnitee in connection with any such Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement.
10.    Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be or shall, in fact, be invalid, inoperative or unenforceable as applied to any particular case or in any particular jurisdiction, for any reason, such circumstances shall not have the effect of rendering the provision in question invalid, inoperative or unenforceable in any other distinguishable case or jurisdiction, or of rendering any other provision or provisions herein contained invalid, inoperative or unenforceable to any extent whatsoever. The invalidity, inoperability or unenforceability of any one or more phrases, sentences, clauses or Sections contained in this Agreement shall not affect any other remaining part of this Agreement.
11.    Governing Law; Binding Effect; Amendment or Termination(a)  This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.
(b)    This Agreement shall be binding upon the Indemnitee and upon the Corporation and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators, and to the benefit of the Corporation and its successors and assigns.
(c)    This Agreement shall supersede and replace any prior indemnification agreements entered into by and between the Corporation and the Indemnitee and any such prior agreements shall be terminated upon execution of this Agreement.
(d)    No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto.

[Signature Page Follows]

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

Corporation

XYLEM INC.

By:     
Name:
Title:

Indemnitee

    

EXHIBIT 10.26

To the Borrower 1:

Xylem Holdings S.à r.l
11, Breedewues, L-1259 Senningerberg

Attention: Board of Managers

To the Borrower 2:

Xylem International S.à r.l.
11, Breedewues, L-1259 Senningerberg

Attention: Board of Managers

To the Guarantor:

Xylem Inc
1 International Drive,
Rye Brook, NY 10573, USA

Attention: General Counsel
DHL

Luxembourg, 3rd December 2015             JUOPS/MB/CAJ/jw/2015-3602

Subject:	XYLEM WATER TECHNOLOGIES (RSFF) (Serapis Nº 2012-0216, FI N° 81.921)	

Finance contract between the European Investment Bank (the “Bank”) and Xylem Holdings S.a.r.l. (as “ Borrower 1 ”) and Xylem International S.a.r.l. (as “ Borrower 2 ”) and Xylem Inc. (as “ Guarantor ”), dated 14 December 2012 and as first amended and restated on 4 December 2013 and as amended on 28 June 2014 and 20 April 2015 (the “ Finance Contract ”).

(Borrower 1, Borrower 2 and the Guarantor, collectively the “Parties”.)

Amendment

Dear Sirs,

Reference is made to your request to extend by a further 3.6 months the Final Availabilty Date.
Unless otherwise defined in this letter, defined terms used in the Finance Contract shall have the same meaning when used herein.
 	 	
1.	Amendments	
The Bank and the Parties agree that the definition of the Final Availability Date in the Finance Contract shall be amended to be 31 March 2016.

1

 	 	
2.	Governing law	
Articles 11.01 and 11.02 of the Finance Contract shall apply to this letter, mutatis mutandis, as if they were set out herein.

In order to indicate your agreement to the above, we kindly request you to initial each page of the five originals of this Letter (other than the signatory page) and to date and duly sign each of the five originals. Please return to us two originals at your earliest convenience, including evidence of authorisation of the signatories of the Parties to sign and execute this letter. You may each retain one original for your records.

Yours faithfully,
EUROPEAN INVESTMENT BANK

Elina Kamenitzer Hanna Karczewska
Head of Division Head of Division

Agreed and accepted for and on behalf of:
Xylem Holdings S.à r.l. (as Borrower 1)

Name: Samir Patel            Danielle Kolbach
Title: Manager                Manager    
Date: 8/12/2015                14/12/2015

Agreed and accepted for and on behalf of:
Xylem International S.à r.l. (as Borrower 2)

Name: Samir Patel            Danielle Kolbach
Title: Manager                Manager
Date: 8/12/2015                14/12/2015

Agreed and accepted for and on behalf of:
Xylem Inc. (as Guarantor)

Name: Samir Patel    
Title: VP - Treasuer
Date: 8/12/2015

2

EXHIBIT 12

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Years Ended December 31,	
(In Millions Except Ratios)	2015	 	2014	 	2013	 	2012	 	2011(a)	
 	
Fixed Charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest Expense, Including Amortization of Deferred Finance Fees	$	55	
 	 	$	54	
 	 	$	55	
 	 	$	55	
 	 	$	17	

Interest Portion of Rental Expense (b)	19	
 	 	24	
 	 	25	
 	 	24	
 	 	21	

Total Fixed Charges	74	
 	 	78	
 	 	80	
 	 	79	
 	 	38	

Earnings Before Income Taxes, Discontinued Operations and Fixed Charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
    	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pre-tax income (before income or loss from equity investees)	403	
 	 	421	
 	 	298	
 	 	388	
 	 	379	

Fixed Charges	74	
 	 	78	
 	 	80	
 	 	79	
 	 	38	

Total Earnings Available For Fixed Charges	$	477	
 	 	$	499	
 	 	$	378	
 	 	$	467	
 	 	$	417	

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges:	6.4	
 	 	6.4	
 	 	4.7	
 	 	5.9	
 	 	10.9	

 	 	
(a)	This period includes the issuance of $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes which were issued in September 2011. Interest on the Senior Notes accrues from September 20, 2011.	

(b)	Calculated as 33% of rent expense, which is a reasonable approximation of the interest factor.	

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT*

 	 	 	
Name	Jurisdiction of Organization	Name Under Which Doing Business	
Aanderaa Data Instruments AS	Norway	 	
Anadolu Flygt Pompa Pazarlama Ve Ticaret AS	Turkey	 	
ASE AS	Norway	 	
Bellingham & Stanley Ltd.	England & Wales	 	
Bombas Flygt de Venezuela S.A.	Venezuela	 	
CMS Research Corporation	Alabama	 	
Dabbrook Services Limited	England & Wales	 	
Evolutionary Concepts, Inc.	California	 	
Faradyne Motors (Suzhou) Co. Ltd.	China	 	
Flow Control LLC	Delaware	 	
Flowtronex PSI, LLC	Nevada	 	
Fluid Handling, LLC	Delaware	 	
Godwin Holdings Ltd.	England & Wales	 	
Goulds Water Technology Philippines, Inc	Philippines	 	
Grindex AB	Sweden	 	
Grindex Pumps LLC	Delaware	 	
IMT B.V.	Netherlands	 	
IMT Holding B.V.	Netherlands	 	
IMT Lighting (UK) Ltd.	England and Wales	 	
IMT Far East Pte. Ltd.	Singapore	 	
IMT Deutschland GmbH	Germany	 	
Jabsco Marine Italia s.r.l.	Italy	 	
Jabsco S. de R.L. De C.V.	Mexico	 	
Lowara s.r.l.	Italy	Lowara	
Lowara Vogel Polska SP ZOO	Poland	 	
MultiTrode Inc.	Florida	 	
Multitrode Pty Ltd	Australia	 	
Multitrode UK Limited	England & Wales	 	
Nova Analytics Europe LLC	Delaware	 	
O.I. Corporation	Oklahoma	OI Analytical	
PCI Membrane Systems, Inc.	Delaware	 	
Pension Trustee Management Ltd	England & Wales	 	
Portacel Inc.	Pennsylvania	 	
Sensortechnik Meinsberg GmbH	Germany	 	
SI Analytics GmbH	Germany	 	
Texas Turbine LLC	Delaware	Xylem Texas Turbine LLC	
Tideland Signal Canada Ltd.	Canada	 	
Tideland Signal Coöperatief U.A.	Netherlands	 	
Tideland Signal Corporation	Texas	 	
Tideland Signal EMEA BV	Netherlands	 	
Tideland Signal Limited	England and Wales	 	

*Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of other subsidiaries of Xylem Inc. are omitted because, considered in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this report.

 	
 	 	 	
Name	Jurisdiction of Organization	Name Under Which Doing Business	
Tideland Signal Pte. Ltd.	Singapore	 	
Tideland Signal, LLC	Delaware	 	
Water Asset Management, Inc.	Delaware	 	
Water Company Ltd	England & Wales	 	
Water Process Limited	United Kingdom	 	
Wissenschaftlich Technische Werkstaetten GmbH	Germany	 	
Xylem (China) Company Limited	China	 	
Xylem (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong	 	
Xylem (Nanjing) Co., Ltd	China	 	
Xylem Analytics Australia Pty Ltd.	Australia	 	
Xylem Analytics France S.A.S.	France	 	
Xylem Analytics Germany GmbH	Germany	 	
Xylem Analytics LLC	Delaware	 	
Xylem Analytics UK LTD	England	 	
Xylem ATI,LLC	Delaware	 	
Xylem Australia Holdings PTY LTD	New South Wales	 	
Xylem Brasil Soluçơes para Água Ltda	Brazil	 	
Xylem Canada Company	Nova Scotia	 	
Xylem Delaware, Inc.	Delaware	 	
Xylem Denmark Holdings ApS	Denmark	 	
Xylem Dewatering Solutions UK Ltd	England & Wales	 	
Xylem Dewatering Solutions, Inc.	New Jersey	Godwin Pumps of America	
Xylem Europe GmbH	Switzerland	 	
Xylem Financing S.a.r.l	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem Germany GmbH	Frankfurt am Main	 	
Xylem Global S.a.r.l	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem Holdings S.a.r.l.	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem Industriebeteiligungen GmbH	Germany	 	
Xylem Industries S.a.r.l.	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem International S.a.r.l.	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem IP Center S.a.r.l.	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem IP Holdings LLC	Delaware	 	
Xylem IP Management S.a.r.l	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem IP Management UK LP	United Kingdom	 	
Xylem IP UK S.a.r.l.	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem Lowara Limited	United Kingdom	 	
Xylem Luxembourg S.a r.l.	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem Management GmbH	Germany	 	
Xylem Manufacturing Austria GmbH	Austria	 	
Xylem Manufacturing Middle East Region FZCO	UAE	 	
Xylem PCI Membranes Polska S.P. Z.O.O.	Poland	 	
Xylem Russia LLC	Russia	 	
Xylem Service Hungary Kft	Hungary	 	
Xylem Service Italia Srl Luxemburg Branch	Italy	 	

*Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of other subsidiaries of Xylem Inc. are omitted because, considered in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this report.

 	
 	 	 	
Name	Jurisdiction of Organization	Name Under Which Doing Business	
Xylem Services Austria GmbH	Austria	 	
Xylem Services GmbH	Germany	 	
Xylem Services Italia Srl	Italy	 	
Xylem Technologies GmbH	Frankfurt am Main	 	
Xylem Technologies & Partners S.C.S	Luxembourg	 	
Xylem Water Holdings Limited	United Kingdom	 	
Xylem Water Limited	England & Wales	 	
Xylem Water Services Limited	United Kingdom	 	
Xylem Water Solutions (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Argentina S.A.	Argentina	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Australia Limited	New South Wales	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Austria GmbH	Austria	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Belgium	Belgium	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Chile S.A.	Chile	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Colombia SAS	Colombia	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Denmark ApS	Denmark	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Deutschland GmbH	Germany	Flygt	
Xylem Water Solutions España, S.A.	Spain	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Florida LLC	Delaware	 	
Xylem Water Solutions France SAS	France	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Global Services AB	Sweden	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Herford GmbH	Germany	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Holdings France SAS	France	 	
Xylem Water Solutions India Private Limited	India	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Ireland Ltd.	Ireland	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Italia S.R.L	Italy	Flygt	
Xylem Water Solutions Korea Co., Ltd.	Korea	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Lietuva, UAB	Lithuania	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Magyarorszag KRT	Hungary	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Malyasia SDN. BHD.	Malaysia	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Manufacturing AB	Sweden	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Metz SAS	France	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Mexico S.de R.L. de C.V.	Mexico	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Middle East Region FZCO	UAE	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Muscat LLC	Oman	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Nederland BV	Netherlands	Flygt	
Xylem Water Solutions New Zealand Limited	New Zealand	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Norge AS	Norway	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Panama s.r.l.	Panama	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Peru S.A.	Peru	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Polska Sp.z.o.o.	Poland	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Portugal Unipessoal Lda.	Portugal	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Rugby Limited	United Kingdom	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Singapore PTE Ltd.	Singapore	 	

*Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of other subsidiaries of Xylem Inc. are omitted because, considered in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this report.

 	
 	 	 	
Name	Jurisdiction of Organization	Name Under Which Doing Business	
Xylem Water Solutions South Africa (Pty) Ltd.	South Africa	 	
Xylem Water Solutions South Africa Holdings LLC	Delaware	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Suomi Oy	Finland	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Sweden AB	Sweden	 	
Xylem Water Solutions U.S.A., Inc.	Delaware	 	
Xylem Water Solutions UK Holdings Limited	United Kingdom	 	
Xylem Water Solutions UK Limited	United Kingdom	 	
Xylem Water Solutions Zelienople LLC	Delaware	 	
Xylem Water Solutions(Shenyang) CO., Ltd	China	 	
Xylem Water Systems (California), Inc.	California	 	
Xylem Water Systems Australia PTY ltd.	New South Wales	 	
Xylem Water Systems Hungary KFT	Hungary	 	
Xylem Water Systems International, Inc.	Delaware	 	
Xylem Water Systems Japan Corporation	Japan	 	
Xylem Water Systems Mexico S. DE R.L. DE C.V.	Mexico	 	
Xylem Water Systems Philippines Holding, Inc.	Delaware	 	
Xylem Water Systems Texas Holdings LLC	Delaware	 	
Xylem Water Systems U.S.A., LLC	Delaware	 	
Yellow Springs Instrument LTD	Japan	 	
YSI (Beijing) Co., Ltd.	China	 	
YSI (China) Limited	Hong Kong	 	
YSI (Hong Kong) Ltd.	Hong Kong	 	
YSI Environmental South Asia Private Ltd.	India	 	
YSI Incorporated	Ohio	 	
YSI Instrumentos E Servicos Ambientais Ltda.	Brazil	 	
YSI International, Inc.	Ohio	 	
YSI Nanotech Limited	Japan	 	
YSI Trading (Shanghai) Company, Ltd.	China	 	

*Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of other subsidiaries of Xylem Inc. are omitted because, considered in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of the end of the year covered by this report.

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-207672 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement No. 333-177607 on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 26, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Xylem Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company"), and the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 26, 2016 

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Patrick K. Decker, certify that:
 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xylem Inc. for the period ended December 31, 2015;	
 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 	 	
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	
a)	designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 	 	
b)	designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	 	
c)	evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	
d)	disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	
a)	all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	
b)	any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: February 26, 2016 

 	/s/ Patrick K. Decker	
 	Patrick K. Decker
President and Chief Executive Officer	

EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Shashank Patel, certify that:
 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xylem Inc. for the period ended December 31, 2015;	
 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 	 	
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	
a)	designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 	 	
b)	designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	 	
c)	evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	
d)	disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	
a)	all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	
b)	any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: February 26, 2016  

 	/s/ Shashank Patel	
 	Shashank Patel
Interim Chief Financial Officer	

EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xylem Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Patrick K. Decker, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:
 	 	
(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and	
 	 	
(2)	
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

 	
 	 	
/s/ Patrick K. Decker	 	
Patrick K. Decker	 	
President and Chief Executive Officer	 	
February 26, 2016	 	
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Xylem Inc. and will be retained by Xylem Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Xylem Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Shashank Patel, Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:
 	 	
(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and	
 	 	
(2)	
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

 	
 	 	
/s/ Shashank Patel	 	
Shashank Patel	 	
Interim Chief Financial Officer	 	
February 26, 2016	 	
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Xylem Inc. and will be retained by Xylem Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.